TUYỂN CHỌN 46 ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 9 MÔN TIẾNG ANH CÓ ĐÁP ÁN - PHẠM THỊ THỦY HƯƠNG (QUYỂN 1)

ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI MÔN TIẾNG ANH

vectorstock.com/31086119

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

TUYỂN CHỌN 46 ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 9 MÔN TIẾNG ANH CÓ ĐÁP ÁN - PHẠM THỊ THỦY HƯƠNG (QUYỂN 1) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

Phần 1 ĐỀ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 CHUYÊN A. ĐỂ THI TRƯỚC NĂM 2008

ĐỀ SỐ 01 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 chuyên THPT, Đại học Qụốc gia Hà Nội, năm học 2002 - 2003) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Find out the correct form of the verbs in the box.

1. When I (buy).............. new house I (ask)..............for a telephone. The post office (tell)..............me (wait).............., but I (wait)..............a year now and my phone still (not come)..............

2. When I (get)..............back after lunch, Jean (tell).............. me that somebody (phone)..............when I (be)..............out 3.I (stay)..............in England for a few weeks now. You see, I (be)..............a businessmanand I (want).............. to improve my English. I (attend).............. a special course inbusiness English at the moment. The course (last)..............three weeks.

II. Find out the correct form of the words in the box.

Architectures responsible for the (1. construct) of many skyscrapers believe that a tall building must always have a certain minimum (2. wide) but that there is no limit to its absolute (3. high). This means that the skyscrapers of the future are likely to be even taller.

Engineers agree with this, but there is (4. agree) over die best shape for the tall, slim buildings. The effects of wind (5. press) mean that cylindrical designs have enjoyed some (6. popular) in recent years, and there are quite pleasing to the eyes. (7. fortunate), however, the ideal shape in an ugly square with heavily rounded comers. Would these tall buildings of the future offer more than a (8. wonder) view? Some believe tall towers could contain all the (9. require) for modern living. The (10. inhabit) of these vertical villages would travel up and down between their home and work zones and would rarely need to journey to ground level.

III. Find suitable words to fill each blank.

Around the age of sixteen, you must make one of the biggest (1)..............of your life. Do I stay on at (2).............. and hopefully go on to university later? Do I leave and start (3)..............or begin a training course?

The decision (4)..............your, but it may be worth remembering two (5).............. There is more unemployment among people (6).............. haven’t been to university and people who have the right skills will have a big advantage in the competition for (7)............... If you decide to go straight into a job, there are many opportunities (8).............. training. Getting qualification will help you to get on more quickly in many careers, and evening classes allow you to learn while you earn. Staring work and taking a break to study (9).............. you are older is another possibility. This way, you can (10)..............up money for your student days, aswell as getting practical work experience.

IV. Find out and correct the mistakes.

1. These lessons are very interested.

2. They are looking forward to see her again.

3. There is a few water in the pot.

4. Last week he had his head-phone repair at the shop.

5. He didn’t go to that meeting, was he?

V. Choose the one best answer A, B, C or D to each question following the passage on the basic of what is stated or implied in that passage.

Harvard University is situated along the banks of the Charles River in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The university now a sprawling complex of more than 400 buildings, housing, classrooms, laboratories and libraries.

The Harvard faculty has produced 27 Nobel laureates and more than 20 winners of prestigious Pulitzer Prize. Today the university has more than 16000 students and over 2300 full-time faculty members.

Harvard is consistently ranked as one of the best school in American and the world. And it is

considered a leading international research institution. The university owners its reputation as a centre for academic excellence to its profession and graduated schools, as well as its undergraduate program. The Medical, Law, Business and Divinity schools are leaders in their fields, attracting top students from around the world.

Beginning in the 1930s, Harvard made a conscious effort to recruit students from all over the US, not from the eastern part of the nation. More recently, the University has pursued policies to increase the number of women and minority students on campus. A long tradition of modification and change continues, but the commitment to academic excellence remains at the heart of Harvard education.

1. Which of the following statement is true?

A. The Harvard faculty has won 27 Nobel Prizes.

B. The Harvard graduates have won 27 Nobel Prizes.

C. The Harvard faculty has won more than 20 Pulitzer Prizes D. The Harvard graduates have won 27 Nobel Prizes, but no Pulitzer Prize 2. Harvard includes three of following except..............

A. professional schools B. graduate program C. job training program D. undergraduate program 3. Three of following are famous schools in Harvard, which is exception?

A. Medical school B. Mathematics school C. Divinity School D. Business School 4. Since 1930s, Harvard has tried to enroll students from...............

A. all over the US B. all over the world C. eastern part of the country D. western part of Europe 5. Harvard has managed to increase the number of .............. students on campus A. top B. Asian C. women and minority D. women and black VI. Choose the one best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following passage.

Visitors to Britain are always complaining about English food. But they do not really know what they are talking about because they rarely get a chance (1).............. it. Most of the (2)..............in large towns have foreign (3).............. whoserve foreign food. (4)..............visitors are invited (5).............. in an English home their 6).............. often feel they must (7).............. them something foreign and exotic.

Those of us who (8)..............know English food are aware that at its best it can be(9)..............very good. On the other (10)..............it is true to say that it is sometimes terrible.Part of the problem is that we are not really interested in food - we eat to live, we do not live to eat. So we don’t generally (11)..............the necessary time and effortwhich are needed to cook really good meals. We (12)..............food that is simple and easy to cook, (13)..............ready prepared food which only needs (14)..............up before eating.

You can find the best English food in the country away from the large towns, where life is (15)..............and people are not in such a huny. But, of course, mostvisitors come from London. They come because they are interested in shopping and sightseeing. They do not come to find the food. So why should they complain about it.

1. A. to think B. to cook C. to eat D. to fetch 2. A. dinning-rooms B. dining-halls C. restaurants D. stores 3. A. owners B. visitors C. eaters D. guests 4. A. The B. when C. No D. Any 5. A. drinking B. eat C. to eat D. to drink 6. A. masters B. owners C. host D. keepers 7. A. fetch B. take C. carry D. offer 8. A. do B. did C. don’t D. didn’t 9. A. hardly B. really C. never D. almost 10. A. side B. way C. hand D. point 11. A. cost B.spend C. kill D. occupy

12. A. would rather B. prefer 13. A. or B. nor 14. A. heat B. heated 15. A .slower B. quicker VII. Use these given words to fill the blanks A. when B. missed C. went D. because E. discover

C. hat C. but C. heating C. slowly D AUickly F. catch G. angry H. late I. ran J. clock

D. take D. neither D. hot D. quickly

I had a very bad day yesterday. Everything (1) wrong. In the morning, my alarm (2) didn't ring so I woke up an hour (3). In such a hurry that I burned my hand (4) I was making breakfast. Then I ran out of the house to (5) the 8.30 bus, but of course I (6) I was very unhappy (7) my teacher gets (8) if anyone is late for class. I (9) three miles to the school only to (10) that it was Sunday.

VIII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that its means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it.

1. Who does this book belong to → Whose………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. I didn’t learn my lesson, so I got bad mark → If I……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. She started work for that company a year ago. → She has been…………………………………………………………………………………

4. It’s pity I didn’t take my doctor’s advice. → I wish………………………………………………………………………………………..

5.It is a three hour drive from Hanoi to Haiphong. →……………………………………………………………………………………………….

IX. Complete the sentence below using the provided words and phrases.

1. Albert Einstein/ born/1897/ Germany/ die/1955 2. He/ graduate/ University of Zurich/1905 3.1919/ win/ the Nobel Prize/ physics.

4. 1919/ to 1933/ live/ Germany/ travel/ lot/ talk/ scientists 5. 1933/ leave/ Germany/ United States/ live/ until/ death.

ĐỀ SỐ 02 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên, Đại học Quốc gia Hà Nội, năm học 2004 - 2005) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Find suitable articles to fill each blank.

London’s Big Ben, by (1)………..River Thame, has become famous throughout (2)………..word. It is not (3) clock, as many as people think, but (4)………..huge inside (5) clock-tower. (6)………..

Government awarded (7)………..contract for making it to Frederick Dent. In 1858, (8)………..bell was finished, and(9)………..members suddenly decided to christen it Big Ben after Sir BenjaminHall, one of their colleagues who was growing very stout and who has just made(10)………..long and witty speech.

II. Find suitable words to fill each blank.

Leonard da Vinci was bom in Vinci, Italy, in 1452. When he (1)………..still aboy, his parents (2)………..him to Verrochio, an artist in Florence, who (3)………..him how to paint. The young Leonard also (4)……….. about sculpture, music,mathematics and science. By the time he was a young man, he was already a famous artist and musician. Fie then (5)………..to move from Florence to Milan,where he (6)……….. not only as an artist but also as a musician, engineer andinventor. His paintings (7)……….. famous and artists

from all over Europe (8)……….. to Milan to study them. Leonard also became a well-known scientist. He (9)………..plants, animals and the flight of birds. On paper, he (10)………..aeroplanes and many other things that were not (11)………..until much later. In 1499, Milan was invaded by France, so Leonard (12)……….. and (13)………..around Italy.Eventually he (14)………..to France where he (15)……….. his last year.

III. Choose the one best answer A, B, C or D to complete the follow ing passage.

CHOCOLATE Chocolate, one of the most popular food in the world, has a history as rich as its flavor. Chocolate (1) from the beans of a special tree, a (2) that has grown in the American countries for (3) four thousand years. As long ago as (4) century, Indian families drank chocolate at wedding parties (5) other important ceremonies.

(6), chocolate was not known in Europe until 1528, (7) the Spanish explorer Hemando Cortes brought it to Spain.

Drinking chocolate soon became (8) in Spain and quickly (9) to the rest of Europe. Three hundred years later, a scientist in Holland (10) loved chocolate learned (11) to make chocolate into sweets. (12), people who liked chocolate could it as well as drink it. (13) the years passed, people in other countries began to make many (14) chocolate today the making of chocolate has become a very lug industry.

There arc many (15) why chocolate become popular, people (16) its rich, delicious flavor. Some people drink that chocolate is (17) more delicious when it is made withother things, (18) fruits and nuts. Also, chocolate maker can (19) chocolate indifferent shapes that are pleasing to (20). And also, eating chocolate has a helpfulphysical effect. The sugar and fat in chocolate give people quick energy.

1. A. goes B. comes C. turns D. changes 2. A. animal B. plant C. flowers D. bean 3. A. at least B. at last C. at first D. at all 4. A. twelfth B. Twelve C. the twelfth D. the twelve 5. A. on B. and C. with D. of 6. A. Although B. For example C. However D. because of 7. A. when B. why C.then D. because 8. A. important B. popular C. helpful D. dangerous 9. A. sent B. Got C.spread D.changed 10. A. he B. who C. which D. where 11. A. why B. what C. how D. who 12. A. above all B. and also C. first of all D. after that 13. A. as B. For C. with D. because 14. A. kinds B. kinds of C. all kinds of D. all kinds 15. A. reasons B. Causes C. question D. conditions 16. A. want B. like C. make D. buy 17. A. very B. even C. so D. quite 18. A. as well as B. so that C.such D. such as 19. A. make B. take C. put D.change 20. A. find B. watch C. look at D. notice IV. Find suitable words to fill each blank.

Robert felt bad that morning. He got up, washed, and dressed very slowly and then got himself some breakfast. He usually has a large breakfast, (1)………….thatmorning he didn’t felt (2)………….at all, so he had only a (3)………….of toast and acup of coffee.

Robert would have an important examination (4)………….a few weeks and hewanted to (5)………….for it. He sat down after breakfast and (6)………….at his books,but he could not concentrate.

After a (7)…………., he looked at himself in the mirror. (8)………….he saw was not very nice. His eyes were red and he was also very pale. Just then his sister knocked at the door.

“What you need (9)………….fresh air", she said. “You study too much". They(10)………….for a walk in the park. Afterwards Robert fell much better.

V. Find out the correct form of the words in the box.

1. There were 50 (compete) in the latest contest.

2. It was a complete (fail) due to poor planning.

3. The whole country is trying to gel rid of (poor).

4. It is (consider) of you to help.

5. I find it quite (embarrass) to talk in front of a group of people.

VI. Pick out the word w hose underlined part is pronounced different from that of the others in each group.

B. alone C. done D. comb 1. A stone 2. A bread B. spread C. meat D. health 3. A sugar B. transport C. surprise D. basis B.show C. cow D. low 4. A mow 5. A theme B. brother C. although D. theirs VII. Choose the correct answer for each question below.

A. Why are the rainforests important?

B. What's in the rainforests?

C. How long have birds, insects and reptiles lived in rainforests?

D. What's happening to the rainforests?

E. Where are the rainforests?

F. What has happened to the rainforests in Java?

1. Rainforests cover six percent of the earth's surface. There are rainforest in many part of the world but the biggest forests are in South America. Africa and South East Asia. There aren't any rainforests in Europe or North America.

2. About 75% of all types ol animals that we know from rainforests. Thousand of thousands animals live in rainforests. There are many beautiful birds, insects and reptiles. Many of them live in trees, over 30 meters from the ground. There are also thousands of different plants -and lots of tall tree? It's always hot in a rainforest and the ground is always wet. It is always dark. too.

3. The rainforests are very important for us. We need them! The trees and other plants in the forests help to make the air we breathe. Thex also help to control the weather. They give us wood, rubber, fruits and main of our medicines.

4. Unfortunately, the rainforests are in danger. People are cutting down rainforests to satisfy their needs of wood and timber. They are also destroying rainforests to get farming land. These are happening now in many part of the world.

5. Java in Indonesia is one example. These people chopped down the trees because they want to grow rice. They also planted trees to get rubber. There were thousands of different plants and animals in the forests, but now there is nothing.

VIII. Complete the sentences below using the provided words and phrases.

1. These texts/ too long/ learners/ translate/ 2 hours.

2. it/ be kind/ you/ invite me/ my family/ party/ last Sunday.

3. When/ friend/ come/ come/ see/ me/ I/ busy/ work/ garden.

4. Lot/ young people/ today/ find/ difficult/ get job/ they/ like.

5. Their children/ interest/ read/ book/ history/ geography.

IX. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that its means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it.

1. They say she has moved to a new house. (have) → She is said……………………………………………………………………………………

2. I started working here three years ago. (for) → I’ve …………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. The painters painted our house last month. (had) → We …………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. “Shall we set up an English-speaking club in our school?” (setting)

→ She suggested………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Fiona wanted to know the time. (what) → Fiona wanted to know………………………………………………………………………..

X. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that its means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it.

1. My daughter is a better speaker of English than me. →I can’t…………………………………………………………………………………………

2. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train. →If ..............................................................................................................................................

3. The dictionary was so expensive that I couldn’t buy it →The dictionary was …………………………………………………………………………..

4. He is sorry now that he didn’t invite Mary to the party. →He wishes.................................................................................................................................

5. Remember to send me a message when you receive this letter. →Don’t………………………………………………………………………………………….

ĐỀ SỐ 03 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên Quốc học – Huế năm học 2005 - 2006) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Identify a mistake in the underlined words or phrases in the following sentences. Circle the letter A, B, C or D for your choice.

1. California has more land under irrigation than any another state.

A B CD 2. Beside the ages of nine and fifteen, almost all young people undergo a rapid series of physiological changes.

A B C D 3. In the 1920's cinema became an important art form and one of the ten largestindustry in the United States.

A B C D 4. To improve effectively, a musician must thorough understand the conventions of a given musical style.

A B CD 5. Some hangars, buildings used to hold large aircraft, are very tall that rain occasionallyfalls from clouds that A B C form along the ceilings.

D 6. According to most psychological studies, body language expresses a speaker’semotions and attitudes and A B C it also tends to affect the emotions and attitudes of the listen.

D 7. Chocolate is prepared by a complexity process of cleaning, blending, and roastingcocoa beans, which A B must be ground and mixed with sugar.

C D 8. Antique collecting became a significant pastime in the 1980's when old objectbegan to be appreciated for A B C D their beauty as well as for their historical importance.

9. American painter, Georgia O'Keeffe is well known as her large paintings offlowers in which single A B blossomsare presented (as if in close up).

C D

10. Despite television is the dominant entertainment medium for United Stateshouseholds, Garrison Keillor’s A Saturday night radio show of folk songs and stories is heard by millions of people.

B C D 11. Ripe fruit is often stored in a place who contains much carbon dioxide so thatthe fruit will not decay too A B C rapidly.

D 12. Mathew C. Perry, a United States naval commander, gained fame not in warand through diplomacy.

A B C D 13. One of the most impressive collections of nineteenth-century European paintingsin the United States can A BC befound to the Philadelphia Museum of Art. D 14. In the nineteenth century, women used quilts to inscribe their responses tosocial, economic, and politics A B C D issues.

15. Hot at the equator causes the air to expand, rise, and flow toward the poles.

A BCD II. Fill in the gaps with the most suitable prepositions to complete the letter.

Dear, Mr. Markham, Thank you very much for your letter (1) ............... 14th March. Naturally I am delighted, and very excited at the prospect of my holiday (2)...............Britain.

I would like to take my holiday (3)...............15th June (4) ............... 5th July,which I believe is the time (5) ............... the Wimbledon tennis championships, and I would be very grateful if you could arrange (6) ................... me to see some of the matches. I would also like to see some test cricket. There will be no football then, but perhaps I could spend a day (7) ................ the races at Ascot, too.

The places I would like to visit are the university towns (8)................Oxford andCambridge, where I would like to see one of Shakespeare's plays, and if possible I would really love to visit an old English village (9) ............ a typical country pub.

I am very grateful to you and the company (10)............... giving me this opportunity of a lifetime.

Yours sincerely, Joseph Degam a III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense, active or passive.

1. The robbers (catch) as they .....................(leave) the bank.

2. Mr. Taylor was angry with the newspaper agent because his Sunday newspaper ................... (not deliver).

3. Don’t worry. When you................(arrive) in New York, you................(pick up)by one of our drivers and................(take) to the conference centre.

4. After my operation, all my hair ............(fall out). It's growing back now though.

5. Our dustbins ............... (empty) every Monday.

6. When I woke up this morning, the world look like a wonderland, It................(snow) all night.

7. Ten people................(kill) in a train crash in Sweden two days ago.

IV. Fill in the gap with the correct form of the word in capital letters.

Apartfrom television, the cinema is the most popular form of entertainment for most (0). ENTERTAIN people because it is still relatively (1)……….Hollywood is, of course, the capital of 1. EXPENSE the(2)……….cinema industry. Hollywood movies make up (3)………. 75% of all the 2. NATION films we watch at our local cinemas. Although we may find it difficult to remember 3. ROUGH the names of(4)………. and French film stars, Hollywood stars, such asSylvester 4. ITALY Stallone and Meryl Streep are (5)……….namesall around the world. Moreover, only 5. HOUSE Hollywood seems tomake certain kind of (6)………..

6. SUCCESS

(7)……….are one example but we can also include westernsalthough for a time "spaghetti westerns" were quite (8)………. with cinema goers. But cowboys and Indians are really a Hollywood (9)……….and they are still going strong after all theseyears. Such films, however, have not remained (10)………. by time and changes in attitudes. The cowboys are no longer I always the goodies as they were in the 1940s.

7. MUSIC 8. FASHION 9. SPECIAL 10. TOUCH

B. READING I. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space.

Who are the best drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the (1) .................? According to a recent survey, young and inexperienced drivers are the most likely to have an (2)................... Older drivers are more careful. Gender makes a difference, too. Young men have (3)................. worst accidents records of all.

They are (4)................. aggressive than older (5)................. They also choose faster (6).................. with bigger engines. One of the most interesting tacts in the survey (7)................. the passengers have an effect on the (8) ................. When young male drivers have their friends in their car, their driving becomes worse. When their wife or their girlfriend is in the car, however, their driving is (9) ................ But the opposite is true for women.

Their driving is more(10)................. then their husband or boyfriend is in the car.

II. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each space.

WALT DISNEY There is no one who has not heard of Walt Disney; he is without (0) B one of the most famous figures in the twentieth century and (1) .................most peopleknow hardly anything about him.

(2)................. he became one of the most successful men in history, he(3).................school at the age of sixteen and then studied art for a short time. Bythe (4)................. years of this century, he had (5)................. started to producecartoons in Hollywood in (6)................. with his brother Roy, who, is for somereason, never (7).................to become as famous as Walt. Disney is perhaps mostwell known on (8).................of his lovable cartoon character, Mickey mouse, whofirst (9).................in 1928 in a film called Steamboat Willie. One of the most(10).................cartoon films of all time is Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs, whichwhen it was (11).................in 1937, was the first full-length cartoon in the historyof the cinema.

(12)................. the 1950s, Walt Disney had become one of the world’s major(13)................. of films for cinema and television. As Disney Productions(14).................its founder retained complete artistic control of the films and he also(15).................on to publish books for children and cartoon strips in newspapers, featuring such characters as Donald duck and Pluto the dog.

0. A. comparison B. doubt C. disagreement D. explanation 1. A. yet B.then C. already D. however 2. A. Despite B. In spite of C. Although D. even 3. A. graduated B. completed C. left D. failed 4. A. primary B. early C. beginning D. initial 5. A. still B. soon C. yet D. already 6. A. partnership B. friendship C. relationship D. membership 7. A. achieved B. reached C. succeeded D. managed 8. A. case B. account C. view D regard 9. A. appeared B. performed C. starred D. began 10. A. common B. excited C. popular D. known 1. A. seen B. released C. circulated D. advertised 12. A. Until B. Since C. By D. To 13 A. businessmen B. owners C. publishers D. producers 14. A. grew B. enlarged C. increased D. succeeded 15. A. took B. put C. pushed D. went III.Read the text below and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) or if the text doesn't say (DS). Put a tick (✓ ✓) in the right box. The first one has been done as an example.

Many countries around the world have no caves. This is not because there are no hills or mountains in those places. Some of the world's biggest mountains have no caves because they are not made of the right sort of stone. But the low, limestone hills of the north of England and the south of France are full of interesting caves.

For hundreds of years, people have enjoyed finding caves and going inside them. This sport is called "caving”, and the people who do it are called "cavers. Cave exploration began in Europe and even today most cavers come from there. That is why we know so much about European caves. But in many other parts of the world there are hundreds of caves which few people have ever visited. For example, there are many caves in Russia and Afghanistan, in Albania and China, but not many cavers in those countries and it is often very difficult for foreign cavers to get permission to visit.

T F DS 0 Every country in the world has caves. ✓ 1 Caves are found in limestone hills and mountains.

2 The south of England has very few hills or mountains.

3 Most cavers are European.

4 There are still many unexplored caves in the world.

5 Many foreigners visit the caves in Russia.

C. WRITING I. Put these sentences in the right order to complete the text.

A. is also an international city where you can eat food from B. wonderful beaches’ When they think of Sydney, many people think C. opened in 1973 for music, theatre and dance. Near D. building looks like sails on Sydney Harbour. It was E. the Opera House is one of the longest F. all over the world, or just visit some of the thirty G. Sydney is the oldest and biggest city, with 3,7 million H. buildings are the centre for much of Ausưalian business. It I. people. It is a busy modem city and its high-rise J. of the Sydney Opera House. The roof of this beautiful K. bridges in the world — the Sydney Harbour Bridge.

II. Use the words in the brackets to combine the following sentences.

1. He said. “Arrive on time for the interview tomorrow." (reminded) 2. I didn’t know 1 had to write my name in block capitals. (wish) 3. This man used to smoke. Now he stops smoking. (no longer) 4. You will meet her later. You will have an opportunity of it. (meeting) 5. I have forgotten the tickets. I’m sorry for it. (having) III.Describe your childhood and say how It has affected your life. (About 200 words)

ĐỀ SỐ 04 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lam Sơn, Thanh Hoá, năm học 2005 - 2006) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. (2,0 điểm) 1. What you (do) after you (go) home yesterday?

2. Before leaving home fin the morning, she (tell) her mother she (work) in the factory that afternoon.

3. I realized that someone (steal) my wallet when I (feel) his hand in my pocket.

4. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu.

5. Bill (have) breakfast when I (stop) at his house this morning.

II. (2,0 điểm) a) In each sentence has one mistake, find and correct it. (1,0 điểm) 1. No matter how hard his life be, he is determined to study well.

2. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant?

3.Traveling by air is preferable than traveling by train.

4. She is looking forward to go to Europe after she finishes her studies at the university.

5. Sorry, I seem to have taken the wrong umbrella for mistake. b)Fill each blank with the appropriate form of the word given in brackets. (1,0 điểm) 1. Every year we celebrate our………….. (depend) 2. There’s no…………..service in the United Kingdom. (nation) 3. The temperature is very………….at this time of the year. (vary) 4. He gets very angry if you………….with his ideas. (agree) 5. She smiles so………….doesn’t she? (attract) III. Fill each of the blank with the most suitable preposition. (1,0 điểm) 1. Students were angry .................. being treated like children.

2. They export their products..................markets..................the world.

3. I am extremely grateful ........ all the teachers..................their help.

4. She went to London.................. the aim..................finding a job.

5. He’s sitting..................the chair..................to the piano.

6. She suffers..................a lack of confidence.

IV. Fill each of the numbered blanks ỉn the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space. (2.0 điểm) Food plays an......(1)........part in the development of nations. In countries where food is…..(2)... people have to spend most of their time getting enough to eat. This usually slows down…..(3)....., because men have little time to ....(4).... to science, industry, government, and art. In nations where food is ....(5).... and easy to get, men have more time to spend in activities that ....(6).... to progress, and enjoyment of leisure. The problem of (7).... good food for everybody has not yet been solved. Many wars have been…..(8)…… for food. But it is nolonger necessary to go to war for food . Nations are beginning to put scientific knowledge to work for a .........(9)…..... of their food problems. They work together in the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to help hungry nations ……..(10)…..... more food.

V. Read the text and choose the correct word for each space. (2,0 điểm) ENGLISH ROUND THE WORLD English is the first language of many people in countries outside the United Kingdom.

When you ...(1)... speakers of English from around the world, you ...(2).... notice that they do not all speak in the same way. There are also some…….(3)......in the words they use. including the names of ...(4).... objects that are part of everyone’sdaily life. But although pronunciation and …..(5)..... are not the same everywhere, it is interesting that English speakers...(6).... opposite sides of the world can understand ...(7)... other quite easily. It does not seem to ...(8)... where they learnt the language. And of course this is one reason why speakers of other languages are keen ......(9)…... learning English too. If you know English, you are more.....( 10)……. to be able to study or work in all sorts of exciting places, such as the United States or Australia.

1. A. recognize B. meet C. find D. attend 2. A. originally B. strangely C. curiously D. immediately 3. A. mistakes B. corrections C. changes D. differences 4. A. common B. popular C. favorite D. general 5. A. reading B. composition C. dictation D. vocabulary 6. A. of B. in C. from D. at 7. A. each B. one C.the D. some 8. A. mine B. care C. matter D. worry 9. A. by B. on C.to D. for

10. A. likely B. probably C. possibly D. luckily VI. (2,0 điểm) a) Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly lite same as the sentence printed before it. (1,0 điểm) 1. I'm sure he was at home last night. → He………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Nam's parents were here last week and gave us a present. → Nam's parents, …………………………………………………………………………….

3. Although Sue felt tired, she stayed up late talking to Jill. → Despite……………………………………………………………………………………..

4. It was a hot day so we had lunch outside in the garden. → It was such ………………………………………………………………………………..

5. I've been working for this company for ten years. → I started…………………………………………………………………………………… b) Make one sentence from each group of sentences, beginning as shown. (1,0 điểm) 1. I lent you a book. It was written by a friend of mine. She lives in Prance. →The book I…………………………………………………………………………………

2. I used to own a dog. People came to the door. The dog never barked at them. →The dog ……………………………………………………………………………………

3. I bought my car from a woman. She lives in a house. You can see the house over there. → The woman I………………………………………………………………………………

4 My friend Bill has decided to buy a motor bike. His car was stolen last week. → My friend Bill,…………………………………………………………………………….

5- I bought a new car. It cost me a lot of money. → The new …………………………………………………………………………………..

ĐỀ SỐ 05 (Đềthi vào lớp 10 THPTChuyên Lý Tự Trọng, Cần Thơ,năm học 2006 - 2007) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Choose the most suitable word(s) to these sentences by circling A , B, C or D. 1. Where.............Tom? - He’s lying on the floor.

A. is being B. being C. is doing D. is 2. Please wait for a moment. It.............heavily.

A. rains B. is raining C. is rainy D. raining 3. He was.............boy when he could swim.

A. a four-year B. a four-year-old C. four-years old D. a four-years-old 4. We all went to the new supermarket when it............. last weekend.

A. opens B. opened C. was opened D. was opening 5. We.............rice for breakfast.

A. don't always eat B. always don't eat C. don’t eat always D. don’t eat always 6. What do you like.............after meals?

A. eating B. eat C. to eating D. eats 7. Could you recommend a Vietnamese family for me.............when I study there?

A. to live with B. live in C. to live in D. to live for 8. My friend didn’t work hard……………..he didn’t pass the exam.

A. so B. but C. because D. yet

9. The rivers in Can Tho are becoming extremely ..................

A. pollute B. pollution C. polluted D. polluting 10. Yesterday, while we were having dinner, the earthquake……………..

A. appear B. appeared C. was appeared D. was appearing 11. She moved to the city last year……………..she was tired of driving so far to work A. although B. so C. but D. because 12.This is a picture of The Flower Garden……………..you can see many kinds of flowers.

A. which B. when C. where D. what 13. Our class................about that book at 8 o’clock yesterday.

A. discussed B. was discussing C. discuss D. was discussed 14. In a big city you ........................ with your money.

A. should careful B. should carefully C. should be careful D. should be carefully 15. When you visit a Japanese’s house, you should ................ your shoes.

A. take off B. be take off C. not take off D. not be take off 16. You need about forty different nutrients to stay................

A. health B. healthily C. wealthy D. healthy 17. Which is different from the others?

A. mailman B. letters C. post office D. planes 18. It was his home town that.................... in his novel A. was described B. describes C. described D. was describing 19. Which is different from the others?

A. forests B. rivers C. buildings D. mountains 20. Nowadays we often buy the products ............ Viet Nam. A. making in B. made in C. made of D. making of II. Choose the most suitable word from the list by circling A, B, C or D. Laura has worked in the fashion industry as a stylist ...(1)..... ten years, choosing the clothing ...(2)..... models and movie stars wear lor on-camera ...(3)..... “I’m the one who decides ...(4)..... the actors look,” she says. “I love it. Every day is different.” Although Laura routinely meets famous movie stars, ...(5)..... a disadvantage to her job : she often works 18-hour days, and she has to accommodate everyone’s schedule, “it’s a bit ...(6)....." she says. “But I wouldn't change careers for anything.” l.A. of B. for C. after D. in 2. A. then B.there C. that D. the 3. A. appear B. appearing C. appearance D. appearances 4. A. how B. when C. where D. what 5. A. it is B. there is C. that is D. this is 6. A. tired B. tiring C. interested D. interesting III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word Starting off our trip we knew that the Big Ben clock tower, a great symbol of England, was a must-see.

(1)………….. theway to get there we passed (2)…………..Piccadilly Circus, a five-road intersection known (3)…………..the Shaftsbury Monument.

Our next stop (4)………….. Trafalgar Square. The square was built (5)…………..honor of the 1805 Battle of Trafalgar, (6)………….. British naval victory of theNapoleonic wars.

B. READING I. Read the passage carefully and do the task.

Thin people who do not exercise may carry lots of dangerous internal fat, warn doctors in the United Kingdom. Sincel994, researchers at Imperial College London have scanned nearly 800 people with MRI machines to determine where they store fat. People who maintain their weight through diet rather than exercise were found to be likely to have major deposits of internal fat, even if they appear slim. As many as 45 percent of the women and 60 percent of the men with normal Body Mass Index were found to have excessive levels of

internal fat. The doctors concluded that skinny but sedentary people are at a much higher risk of mortality than those who are overweight but active.

True, False or No Information (N.I): 1. Thin people do not carry lots of dangerous internal fat.

2. Thin people warn the doctors in the U.K about fat.

3. Scientists can know where people store fat with MRI machines.

4. Overweight people are active 5. Overweight people may die more easily than slim people.

6. With lormal Body Mass Index, more men have excessive levels of internal fat………….than women.

II. Read the passage and answer the questions.

Over a long period of time, the great stone temples and towers were gradually weathered and damaged.

They were partly restored from the early years of the 20th century to the 1960s by French scientists. But the civil war which broke out in 1970 in Cambodia did a lot of damage this cultural ưeasure which belong to the whole world. It is said that only three workers who had the special skills necessary for doing the repair work lived through the war.

In the 1980s, researchers were sent from Japan and eight other countries to study how to repair the damage and preserve (he remains of the old cultural assets.Only in the summer of 1996 was the repair work actually started.

1.What happened to the great stone temples and lowers?

2. What did the French scientists do in the early years of the 20th century?

3. What happened in 1970 in Cambodia?

4. Which belongs to the whole world?

5. Who is able to repair the damage?

6. How many countries sent researchers to Cambodia? What for?

C. WRITING I. Complete these sentences.

1. If we didn't go to the same school …………………………………………………………………….

2. Many children in the countryside ……………………………………………………………………

3. Although many people come to help …………………………………………………………………..

4. We didn't want you..……………………………………………………………………………………

II. Order these sentences to make a complete conversation. a. That’s good. Do you know anything about pollution? b. Yes, you're right. c. Why don’t we recycle it? We can save a lot of it and we don’t pollute the environment. d. I see. So now we keep the paper in our bag. e. Look? There’s a lot of waste paper on the floor. f. What should we do to prevent pollution now? g. We shouldn’t cut many trees or burn too much coal or gas. We should recycle things, save power and water. h. Yes, I do. Pollution is very harmful to our Earth. i. Let’s pick it up and put it into the trash can III. Underline and correct the mistakes In these sentences 1. We walked for half hour to reach the forest.

2. She asked me how would I use English in the future.

3. You have played this game online, didn’t you?

4. We haven’t met when we left school.

IV. Write a letter (about 120 words) to your pen pal to tell her about the rainy season in your country.

ĐỀ SỐ 06 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên Quốc học - Huế, năm học 2006 – 2007)

(Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Choose the belt answer among A,B,C or D 1. This summer resort is absolutely wonderful and I’d……………it to anyone.

A. recommend B. talk C. accommodate 2. We had to walk since we couldn’t……………to take a bus.

A. afford B. be wealths C. supply 3. Our life would be very difficult without…………….

A. luxury furniture B. waier C. saving-labor machines D. electricity

D.praise D. furnish

4. After retiring, my aunt spent her……………on an expensive holiday.

A. dollars B. accounts C. savings D. cheques 5. A lot of people left school at 16 and they now……………leaving so early.

A. sorry B. regret C. confuse D. worry 6. Remember……………the door before going to bed.

A. locking B. to lock C. locked D. not locking 7. Nancy talks as if she……………everything.

A. knows B. had known C. knew D. not know 8. Many things which we can do now couldn’t……………years ago.

A. do B. done C. being done D. be done 9. When I first visited Moscow, I couldn’t get used……………the cold weather A. with B. to C. for D. in 10. They insisted she…………… the party.

A. attended B. attends C. to attend D. attend 11. We can't go wrong if we……………the instructions.

A. follow B. take C. guide D. keep 12. Some of my friends are taking extra classes in English……………become tourist guides.

A. so that B. so as C. in order that D. so as to 13. Michael and his friend were badly injured in the last match, so……………canplay today.

A. both of them B. either one of them C. neither of them D. not any of them 14. Mary put a……………on the letter.

A. five-cents stamp B. five-cent stamp C. stamp of five cents D. five-cent stamps 15. We quarreled……………the choice of a house.

A. on B. over C. for D. to 16. There are a lot of people at my friend's wedding party, only a few of……………I had met before.

A. who B. whose C. whom D. which 17. You should have known that Anne could not keep a secret. Never again ……………her anything.

A. will tell B. will I tell C. I tell D. I will tell II. Choose a word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting.

18. If Ihad known that Wendy didn't have an appointment with the dentist, I wouldhave asked her to come A B C with myself D 19. Our schedule consists of three hours of history lectures, followed by theafternoon in the football's stadium.

A B C D 20. Now don't forget that on Monday you fly to Denver and from here you have togoon to Houston.

A B CD

21. The price of coffee is low last month, but everyone knows that it is going togo up this month.

A BCD 22. The governor, with his wife and children, are at home watching the electionreturns on TV. A B C D 23. I'm not often travelingby air because the cost of fiyingis very high.

A B CD 24. Time runs out and you will have to make a decision in the next few days.

A B C D 25. He neverallowsussmokingin this room.

AB CD III. Read this advertisement and fill the gaps by forming a word from the word given in capitals at the end of each line. annoy simplify cortfuse impress interested attract confident please satisfy worried THE COMPUTER USER’S FRIEND It’s a common situation: much to your (1)..........., you can’t work out how to do something (2).......... on your computer and after hours of frustration, you still can’t do it. Your computer manual only causes more (3).......... and you get the (4).......... that it was written for experts only. If all this sound familiar, the Computer User’s Friend will be of enormous (5).......... to you. With its simple solutions to common problems and (6).......... presentation, it will give you a lot more (7).......... when using your computer and show you how you can never get a lot of (8).......... out of it. The Computer User’s Friend is always being used by many thousands of (9).......... customers and, as they will tell you, it takes the (10).......... out of using your computer.

IV. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form.

1. His sister.................(give) a car for her twentieth birthday next year.

2. I.................(read) the book you lent me, so you can have it back now.

3. He.................(elect) president of the football club at their last meeting.

4. My room.................(not clean) yet.

5. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody………….(go) to bed.

6. Many books ................. (write) about the Second World War. 7. The name of the new town.................(choose) by the committee tomorrow.

8. Present day problems demand that we.................(be) .ready for any emergency.

9. You.................(not go) there because he did not expect you.

10. You.................(walk) too fast. That’s why you are tired.

B READING COMPREHENSION I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space. The first one has been done for you (0).

Everyone is becoming aware that the environment is a (0) .... serious.... issue. However, we have not done (1).................to deal with this problem because weseem t wait for governments to (2).................actions.

In my opinion, individuals can do many things to help (3).................the problem. To begin (4)................. we can be more responsible in the (5).................we dispose of waste. We should not throw rubbish into lakes and (6) ................. Moreover, we also need to (7).................the water we use. Fresh water (8).................drinkingis running out in many (9)..................of the world. Finally, I think that if we use (10) ................ transport more we can reduce air pollution in cities.

II. Read the passage below and choose the correct answer among A, B, C or D “Students should be allowed to study without worrying about grades. Fortunately, most educators are becoming aware of the fact that students have different interests and abilities. However, the regimentation resulting from grades still exists, Grades often stifle creativity. Competing for belter grades causes many students to turn down opportunities to pursue music, dramatics and sports. Grades impose an arbitrary standard of success on everyone. I do not demand as some extremists do, that grade be abolished immediately.

However, I do believe that less emphasis should be placed on grades. I hope that some day grades will become optional at Village High School.”

Written by Magdalena Smith 1. Magdokrno Smith think it is important lor A. students to get good jobs B. students to participate in music, dramatic, and sports C. studentsto compete more for grades D. educators to have more control over grades 2. Which of the following states a fact about grades at Village High School?

A. They are not useful B. They foster unnecessary competition C. They should be optional D. They are currently in use 3. Grades A. promote creativity.

B. enhance competition.

C. limit creativity.

D. limit success.

4. Which of the following is NOT an opinion expressed by Magdalena Smith?

A. Grades should be abolished.

B. Grades impose arbitrary standards of success.

C. Students should be able to learn without worrying about grades.

D. Competition may discourage students from pursuing subjects such as drama and art.

5. Magdalena Smith think that there should be………….

A. more emphasis on grades.

B. less emphasis on grades.

C. less emphasis on music, dramatics and sports D. less emphasis on an arbitrary standard of success.

III. Read the passage below and choose the correct answer among A, B, C or a TRAFFIC IN OUR CITIES The volume of traffic in many cities in the world todav continues to expand. This causes many problems, including serious air pollution, lengthy delavs. and the greater risk of accidents. Clearly, something must be done, but it is often difficult to .......(1)....... people to change their habits and leave their cars at home.

One possible approach is to make it more expensive for people to use their car by .......(2)....... charges of parking and bringing in tougher fines for anyone who .......(3)....... the law. In addition, drivers could be required to pay for using particular routes at different times of the day. This system,…….(4)....... as "road pricing”, is already being introduced in a ……(5)....... of cities. Using a specialelectronic card fixed to the windscreen of the car.

Another way of…..(6) …..with the problem is to provide eheap parking on the….(7)…..of the city, and strictly control the number of vehicles allowed in to the centte. Drivers and their passengers then use a special bus service for the …..(8)….. stageof their journey.

Of course, the most important thing is to provide good public transport. However, to get people to……(9)……the comfort of their cars, public transportmust be felt to be reliable, convenient and comfortable, with fares…….(10)…….at an acceptable level.

1. A. make B. arrange C. suggest D. persuade 2. A. enlarging B. increasing C. growing D. developing 3. A. crosses B. refuses C. breaks D. cracks 4. A. named B. seen C. called D. known 5. A. quantity B. number C. total D. sum 6. A. doing B. handling C. dealing D. solving 7. A. outskirts B. border C. outside D. limit 8. A. late B. end C. complete D. final

9. A. pass on B. throw away C. give up D. leave out 10. A. taken B. kept C. given D. stood C. WRITING I. Rewrite each sentence beginning as shown, so that the meaning remains the same.

1. “If I were you, I wouldn’t trust Mary” She told Sam. → She advised..................................................................................................................................

2. We arrived too late to see the first film. → We didn’t......................................................................................................................................

3. She usually stays up so late. → She’s not used...............................................................................................................................

4. It is believed that the man escaped in a stolen car. →The man.........................................................................................................................................

5. Since we had nothing else to do, we decided to go for a walk. →Having...........................................................................................................................................

6. No one has lived in that house for yearn. → That house.....................................................................................................................................

7. “ Would you mind not smoking in here?” →I’d rather..........................................................................................................................................

8. Sue is excited about going to Spain on holiday, → Sue is looking..................................................................................................................................

9. I only made that terrible mistake because I wasn't thinking, → If ..................................................................................................................................................

10.I’ve never read a more romantic story. → It is .................................................................................................................................................

II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning te the fcv sentence using the word given. Do not change the word given. (10 poútà» 1. There is no sugar left in our kitchen. (run) 2. It would be difficult for me to finish the work by the weekend. (difficulty) 3. I’d rather not spend another day at the beach.(feel) 4. Sally might not bring her camera to the party, so I’ll take mine. (in) 5. When he walked out of the meeting, he didn’t say goodbye to everyone. (without) 6. Tan looks nothing like his father. (take) 7. My parents were always telling me what to do when I was small. (being) 8. I can’t describe people as well as you can. (better) 9. If I don’t leave now, I’ll miss the train. (unless) 10. They left early because they didn t want to get caught in the traffic. (avoid) III. In about 150 words, write about the “AO DAI” show at Hue Festival 2006.

ĐỀ SỐ 07 (Đề thi vào lớp10 THPT Chuyên Lam Sơn, Thanh Hoá, năm học 2006 - 2007) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

1. A dubbing B. robot C. climbing D. sober 2. A. cube B. document C. business D. huge 3. A. advantage B. adventure C. addition D. advertise 4. A. coughs B. attacks C. repeats D. mouths 5. A. idiom B.idea C. item D. identical II. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

1. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.

2. Hurry up or our favorite TV programme (be) over long before we (reach) home.

3. If we don’t hurry, all the tickets (sell) by the time we get there.

4. The classroom is still very dirty. I don’t think it (clean).

5. We (tell) not to go out at nights recently.

6. Thank for your help. If you (not help) me , I (not pass) the exam.

7. You (be) to the laboratory this week?

8. David (repair) the TV set at the moment. He (work) at it for one hour or so.

9. He was busy packing, for he (leave) that night.

10. Hello, Pat. I (phone) to ask if you (do) anything this Saturday.

11. It is crucial that Dido (stop) using Quang Ha. III. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences.

1. $1000! Thank you for your.............. (generous) 2. Please accept this present as a token of our ............. (grateful) 3. The soldier was accused of.............because he ran away. (coward) 4. The duty of the police is the.............of law and order. (maintain) 5. My dog never does what it is told, It s very ............ (obey) 6. the children were surprised at the sudden............of their teacher. (enter) 7. You can find out what a book is about by looking at the table of............ (contain) 8. The song has............been selected for the Sea Games 22nd. Vietnam. (office) 9. The homemade ice cream............after it had been in the freezer for an hour. (hard) 10. It is really quite............. that we should have been at the same college without having met before. (ordinary) IV Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

1. Nobody was injured in the accident,..............?

A. was there B. was he C. were they D. wasn't it 2. You are............who noticed.

A. the single B. the only C. only one D. the only one 3. Parents have no control........their children these days.

A. for B. over C. on D. with 4. Several people,…………..voice could be clearly heard, were waiting outside.

A. whose B. their C. of which D. whom 5. We................ her a happy birthday.

A. wished B. said C. told D. wanted 6. Your room is a mess! .............. It up at once.

A. arrange B. make C. tidy D. do 7. Could you .............. .me ten pounds until next pay day?

A. let B. provide C. borrow D. lend 8. My bag’s gone. I’ve been ...........

A. stolen B. robbed C. kidnapped D. thieved 9. The boy...............long hair was talking to the girl who was ......…….red.

A. with/in B. of/at C.in/with D.at/of 10. The poor woman with her two children..............in a street corner.

A.wasseenbeg B. was seen begging C. were seen begging D. were seen beg.

11. You can by a lot of farm products..............sale at the Fair A. in B. for C.to D. by 12. The dinner smelt.............

A. good B. well C. to be good D. very well 13. Listen carefully. I'm going to give you ..........advice.

A. a few B. some C. few D. little 14..........at 212 degrees F

A. Waters boils B. Waler boils C. The water boils 15. The economic conditions today are …………..they were in ther past.

A. much more good B. much better than C. much better D. the best than

D. Waters boil

V.Fill ineach blank with one suitable word.

INTELLIGENCE Are some people bom cleaver and others born (1)…………?Or is intelligencedeveloped by our environment and our experience? Strangely enough, the answer to both these (2) ......... is "Yes". To some extent, our intelligence is given at birth, and no amount of special education can make a genius out of a (3)…………. born withlow intelligence. On the other hand, a child who lives in a boring surrounding will develop his intelligence less than (4).............. who lives in rich and varied surrounding. Thus the limits of a person's intelligence are fixed at birth but (5)............... or not he reaches those limits will (6)................ on his environment. This view, now held by most experts, can be supported in a number of ways. It is easy to show that intelligence is something we are born with (7).......... we take two unrelated people at random from the population. It is likely that (8).............. degrees of intelligence will be completely different. If, on the other hand, we take children-identical twins, they will very likely be (9)............... intelligent as other. This clearly suggests that intelligence depends on (10).............

VI. Read the passage carefully then answer the questions below.

Higher education is given in colleges and universities. The average course is four years. Students choose a major and take courses in this subject. After four years they get a bachelor degree. Then the students may go on to graduate school and, with a year or two of further study, get a master's degree. After another two or three years of study, they may get a still higher degree as doctor of philosophy. Higher education trains people to become teachers, nurse, engineers or do other professional work. Lawyers and doctors must go to school longer than four years.

1. What degree do students get after four years of higher education?

2. How long does it take a student to obtain a master's degree?

3. Who must go to school longer than four years?

4. How long is the average course in an American university?

5.How long is a student trained into a teacher?

VII. a) Choose the tetter of the underline ft portion which is not correct and correct it.

1. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant?

2. I'd prefer to do it on myself because other people make me nervous.

3. I read something about Tararino’s new film on that magazine.

4.Because there are less members present tonight than there were last, we must wait until the next meeting to vote.

5. A dictionary is something which I have wished to have for years. b) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write comp/ete sentences 1. My father/ person / whom/I / respect / most / my family.

2. However/ hard / she / try / couldn’t / pass / driving test.

3. He/ not / know/ where / his friend Liz/ live.

4.I/ be/ invited/ her party / the occasion/ birthday last week.

5. The sooner/medicine/better/feel/ VIII. Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cue 1. If people deliberately start a fire, they should be punished. → I think anyone.............................................................................................................................

2. So I bought neither. → So I didn't....................................................................................................................................

3. Terry will get over his illness. Then his work will improve. → Once............................................................................................................................................

4. It’s thought that the accident was caused by human error. → The accident is............................................................................................................................

5. You can’t visit the United States unless you get a visa. → If you..........................................................................................................................................

6. I burst into tears when I heard the bad news. → I broke........................................................................................................................................

7. John little realizes just what it’s going to be like working in a restaurant kitchen. → Little...........................................................................................................................................

8. Alice and Charles did not decide to move to a bigger house until after the birth of their second child. → Only when .................................................................................................................................

9. You are under no obligation to accept their offer. → You can please............................................................................................................................

10. Martin may not be very well but he still manages to enjoy life. → Martin’s poor..............................................................................................................................

ĐỀSỐ 08 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Quốc Học - Huế, năm học 2007-2008) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (35 points) I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. (15 points) 1. My mother used to…………research in this library when she was a student.

A. make B. do C. making D. doing 2. Let’s go to the beach this weekend, …………?

A shall we B. do we C. don’t we D. will we 3.Iwish he…………that.

A. doesn’t say B. didn’t say C. hasn’t said D. hadn’t said 4. My father has gone away. He’ll be back………….a week.

A. for B. at C. until D. in 5. Don’t do this all at once; Do it little .................... little.

A. by B. to C. from D. with 6. They are both good ............. because they type carefully.

A. typewriters B. typists C. types D. typemen 7. We didn’t...............to the station in time to catch the train.

A. get B. reach C. arrive D. approach 8.I don’t think that purple shirt .............. with your yellow skirt.

A. suits B. fits C. goes D. wears 9. We had to stop for gasoline at a filling………….

A. garage B. service C. station D. pump 10................. you study harder, you won't pass the examination.

A. If B. Although C. Despite D. Unless 11. He ordered them .............. it again.

A. don’t do B. not do C. not to do D. didn't do 12. Quite soon, the world is going to………….energy resources.

A. run out of B. get into C. keep up with D. come up again 13. We decided not to go camping because of the rain.

A. great B. strong C. heavy D. extra 14. Mary works at a supermarket. She .......... $ 5 an hour.

A. pays B. brings C. takes D. earns

15. The students have got………….news about their exams.

A. many B. some C. few D.few II. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tease or form, (I (J points) 1. Quang (talk) to another student when I (see) him today.

2. That proposal (consider) by the members right now.

3. Less than half of the cans of paint (use) up to now.

4. A: I (lose) my glasses. I can’t find them anywhere. I (look for) them for hours.

B: Don’t worry. I (do) the same thing the other week but I (find) them a few days later.

5. He is working tomorrow. If he (have) a day off tomorrow, he (go) to the beach.

III. Correct the words in bold. (10 points) Ex: Jane did a lot of mistakes in her composition.

Answer: did → made 1. I’m afraid you’ve lost your test. You only got 23%.

2. Congratulations! You’ve gained first prize in the competitions!

3. I’ve asked everyone where Jane is, but none can tell me.

4. I’m a bit short of cash. Can you borrow me some until tomorrow?

5. Gills has got a good job and wins a good salary.

6. Do you mind if I make a photograph of you?

7. Our school is nearby to the town centre.

8. It’s so peaceful living in the nature away from the city.

9. I feel asleep. Do you mind if I go to bed?

10. My mother tried to avoid me from going to the club.

B. READING COMPREHENSION (35 points) I. Use one of these words in its correct form to complete the text. (10 points) retire promote redundant interview contract reference, pensioner applicant career train employment ADVICE TO YOUNG PEOPLE ABOUT TO START WORD In these days of high (0) unemployment, it is often difficult for young people to find a job. If they are lucky enough to be asked to go for a(n) (1)……………,they may find that there are at least 20 other (2)……………for the job. If acompany is thinking of offering you a job, they will ask you for at least one (3)…………… from either your previous employer or someone who knows youwell. Before taking up your job, you may have to sign a (4)…………… You willprobably have to do some (5)……………, which help you to do the job moresuccessfully. Once you have decided that this is your chosen (6)……………you will then base to work hard to try and get(7)……………which usually bringsmore responsibility and more money! If you are unlucky, you may be made (8)…………… andnot be able to find another job. It is also a good idea to paysome money into a (9)……………scheme, which will help you to look after yourself and your family when you are (10)……………Finally, good luck?

II. Read the passage below and choose the correct answer among A, B, C or D.(10 points) GREEK THEATRES The word theatre comes from Greek and literally means seeing place. The theatre has been popular in ancient times. People did not go to the theatre simply to sec an interesting….(1)…..for the plays formed part of religious festivals……(2)….. early Greek theatres consisted of no more than a flat space with an altar at the foot of a hillside.........(3)........ that time, there were no........(4)........ asthere are in modern theatres, so the ........(5)……..stood or sat on the slopes of thehillside, Gradually, special theatres were made by building large stone or wooden steps one ........(6)........ another up the hillside. In later times, a hut was built at the far side of the acting area where it formed a background for the actors .......(7).......the parts of the different characters.

Eventually, a…….(8)....... platform was builtso that the actors could be seen more clearly. This was the first appearance of anything ...(9)…….. our modern stage. As well as these permanent theatres,there were simple wooden stages .........(10)........ around by actors wandering from one place to another. There was also a hut with curtains that served both as background scenery and as a dressing room.

1. A. scene B. performance C.scenery D. stage B. Complete C. Full D. All 2. A. Whole 3. A. In B. For C. At D. On 4. A. chairs B. benches C. seats D. stools 5. A. watchers B. players C. viewers D. audiences 6. A. among B. between C. around D. behind 7. A. playing B. making C. doing D. being 8. A. lifted B. raised C. moved D. pulled 9. A. as B. like C. equal D. similar 10. A. carried B. held C. brought D. fetched III. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (15 points) A POP STAR John Lennon was (O)born in Liverpool in 1940. He was always (1)………….onmusic and played in a pop group (2)………….school and Art college .

John (3)…………. married to Cynthia in 1962 and they had a son (4)………….name was Julian. At that time, John was a member of a group (5)…………. “TheBeatles”. Many beautiful songs (6)………….written by John and wherever thegroup went, crowds of fans gathered to see them . They (7)………….scream and faint when “The Beatles” played and lots of people have their hair cut in a Beatles style. Soon, everyone had heard (8)…………. “The Beatles” and Johnwas (9)………….richer than he had ever thought.

Having achieved world-wide success, John started to make records(10)…………. his own after 1968 , and it was in the same year when(11)………….marriage to Cynthia came to an end. He had met Yoko Ono (12)………….he married the following year. John lost weight and grew his hair long, as can (13)………….seen on the covers of the records that he made withYoko. He set up home in the United States and had a son called Sean.

Many people considered John Lennon to be (14)………….most talented of all“The Beatles”. He sang about peace and love and so when he was murdered by one of his fans, outside his New York apartment , the whole world (15)………….shocked . More than 50,000 fans turned up to a ceremony in his memory. He was only forty when he died.

C. WRITING (30 points) I. There is a mistake in each sentence below. Underline the mistake and write the correct sentence.

(10points) EX: I am reading a book which it is very interesting. → I am reading a book which is very interesting.

1. My mother, that is nearly 60, is coming to live with us.

2. Andrew has been a teacher of English since a very long time.

3. It is not easy to grow up children in a modern world.

4. I think we should go some sightseeing this afternoon.

5. The room where I am staying in is very noisy.

6. This is Peter, who his sister works at your school.

7. Do you want to see the pictures that we took them on holiday?

8. Have you ever considered to become a professional footballer?

9.I’11 give Tania your letter if she will come to school tomorrow.

10. I’ve really got to cut up smoking.

II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first sentence using the word given. Do not change the word given. (10 points) 1. Could you possibly help me with this box? (mind) → Would...........................................................................................................................................

2. “Who ate the cake?" she asked. (had)

→ She wanted ....................................................................................................................................

3. What sort of weather did you have on holiday? (like) → What...............................................................................................................................................

4.I am not good at skiing, but I’d like to learn. (not) → I do ................................................................................................................................................

5. The exam wasn’t as hard as I expected. (than) → The exam........................................................................................................................................

6. Don't forget to contact me if you come to London. (touch) → Don’t forget to................................................................................................................................

7. Make sure that you don’t arrive late. (turn) → Make sure that................................................................................................................................

8. Your English will improve if you keep practicing. (get) → Your English..................................................................................................................................

9. Normally I have a ten-minute journey to school. (me) → Normally........................................................................................................................................

10. She is keen on meeting people from other countries. (who) →She wants.........................................................................................................................................

III. In about 250 words, write about the advantages and disadvantages of a child in a large family.

(10points)

ĐỀ SỐ 09 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lê Khiết, Quảng Ngãi, năm học 2007 – 2008) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PRONUNCIATION (10 points) I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D)that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points) 1. A. crop B. concern C. conserve D. protect 2. A. conserve B. advertise C. perfect D. reverse Bs workers C. series D. satellites 3. A. cities 4. A. food B. good C. tooth D. tool B. without C. thank D. these 5. A. although II. Choose the word (A, B. c or D) whose main stress pattern is not theas that of the others. (5 points) 1. A. cartoon B. open C. paper D. answer 2. A. manage B. shortage C. village D. teacher 3. A. remain B. convenient C. volunteer D. memorable 4. A. maintain B. marine C. challenge D. device 5. A. important B. community C. organize D. diseases B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points) I. Choose the best answers to completes each sentence. (10 points) 1. The stolen jewels were…………a lot of money.

A. valued B. cost C. priced D. worth 2.…………, after trying three times, he passed the examination.

A. Lastly B. Last of all C. Last D. At last 3.I don't see any…………in arriving early at the theatre.

A. cause B. point C. reason D. aim 4. The children loved ………… the old castle.

A. discovering B. exploring C. hunting D. detecting 5. This is the oldest building…………the village.

A. of B.by C. in D. to

6. These figures show a…………in the number of unemployed people in England and Wales.

A. loss B. lessening C. reduction D.lowering 7. …………scientists have observed increased pollution in the water supply.

A. late B. later C. Latter D. Lately 8. After he had broken his leg, Henry could only go up and down stairs……………

A. hardly B. in difficulties C. with difficulty D. hard 9. You will have to……………your holiday if you are too ill to travel.

A. put off B. cut down C. put out D. put up 10. At four o’clock Mr. Hutchinson still had some……………to do in the garden.

A. work B. job C. effort D. task II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 points) 1. This is the first time I (read) ................... a novel (write) ……………by an American novelist.

2. The stereo (play) ................... since 6 pm. I wish someone (turn) ................... it off.

3. The new students hope (include)...................in many of the school’s social activities.

He wore a false beard (avoid)……………(recognize)……………

4. (Write)...................the letter, she put it carefully in an envelope.

5. If you don't hurry, all the tickets (sell) ................... by the time we (get)...................there.

III. Fill in the blank with a /an /the. Put an Ø where none is required. (5 points) 1. My father has just bought me ................... LG computer.

2. ……………whale is……………mammal, not……………fish.

3. We are going to……………tea with ................... Smiths today.

4. ...................Titanic, one of the most famous ocean liners, sank on its first voyageacross……….Atlantic.

5. For centuries,……………buildings were made of ……………stones.

IV. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage. (10 points) compare young abound employ size pursue collect prosper tend criticize Ask any adult over forty to make a (1)……………between the past and thepresent and most will tell you that things have been getting steadily worse for as long as they can remember. Take the weather for example. Everyone remembers that in their (2)……………the summers were considerably hotter, and that winteralways included (3)……………falls of snow just when the school holidays hadstarted. Of course, the food in those days was far superior too, as nothing was imported and everything was fresh. (4) …………… was negligible, the money in your pocket really was worth something, and you could buy a (5)…………house even if your means were limited. And above all, people were somehow nicer in those days, and spent their free time on innocent (6)……………making model boatsand tending their stamp (7)……………rather than gazing at the television screen forhours on end. As we know, this figure of the past simply cannot be true, and thereare plenty of statistics dealing with heath and (8)……………which prove that it isnot true. So. why is it that we all have a (9)……………to idealize the past and to beso (10)…………… of the presents?

V. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (5points) 1. It's a small island, four miles...................the Thai coast.

2.I know her ................... sight, but I've never talked to her.

3. ……………be half of everyone here tonight, I’d like to thank you……………your advice.

4. You can refer ................... these documents ................... more information.

5. How much did he change you……………doing……………the room?

6. She began her talk……………an apology ................... the audience.

C. READING (30 points) I. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (10points) Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were infroduced following the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the

1600s English was. for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as Wales, Scotland, or Ireland. However, during the course of the next two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking, and diplomacy.

Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is in English.

Two-thirds of the world's science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports! and air traffic controllers. Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are nonnative speakers, constituting the largest number of nonnative users than any other language in the world.

I. What is the main topic of this passage?

A. The number of non-native users of English.

B. The French influence on the English language.

C. The expansion of English as an international language.

D. The use of English for science and technology.

2. The word “emerged" in line 3 could best be replaced by which of the following?

A. appeared B. hailed C. frequented D. engaged 3. As used in line 3, the word “elements” is not similar to which of the following: A. declaration B. features C. curiosities D. customs 4. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England?

A. in 1066 B. around 1350 C. before 1600 D. after 1600 5. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread ofEnglish around the world except....................

A. The slave trade B. Colonization C. Missionaries D. The Norman invasion 6. As used in line 6, which of the following is closet in meaning to the word “course”?

A. Subject B. Policy C. Time D. Track 7. The word “enclaves” in line 9 could be best replaced by which of the following?

A. communities B. organizations C. regions D. countries 8. The word “proliferated” in line 10 is closest in meaning to which of the following?

A. prospered B. organized C. disbanded D. expanded 9. Which of the following is closet in meaning to the word “constituting” in line 16?

A. looking over B. sitting down C. doing in D. making up 10. According to the passage, approximately how many nonnative users of English are there in the world to day?

A. a quarter million B. half a million C. 350 million D. 700 million II. These paragraphs or sentences (A - H) are not in a good order. Rearrange them into a good order (1 8) to make it a logical meaningful passage. (8 points) A. Anyone can try to make a drink which tastes similar to Coca-Cola. Chemists say that it consists almost entirely of carbonated water and sugar.

B. In only a few years Coca-Cola became the national drink of the United States.The shape of the famous bottle was invented in 1961. During the Second World War, American soldiers drank three million bottles of Coca-Cola a day.

C. Coca-Cola was originally invented by John Pemberton, a pharmacist in Atlanta, Georgia. In 1886, he created a new kind of medicine to cure tirednessand headaches.

D. This helped spread the name and flavor of “Coke” all over the world.

E. Then a businessman bought Pemberton’s recipe for his creation. He did something to the recipe and made a really refreshing drink that appealed to many people. Demand for the drink grew.

F. But no one outside the Coca-Cola company has yet discovered what the “magic” combination of ingredients is, and a very few people- only seven, have ever known the secrete formula of Coca-Cola. Only two of them are stillalive today, so they never fravel on the same aeroplane.

G. Today, nearly a hundred million bottles or cans are drunk every day, in one hundred and fifty-five different countries.

H. It tasted so revolting that just about no one wanted to buy it. In the first year,Pemberton only made $50 from his creation.

III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage. (12 points) LOOKING FORA JOB I finished university six month (1) ..................., I’ve got a degree in business administration. I enjoyed the course very much (2) ................... I realize I should have studied a lot harder! A few of my friends have (3) ................... got full-time jobs but most, me, are still waiting (4)................... something suitable to turn up.

Meanwhile, I make sure that I keep myself busy. I look through the job advertisements (5) ................... the newspapers every day and I also ask all thepeople I know to tell me if they hear of any vacancies (6) ................... they work. What I am looking for is something challenging and I would certainly be happy to move to another city or even work abroad for a while. The (7)...................is not soimportant at this stage , provided I earn enough to live on , because I don't want to continue (8)……………to depend on my parents , although they are (9) ...................generous to me . At the moment, I’m working in a nearby restaurant two evenings (10)...................week, washing up and generally helping out, which brings a littlemoney . The other people working there are very frendly and many of them are in the same (11)................... as me, so we have lots of to talk(12)……………

D. WRITING (20 points) I. Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as those printed before them. (10 points) 1. Martin may not be very well but he still manages to enjoy life. → Martin’s........................................................................................................................................

2. Thanks to his aunt’s legacy of £10.000 he was able to buy the house he wanted. → Had his..........................................................................................................................................

3. Mary was the only student absent from class. → Apart.............................................................................................................................................

4. Jane hasn’t made much progress at school. → Jane has only.................................................................................................................................

5. My parents find fault with everything I do. → No matter.......................................................................................................................................

6. It’s the cheapest watch but it’s the nicest. → Not only........................................................................................................................................

7. The police didn’t at all suspect that the judge was the murder. → Little..............................................................................................................................................

8. “ What you have cooked is the best in the world!”, John said to his girlfriend. → John congratulated ........................................................................................................................

9. Now that his mother was being there, they said nothing about it. →On ..................................................................................................................................................

10. The last storm destroyed Lan’s house. → It‘s high time.................................................................................................................................

II. Use the suggest words and phrases to write complete sentences of a passage. (10 points) 1. Jack London/ famous/ American writer.

2. He/ bear/ January 13th/1876/ San Francisco/ California.

3. family/ poor/ he/ have/ leave/ school/ make money.

4. He/ work/ hard/ different jobs.

5. Later/ he/ return/ school/ he/ not/ stay/ long.

6. 1897/he/ go/ Alaska/ find/ gold.

7. There/ he/ find/ ideas/ books / stories.

8. He/ come/ home/ start/ write.

9. writings/ successful/ he/ become/ rich/ famous/ twenties.

10. poor health/ he/ die/1916/ age/ 40.

ĐỀ SỐ 10 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên Lê Hồng Phong, TP. Hồ Chí Minh, năm học 2007 - 2008) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. CHOOSE THE CORRECT ANSWER TO FILL IN THE BLANK. 1. The police stated that the accident…………..soon.

A. will be investigated B. had investigated C. is being investigated D. would be investigated 2. There are chances that Manchester United…………..the last match against Juventus.

A. won B. will win C. has won D. would win 3.…………..to the national park before, Sue was amazed to see the geyser.

A. Being not B. Not having been C. Have not bee D. Having not been 4. Hardly…………..the captain of the team when he had to face the problems.

A. had he been appointed B. did he appoint C. was he being appointed D. was he appointing 5. It is six years…………..we moved to Chicago.

A. when B. that C. since D. after 6.Ithink he will join us,…………..?

A. doesn't he B. won’t he C. will he D. do I 7.Iam sorry. I have forgotten …………..a table at the restaurant for you.

A. reserving B. to reserve C. having reserved D. to be reserved 8. …………..our children may be, we cannot go picnicking in this weather.

A. Though excited B. Excited as C. Because of excitement D. Exciting 9.I am leaving the key under the pot in the garden...................you should be homeearlier than usual.

A. because B. in case C. so that D. though 10. Be patient ………….. you won’t succeed.

A. because B. or C. unless D. Otherwise 11. Sweating increases…………..vigorous exercise or hot weather.

A. during B. when C. at the time D. for 12. Goddard developed the first rocket to fly faster…………..

A. than sound is B. as does sound C. than sound D. as sound is 13. Herbs…………..in soups and sauces.

A. are used to be B. are often used C. often use D. get used to being 14. Studies indicate…………..collecting art today than ever before.

A. there more people B. more people that are C. that there are more people D. people there are more 15. Susan couldn’t help…………..when I told her the joke.

A. laughing B. laugh C. to laugh D. laughed 16. Your hair needs…………... You’d better have it done tomorrow.

A. cut B. to cut C. being cut D. cutting 17. Regina,...................you have never met before, is a genius in painting.

A. that B. whose C. whom D. whomever

18. Doctors advise ...................too many hours watching television.

A. not to spend B. not being spent C. not spend D. not spending 19. Quite ...................people have complained about his behavior.…………..peoplehave voiced their support for him.

A. a few / Many B. very few / Some C. a lot / Few D. a few / Very few 20. ...................finds the treasure is entitled to twenty five percent of it.

A. Who B. The person who C. Whoever D. Man who 21. As soon as you hear the alarm, you all have to leave the building…………...

A. on the verge B. under law C. at no time D. without delay 22. ...................have tried their best to protect the environment, but their efforts seemto be nothing compared to what people are doing to harm it.

A. Poachers B. Industrialists C. Conservationists D. Producers 23. The passage…………..that the first settlers were Spanish.

A. refers B. instills C. implies D. infers 24. There are not many interesting…………..of news in the ‘Evening’.

A. parts B. articles C. loads D. items 25. On November 5, a lot of firework is …………..off in England.

A. set B. gone C. sent D. burned 26. Can you give me the…………..for tomato soup?

A. formula B. recipe C. order D. method 27. Jane likes watching films, but she is not…………..keen on any kind.

A. specially B. certainly C. largely D. particularly 28. In a report submitted to the government yesterday, scientists…………..that thebuilding of the bridge be stopped.

A. banned B. complained C. said D. recommend 29. Police believe that there is a…………..between the 2 crimes.

A. chain B. link C. connector D. mixture 30. If you come to the theatre late, you have to wait until the................... to get in.

A. break B. interval C. refreshment D. half-time 31. From now on, you have to...................responsibility for the sales figures.

A.get B. acquire C. assume D. accept 32. Children have to…………..respect to their parents and teachers.

A. show B. take C. feel D. express 33.…………..,the reports are not good enough to be printed.

A. On my own B. Out of the ordinary C. If you ask me D. Telling the truth 34. During the war, we………….. many relatives.

A. lost touch with B. take for granted C. made a mention of D. set an example for 35. You should pay…………..to what the instructor is saying.

A. attendance B. intention C. convention D. attention 36. The jokes Jack tell are as old as…………...

A. the earth B. the mountains C. the hills D. the oceans 37. The articles I have cut out from newspapers for years are now ...................with age.

A. old B. yellowed C. blackened D. torn 38. You can contact us if anything ................... with our plan.

A. goes wrong B. comes bad C. is out of luck D. loses control 39. It is..................knowledge that you have to drink more fluids when you have flu.

A. common B. popular C. widespread D. updated 40 As aoon as Kate failed to do the job the third time, she got the..................

A. promotion B. recommendation C. rearrangement D. sack 41. Can I ask a favor..................you, Mark? Could you please move this sofaback wards ?

A. for B. of C. with D. to 42. I read the contract again and again..................avoiding making spelling mistakes.

A. with a view to B. In view of C. by means of D. in terms of 43. This kind of product has to be used..................3 days................... purchase.

A. by / of B. within / of C. on / on D. on /after 44. Too many tests and exams have put high school students ................... pressure.

A. in B. on C. under D. into 45. The president refused to make any judgment..................the situation.

A. on B. with C. for D. of 46. ...................your effort and talent, we wonder if you can work full time for us.

A. Regarding B. In regard of C. With respect to D. On behalf of 47. Let's move..................to the next item on the agenda.

A. in B. by C. up D. on 48. I am fed..................hanging around here with nothing to do.

A. up on B. out of C. up with D. by 49.Ido not know my uncle is..................doubt..................everything he sees.

A. with / about B. in / of C. of / for D. in / with 50. ..................Xmas, more shopping is done.

A. On B. For C. At D. In 51. On farms, when the cattle are too ill, farmers often have to put them ...................

A. in B. down C. up D. away 52....................my shyness, they refused to give me the job as a receptionist.

A. Despite B. As for C. Due to D. Instead of 53. The professor broke..................her lecture when she heard a cell phone ringing.

A. away B. in C. off D. out 54.I could not…………….the peak of the mountain in the foggy weather.

A. get over B. make out C. see through D. go into 55. We all need friends whom we can ................... when we are in trouble.

A. call on B. break off C. live on D. go by 56. Constantly staying in cold weather may bring ................... pneumonia.

A. in B. about C. up D. on 57. Don’t let poachers get ...................uniting animals. They deserve to be punished.

A. off B. out of C. on D. away 58.I was named ................... a wealthy relative of my Mom’s.

A.after B. to C. as D. in on 59. I cannot stay up late at night; I prefer…………….in early.

A. going B. breaking C. turning D. doing 60. My little son is learning how to ................... his shoes.

A. put off B. get on C. take to D. do up B. IDENTIFY THE MISTAKE IN EACH SENTENCE. 61. Graham Bell was once a teacher who rana school for the deaf in Massachusetts.

A BC D 62. Telephoto, a process for sending pictures by wire, has been invented duringthe 1920s, and the first A B C transcontinentaltelephoto was sent in 1925.

D 63. The immune system is the bodies way of protecting itselfagainst viruses.

A B CD

64. What I told her a few days ago were not the solutions tomostof her problems.

A B CD 65. However cheap it is, the poor quality products cannot always appeal tocustomers.

A B C D 66. If you do not keep my secret, I will reveal surelyyours.

A BCD 67. Jim’s grandfather left him 50,000 dollars, this was too big a sum to him.

A BC D 68. So far Linda has been writing 5 novels on the problems teenagers have to cope within the new world.

A BCD 69. The choice of which restaurant to go to for tonight’s meal is entirely your.

A BC D 70. You mustn’t have seen my sister, for I have no sister living on the other end ofthis city.

A BCD C. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

71. A. chapter B. hatch C. manage D. panel 72. A. example B. feed C.ink D. inhumane 73. A. junior B. humor C. stew D. purify 74. A. hall B. doll C. chalk D. forecast 75. A. recite B. reconcile C. refund D. reproduce II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is pronounced different from that ofthe others.

76. A. relax B. recognize C. realize D. relatively 77. A. permanent B. power C. permission D. carpet 78. A. photography B. minority C. heroic D. amateur 79. A. practicality B. politician C. uncontrollable D. comfortable 80. A. managerial B. determination C. unbelievable D. inability D. VOCABULARY I. Supply the appropriate form of the Words in the brackets.

81. At the end of the concert, the audience gave the young pianist a .................. ovation. (STAND) 82. The university has .................. the use of dictionaries during language examinations. (AUTHOR) 83. A dilemma is a situation where a difficult choice has to be made between two,sometimes unpleasant,................... (ALTERNATE) 84. It is very difficult to find Mrs. Burton’s shop, for it was..................from allothers in the street.

(DISTINGUISH) 85. When we arrived at the hotel, we were amazed at the..................hospitality ofthe fans. (COMPARE) 86. The teacher’s criticism has..................Tom’s interest in learning. (DIE) 87. The staffs bad behavior has brought.................. to the whole company.(GRACEFUL) 88. Panda is..................to China only. (NATION) 89. Traditional ................... are a good source of fun and entertainment. (CELEBRATE) 90. The public were angry with the Minister’s..................to tell the truth aboutthe bribery. (REFUSE) II. Fill each blank with an appropriate word formed from one of the words in the list below. similarity suit advise value fit dispense predict water foolish warn It is astonishing how many people set off to climb Mount Olympus in completely (91) ……….. clothing. The weather conditions on the mountain are notoriously (92)………..but people are (93) ……….. into thinking that just because thebottom is sunny, the summit will be (94) ………..warm and bright. Nothing couldbe further from the truth. Bearing in mind that “(95) ……….. is forearmed”, consult the local climbing club about likely conditions before setting off. Such local knowledge can be absolutely (96) ……….. and you would, to pul it mildly, be extremely (97)………..to ignore it. Whatever the likely weather, a good pair of

boots is (98)………..and is some form of (99)………..And it is a steep climb so itgoes without saying that a reasonable level of (100)………..is essential.

E. REWRITE WITHOUT CHANGING MEANING 101. It was wrong of you to allow a 4-year-old child to walk home alone. →You should.......................................................................................................................

102. I could realize how important the family is only after I left home. → Not until..........................................................................................................................

103. Mrs. Green is proud of her son’s contribution to the play. → Mrs. Green is proud of what ...........................................................................................

104. The recruited very few young engineers. → Hardly..............................................................................................................................

105. Only two out of the five rooms we have booked have air conditioning. → We have booked five rooms, only ...................................................................................

106. Jane seems to come to the performance lat. → It looks.............................................................. ................................................................

107. I could hold a big party due to my Mom’s help. → Had it .............................................................. .................................................................

108. Success depends on hard work. → The harder .............................................................. .........................................................

109. Fiona was so disappointed that she could not keep on working. → Such .............................................................. ....................................................................

110. Although Richard is competent in his work, he does not know how to deal with this client. → Competent .............................................................. ............................................................

F. CLOZE TESTS I. Supply each blank with one word.

The director has overall responsibility for the artistic side of a production and must (111)...................all the rehearsal and keep an (112)...................on all the backstage andtechnical departments (113)...................

Directors tend to have (114) ...................personalities and can be temperamental. But the success or (115)...................of a playis in their (116).................... It is their job to (117)...................out the imaginative qualitiesin the actors in order to get the best response from them. Some directors let actors decide on their own interpretation while (118)...................give detailed instruction as to(119) ...................they want the parts to be played. Some directors also (120)................... on duties, such as planning a season’s program and supervising the budget.

II. Choose the suitable word to fill in each blank You can rob a bank without leaving your house these days. Who needs stocking (121)...................guns and getaway cars? If you’re a computer whiz-kid,you could grab your first million (122)...................with nothing more dangerous thana personal computer, a telephone and a modem to (123)...................them.

All you have to do is to dial into the networks which like the computers in large organizations together, type in a couple of passwords and you can rummage (124)...................in the information that’s stored there (125)................... your heart'scontent. Fortunately it isn’t always quite as easy as it appears. But. as more and more information is (126)...................and stored on computer, whether it is details ofyour bank account or the number of tins of baked beans in the stockroom at the supermarket, a computer crime seems set to grow.

A couple of months ago a newspaper reported that five British banks were being (127)................... to ransom by a gang of hackers who had managed to(128)................... their computer. The hackers were demanding money (129)................... revealing exactly how they did it. In case like this, banks may consider paying just so that they can protect themselves better in the future.

As with (130)...................else, hackers start young in the States. A 12-year-old boyin Detroit was (131)...................of entering a company’s credit rating computer and(132)...................the numbers he found there. His mother told reporters that he spent upto 14 hours on his computer during the weekend.

Prevention is probably easier than detection, and many companies now spend lots of time and money (133)................... programs using passwords and codes. Of course all this is no use (134)................... if computer users tell each other theirpassword, stick it on their screen so they don’t (135)...................it or use passwords like "‘password”. It all happens. There are plenty of software companies which specialize in writing software that makes computers hacker-proof. One company in the States set (136)................... to prove that its system can defeat hacker by asking over 2000 of them to try to hack it. The hackers were given 2 weeks to discover the secret message stored on 2 PCs in offices in New York and San Francisco. The message (137)...................: “The persistent hunter who (138)...................his prize (139)...................becomes the hunted.” You will be relieved - or perhaps disappointed- to learn that (140)................... hacker managed it.

121. A. covers B. veils C. masks D. helmets 122. A. supported B. armed C. provided D. tampered 123. A. connect B. link C. combine D. join 124. A. further B. out C. about D. off 125. A. off B.to C. with D. within 126. A. dealt B. progressed C. tackled D. processed 127. A. held B. asked C. kept D. captured 128. A. turn off B. break into C. get into D. come up with 129. A. on the verge of B. with exception of C. in answer to D. in return for 130. A. anything B. everybody C. nothing D. somebody 131. A. able B. capable C. possible D. enabled 132. A. scattering B. dumping C. distributing D. loading.

133. A. thinking B. discovering C. devising D. manufacturing 134. A. of all B. in all C. even D. whatsoever 135. A. forget B. notice C. bother D. mention 136. A. about B. out C. off D. away 137. A. read B. is read C. was reading D. had been read 138. A. offers B.reaches C. obtains D. wins 139. A. now and then B. now and again C. sooner or later D. safe and sound 140. A. none B. not any C. neither D. hardly G. READ THE FOLLOWING PASSAGES AND CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER TO THE QUESTION KETCHUP The sauce that is today called ketchup (or catsup) in Western cultures is a tomato based sauce that is quite distinct from Eastern ancestors of this product. A sauce called ke-tjap was in used in China at least as early as the 17th century, but the Chinese version of the sauce was made of picked fish, shellfish, and spices.

The popularity of this Chinese sauce spread to Singapore and Malaysia, where it was called ketchup. The Indonesian ketjab derives its name from the same source of the Malaysian sauce but is made from very different ingredients. The Indonesian ketjab is made by cooking black soy beans, fermenting them, placing them in a salt brine for at least a week , cooking the resulting solution further, and sweetening it heavily; this process results in a dark, thick and sweet variation of soy sauce.

Early in the 18th century, sailors from the British navy came across this exotic sauce on voyages to Malaysia and Singapore and brought samples of it back to England on return voyages. English chefs tried to recreate the sauce but were unable to do exactly because key ingredients were unknown or unavailable in England; chefs ended up substituting ingredients such as mushrooms and walnuts in an attempt to recreate the special taste of the original Asian sauce. Variations of this sauce became quite the rage in the 18th century England, appearing in a number of recipe books and features as an exotic addition to menus from the period.

The English version did not contain tomatoes, and it was not until the end of the 18th century that tomatoes became a main ingredients in the ketchup of the United States. It is quite notable that tomatoes were added to the sauce and that tomatoes had previously been considered quite dangerous to health. That tomato had been cultivated by the Aztecs, who had called it tomalt; however, early botanists had recognized that

tomato was a member of the Solanecaea family, wich does include a number of poisonous plant. The leaves of the tomato plant are poisonous, though of course the fruit is not.

Thomas Jefferson, who cultivated the tomato in his gardens at Monticello and served dishes containing tomatoes at lavish feasts, often receive credit for changing the reputation of the tomato. Soon after Jefferso had introduced the tomato to American society, recipes combining the new fashionable tomato with the equally fashionable and exotic sauce known as ketchup began to appear. By the middle of the 19th century, both of the tomato and tomato ketchup were stables of the American kitchen.

Tomato ketchup, popular though it was, was quite time-consuming to prepare. In 1876, the first massproduced tomato ketchup, a product of German-American Henry Heizn, went on sale and achieved immediate success. From tomato ketchup, Heizn branched out into a number of other products, including various sauces, pickles, and relishes.

141. It is not stated in paragraph 1 that………...

A. the Chinese sauce was in existence in the 17th century B. the Malaysian sauce was similar to the Chinese sauce C. the Chinese sauce was made from seafood and species D. the Indonesian sauce was similar to the Chinese sauce 142. “it” in paragraph 1 refers to………...

A. a salt brine B. a week C. the resulting solution D. this process 143. What ingredient is not used to make Indonesian sauce?

A. soy beans B. sugar C. salt D. mushrooms 144. It can be inferred from the second paragraph that mushrooms and walnutswere………....

A. difficult to find in England B. not part of the original Asian recipe C. not native to England D. transported to England to Asia 145. The phrase “became quite the rage” in paragraph 2 means A. became an anger B. became strange C. became popular D. became a protest 146. The author mentions the English version at the beginning of the thirdparagraph in order to………....

A. indicate what will be discussed in the coming paragraph B. explain why tomatoes were considered dangerous C. make a reference to the topic of the previous paragraph D. provide an example of a sauce using tomatoes 147. According to the paragraph 3, the tomato plant A. was considered poisonous plants B. is related to some poisonous plants C. has edible leaves D. has fruit tat is sometimes quite poisonous 148. The word “staples” in paragraph 4 could be best replaced by...................

A. standard elements B. strong attachment C. necessary utensils D. rare alternatives 149. Where in paragraph 4 can the following sentence go in? “It turned from very bad to exceedingly good” A. at the beginning of the paragraph 4 B. before the sentence “ Soon after Jefferson …..”

C. before the sentence “By the middle of the 19th century ...”

D. at the end of the paragraph 4 150. Tomato ketchup is closest to the word A. ketchap B. ke-tjap C. Ketjab D. kechap THE BEATLES In the 1960s, The Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then,

there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is perhaps difficult now to imagine how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs. The Beatles did not have a long career. Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up in 1970.

They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them - their fans were so excited that they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as famous as they were when they first came out. Throughout the world many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them.

151. The passage is mainly about A. How the Beatles became more successful than other groups.

B. Why the Beatles split up after 7 years.

C. The Beatles’ fame and success.

D. Many people’s ability to sing a Beatles song.

152. The four boys of the Beatles A. Came from the same family B. Were at the same age C. Came from a town in the north of England D. Received good training in music 153. I he word "sensational** is closest in meaning to A. Notorious B. Bad C. Shocking D. Popular 154. The first songs of the Beatles were A. Written by themselves B. Broadcast on the radio C. Paid a lot of money D. Written by black Americans 155. What is not true about the Beatles?

A. The members had no training in music B. They had a long stable career C. They became famous when they wrote their own songs D. They were afraid of being hurt by fans 156. The Beatles stopped their live performances because A. They had earned enough money B. They did not want to work with each other C. They spent more time writing their own songs D. They were afraid of being hurt by fans.

157. The year 1970 was the time when A. They split up B. They changed pop music C. They started their career D. They stopped singing live 158. What the fans of the Beatles often did was A. Sing together with them B. Take their clothes as souvenirs C. Ask them to write more songs D. Ask them why they should separate 159. Some songs of the Beatles now A. Are still famous as they used to be B. Became too old to sing C. Are sung by crazy fans D. Are the most famous 160. The tone of the passage is that of A. Admiration B. Criticism C. Neutral D. Sarcasm

BỘ ĐỀ THI NĂM HỌC 2008 - 2009

ĐỀ SỐ 11 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên Quang Trung – Bình Phước) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

1. A. fond B. gorilla C. colleague D. monument 2. A. cleared B. heart C. beard D. feared 3. A. celebration B. cigarette C. castle D. ceiling 4. A. pressure B. mission C. assure D. massive 5. A. terrorist B. techno C. program D. sociable II. Pick out the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.

6. A. preference B. colorful C. continue D. favorite 7. A. cotton B. baggy C. ignore D. label 8. A. material B. completely C. economy D. tropical 9. A. memory B. neighbor C. typical D. sincerity 10. A. hamburger B. blanket C. relax D. picnic III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes the sentence.

11. Vietnam is a………….country of ASEAN. A. friend B. member C. region D. foreign 12. My motheroften spends hoursreading………….about cooking in themagazines.

A. essays B. guidelines C. lessons D. articles 13. After dinner we used to go for a walk………….after lunch.

A. along the sea B. along the shore C. in the beach D. in the sand 14.I usually write emails or………….with my friends about our hobby.

A. chat B. tell C. speak D.reach 15. We had a day………….to my friend’s village last Sunday.

A. travel B. trip C. went D.reach 16. Stirring is a………….town not far from Edinburgh.

A. medium-large B. medium-sized C. medium D. middle-sized 17. The Browns…………a lot of maize on their farm.

A. rise B. raise C. grow D. feed 18. What foreign languages you know…………English.

A. together B. apart C. besides D. next 19. When learning English, you should have a dictionary to…………the new words.

A. look in B. look after C. look for D. look up 20. On the way to the village we saw a man…………with his buffalo.

A. plowing B. feeding C. raising D. collecting 21. If you…………her this weekend, could you ask her to call me?

A. see B. will see C. saw D. would see 22. Does your father enjoy…………tennis?

A. play B. playing C. to play D. to playing 23. The books…………at least by next Monday.

A. must returned B. must have returned C. must be returned D. must is returned 24. You…………free this weekend, aren’t you?

A. are B. aren’t C. do D. don’t 25. I ............... reading this book by next weekend.

A. finish B. will be finishing C. have finished D. will have finished 26. ............... you arrived on time, you would have understood the lectures.

A. If B. Had C. Unless 27. The baby...............when her mother...............home.

A. was sleeping/came B. was sleeping / comes C. was sleeping / was coming D. slept / came 28. Each of the room...............a different color.

A. have B. has C. to have 29. He prefers ................

A. go for a swim to study B. going for a swim to study C. going for a swim to studying D. go for a swim to studying 30. We left early...............avoid the traffic jams.

A. so that B. in order that C. so as 31. The town crier shouted the...............news as he was walking.

A. late B. later C. latest 32. Fd like Ao daibecause it is both traditional and...............

A. funny B. fashionable C. moveable 33. I wish I ...............money to buy a laptop.

A. have B. had C. will have 34. I wish I...............very far from the school.

A. don’t live B. won’t live C. haven’t lived 35. This color TV...............for over ten years.

A. was using B. was used C. has been used 36. A new supermarket...............in our town.

A. is build B. is being built C. has built 37. I arrived in Singapore...............last evening.

A. in B. on C. at 38. Danny was out when I came,...............I left a message.

A. so B. so that C. such 39. He asked me if I...............at that school.

A. study B. am studying C. will study 40. Jenny said that she had to leave................

A. now B. tonight C. this afternoon 41. My sister has just bought a small house...............of the town.

A. in the district B. in the edge C. in the suburb 42. People ...............new words, borrow words from other language.

A. discover B. invent C. excavate 43. My youngest brother always wanted to be an actor when he...............up.

A. grew B. brought C. settled 44. If you like skiing, there’s a ski...............under an hour’s drive from Madrid.

A. station B. ressort C. place 45. The word Jeans comes from a kind of...............that was made in Europe.

A. furniture B. tool C. material 46. Harrods, in London, is probably one of the best-known...............in the words.

A. department store B. departmental stores C. department shops D. departmental shops 47. Bob told me he...............that book.

A. read already B. have just read C. had read 48. He set up a new world record. He ...............a new record.

A. did B. played C. created 49. The guard told the prisoner ...............

C. not smoking A. not to smoke B. to not smoke

D. As long as

D. are having

D. in order to D. lately D. comic D. shall have D. didn’t live D. is using D. was building D. 0 D. such that D. studied D. the following day D. on the outskirts D. try on D. came D. port D. clothes

D. already read D. found D. no smoking

50. If you............... attended the English course last year, you wouldn’t have beengiven that scholarship.

A. shouldn't B. didn’t C. hadn't D. wouldn’t have 51. I will have your car...............soon.

A. being repaired B. to repair C. repairing D. repaired 52. She could find the book............... at the library...............at the bookstore.

A. rather / than B. so / as C. such / as D. neither / nor 53. After I...............the grass, it...............to rain.

A. have watered / will begin B. water / began C. had watered / began D. had watered / will have begun 54. “The last time I saw him was in 1999.” Means...............

A. I have usually seen him since 1999 B. I have not seen him since 1999 C. I have not seen him for 1999 D. I saw him since 1999 55. He is a person who loves party. He is always the first...............and the last................

A. coming / leaving B. to come / leaving C. to come / to leave D. coming / to leave 56.I think you need to have ................

A. your fridge repaired B. repair your fridge C. fridge repaired D. repaired your fridge 57. Look! They’ve put up a road block. I wonder what’s going ................

A. over B. through C. on D. in 58. Since they had that big argument, he crosses the street whenever he...............her.

A. saw B. sees C. will see D. is seeing 59.I live in a small apartment...............the ground floor.

A. under B. by C. in D. on 60. This broken window cannot ................

A. repair B. repairing C. be repaired D. to be repaired 61. Unless he................harder, he won’t succeed.

A. will try B. tries C. is trying D. has tried 62. My brother has................in the military.

A. joined B. entered C. served D. participated 63. ................Hong Kong used to be part of the British Empire.

A. The B. A C. An D. no article M. Let's save our energy.................?

A. do we B. will you C. shall we D. don’t we 65. He asked what time the bank ...................

A. close B. closed C. closing D. to close 66. The new motorway ................and built last year.

A. was planned B. was planning C. planned D. had planned 67. ................to take you fishing when you were younger.

A. Did you father use B. Did your father used C. Use your father D. Would your father 68. If I................ill. I wouldn't have been absent from school.

A. had been B. hadn’t been C. would have been D. weren’t 69. The north-west of Scotland is................and there are a lot of lakes.

A. country B. woody C. hills D. mountainous 70. They’ve................a horrible new tower block where that lovely old buildingused to be.

A. put up B. put down C. pushed up D. pulled down 71. The Browns live in a four bed roomed bungalow in a very nice................area.

A. resident’s B. residence C. residential D. residents’ 72. It’s high time Tommy got a steady job and................. He’s almost thirty.

A. turned in B. turned down C. settled in D. settled down 73. I enjoy my job as a baker but it’s taken me over five years to................toworking at night.

A. be use B. get used C. used D. getting used 74. I remember Betty as a spotty young girl but she has turned................ abeautiful woman.

A. to B. in C. into D. on 75. Goals................were first tamed more than 9,000 years ago in Asia, haveprovided people with milk, meat, wool since prehistoric times.

A. which B. that C. what D. where 76. If the weather............... good, we’ll have a picnic beside the river.

A. will be B. is C. were D. would be 77. The old man ................ a black suit is a skilled mechanic.

A. to wear B. wearing C. whom is wearing D. is wearing 78. Each of the students ................ready for the oral test.

A. is B. be C. were D. would be 79. Doing mathematics puzzles................very interesting to me.

A. were B. is C. are D. have been 80. The suffixes of “hope” are .................

A. -less B. -ful C. -ness D. A and B are correct IV. Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each blank.

In school boys and gừls study math. Counting, adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing are parts of (81)...............what they learn. Schools teach(82)...............because it plays (83)...............an important part in our lives. Howcould we do such things (84)...............figure time, make change, build houses, oreven keep score for a game without knowing (85) ............... numbers?

Simple (86)...............with numbers, or arithmetic, is one branch of mathematics.Among the many (87)...............branches are geometry, algebra, trigonometry, andcalculus. Mathematics has grown (88)...............the need for it has grown.

Geometry has to (89)...............mostly with form - with (90)...............thingsangles, triangles, circles and spheres.

Algebra is a sort of mathematical (91)................ By using algebra we can statemany mathematical ideas with just (92)...............letters and signs.If we want tosay, for example, (93)...............in any circles the (94)...............is twice the radiuswe can write: D = 2r.

Gradually other branches of mathematics (95)............... added. Mathematicstoday (96)...............of great use to (97)...............other sciences. Mathematics, however,is much more than a tool. It is a way of thinking - of drawing conclusions (98)...............facts.

One (99)............... advance in mathematics is the building of great electroniccomputers, or calculating machines. In a few seconds a computer can (100)............... problems that might take a man years to solve alone.

81. A. in B. of C. on D. about 82. A. history B. geography C. mathematics D. physics 83.A. so B. very C. too D. such 84. A. like B. as C. are D. is 85. A. in B.of C. on D. about 86. A. calculate B. calculator C. calculation D. calculating 87. A. another B. other C. others D. the other 88. A. as B. though C. while D. but 89. A. do B. perform C. make D. function 90. A. such B. many C. so D. lot of 91. A. abbreviation B. shorthand C. writing D. thinking

92. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little 93. A. that B. what C. which D. for 94. A. sphere B. triangle C. rectangle D. diameter 95. A. was B. were C. has been D. have been 96. A. are B. is C. lot D. has 97. A. much B. many C. alot of D. a great deal of 98. A in B. upon C. from D. of 99. A. modem B. recent C. lately D. soon 100. A. do B. make C. get D. solve find and correct it.

V. Each underlined sentences has a mistake find and correct it.

101. That was the daywhichImislaid my passport.

A B CD 102. Married customs differgreatly from society to society.

A BC D 103. I said the old man whathis recipe for long life was.

A BC D 104. The making of leather goods from animal skins is one of the soonestaccomplishments of humankind.

A B C D 105. I’m afraid I hadn’t sentexactlywhat he asked for.

A B CD 106. Could we arrange a time on whenwe’ll be both free?

A B CD 107. Peter and John are roommates, but they don’t like together.

ABC D 108. I know a little tavern at where you can geta wonderful meal.

A B CD 109. It has been known since the eighteenth century that the adrenal glands areessential of life.

A B CD 110. Do you hope gettingmarried within thenext 5 years.

A BC D VI. Choose the correct sentence which is closest meaning to the one in bold.

111. When I was in the department store, someone thought I was a shop assistant.

A. I worked as a shop assistant in the department store.

B. When I was in the department store, someone took me to the shop assistant, C. I met a shop assistant in the department store.

D. When I was in the department store, someone took me for a shop assistant.

112. I would like to know how she learnt to speak English so well.

A. I hope she will show me how to learn to speak English.

B. I wonder how she learnt to speak English so well.

C. I was interested in the way she spoke English.

D. She spoke English so well, which was wonderful.

113.I am totally convinced that our team will win.

A. In my opinion, there is no chance of our team losing.

B. Is there any chance of winning the match?

C. If our team loses, I will be very disappointed.

D. I have good opinion of our team.

114. It's a good thing you write that letter or we wouldn’t have known what had happened.

A. Unless you write to us, we won’t know what has happened.

B. We didn’t know what had happened because you didn’t write to us.

C. We would like to thank you for having written that letter.

D. We wouldn’t have known what had happened without your having written that letter.

115. They are going to demolish that old power station.

A. That old power station is in bad condition.

B. They are going to work for that old power station C. That old power station is going to be closed for refurbishment.

D. That old power station is going to be pulled down.

116. My watch is so badly damaged that it wasn't worth keeping.

A. My watch was so badly damaged that there was no point in keeping it.

B. What is the point of keeping this watch.

C. I don’t want to keep my watch any more.

D. I didn’t like my watch because it was badly damaged.

117.I expect he was exhausted after his long journey.

A. He found it tiring to go on a long journey.

B. He must have been exhausted after his long journey.

C. Did he feel tired after his long journey?

D. He had a terrifying journey.

118. It was unfair that the gymnast was given such low marks.

A. The gymnast didn’t deserve to be given such low marks.

B. The gymnast would have been given high marks if he had play fair.

C. The gymnast must have received low marks.

D. The gymnast should have been fairer.

119. “If you wanted to take the car, you should have asked me first” said Tom to his son.

A. Tom criticized his son for having taken his car without asking him first.

B. Tom asked his son if he wanted to take the car.

C. Tom told his son to ask him if he wanted to take the car.

D. Tom wondered why his son had taken his car without asking him.

120. Mike rarely goes swimming on Saturday morning.

A. If Mike is free on Saturday morning, he will go swimming.

B. It is unusual for Mike to go swimming on Saturday morning.

C. Mike feels like going swimming on Saturday morning.

D. Mike is used to going swimming on Saturday morning.

VII. Read the text and choose the best answer to each question.

If you want to take the whole family on holiday, and keep everybody happy, then I have found just the place for you. I recent went with a group of friends, to stay at the Greenwood Holiday Village, which is open from May to October.

Built in the center of the forest, Greenwood is a great place to stay whatever the weather. Its main attraction for families is the indoor world of water, where young and old can have fun in different pools. Some of these, however, are for serious swimmers only.

For sporty people, the Country Club offers tennis, squash and badminton. If your children are too young to join in these sports, there are activity clubs. Greenwood is a good place for families as it is trafficfree - you explore on foot or bike. Some people complained that was inconvenient, but it was pleased to be out in the fresh air. For evening entertainment, there are shows and cinemas.

Accommodation is in a variety of apartments of different sizes. These have up four bedrooms, a kitchen and a bathroom, as well as a dining area. Before going. I thought the apartment might not big enough for all of us, but I was pleasantly surprised - it was not too crowded at all.

I’ll definitely go back to Greenwood next year. Why don't you give it a fry? Visit their website for more information now.

121. What is the writer’s main purpose in writing the text.

A. to give her opinion of the holiday village.

B. to describe what her family did at the holiday village.

C. to give advice to a friend going to the holiday village. (If you want to take the whole family on holiday, and keep everybody happy, then I have found just the place for you. + I’ll definitely go back to Greenwood next year. Why don’t you give it a try? Visit their website for more information now.)

D. to complain about the holiday village.

122. From the text, the reader can find out……………..

A. the best way to get to the holiday village.

B. the best time of the year to visit the holiday village, C. what activities are available at the holiday village, D. how to reserve accommodation at the house village.

123. What does the writer think about the holiday village.

A. die apartments there ate not big enough.

B. It is not convenient because you can’t use your car.

C. It can only be enjoyed in good weather.

D. There is something there for all ages, 124. What does the writer say about the apartment?

A. There is not much space between them.

B. Each one has its own bathroom.

C. They all have four bedrooms.

D. Not all of them have dining area.

125. Which postcard would somebody send from the holiday village?

A. Dear. Jane The children love the beach and all the activities. We’ve got a lovely four-bedroom apartment.

Love. Ann B. Dear. Jane As it’s April, the weather isn’t good, but it doesn't matter as there's a lovely swimming pool.

Love. Ann C. Dear, Jane My parents love the swimming pool, and the children love ndmg around the forest on their btcycles.

Love. Ann D. Dear, Jane We are a bit disappointed that we have te drive every where. but there’s a lot to see and do.

Love. Ann VIII. Read the text and fill in each space with only one suitable word.

The house is situated among a beautiful scenery, two miles from the nearest village, surrounded (126) ...............fields. On a hill a short distance from the houseis a wood (127)...............AND a small stream flows past (128)...............the end ofthe garden, (129)............... also contains a small pond. The name of the (130)..............., Rose Cottage, (131)...............WRITTEN on the garden gate,from (132)...............a path leads (133)...............the front door (134)...............ON orOF?...............the ground floor, there is a large living (135) ..............., a kitchen and atoilet. In the bathroom (136)...............are three bedrooms. There is (137)...............agarage next to the house. The village (138)...............a post (139)...............a smallshop and a pub, and there is a railway (140).........STATION……. three miles away.

IX. Complete the second sentence so that is has similar meaning to the first sentence. Use the word in the parentheses.

141. Chrissie can’t draw as well as her sister. (good) → Chrissie is.......................................................................................................................................

142. Although she had set off late, Jenny caught the train. (managed) → Despite ..........................................................................................................................................

143. I can’t run any faster than that. (able) → That’s.............................................................................................................................................

144. Nobody thought Alan was good enough to win the championship. (capable) → Nobody thought .............................................................................................................................

145. The rescuers continued their research for the lost climbers. (gone) → The research ..................................................................................................................................

146. “Can anyone cook trout?” She asked (how) → She asked if anyone.......................................................................................................................

147. In Britain you can’t ride a bicycle on a motorway. (allowed) → In Britain you.................................................................................................................................

148. We left home too late to catch the 9 o’clock train. (enough) → We didn’t ....................................................................................................................................

149. I’d prefer you to start work next week. (rather) →I …..................................................................................................................................................

150. It was already too late when I discovered the truth. (out) →I didn’t…………………………………………………………………………………………….

ĐỀ SỐ12 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lê Quý Đôn, Đà Nẵng) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (40 marks) I. Choose the best option to complete each sentence. Write either A, B, C or D in the box for answer. (20 marks) 1. You're…………..your time trying to persuade him; he'll never help you.

A. spending B. wasting C. losing D. missing 2. How much exercise do doctors…………..you should take to avoid a heartattack?

A. suggest B. ask C. force D. mention 3. They called from the car to let us know they were on their…………..to our house.

A. road B. path C. track D. way 4. My sister…………..on holiday twice this year.

A. was B. was being C. has been D. had been 5. She…………..her essay for a third time to make sure there weren't any mistakes.

A. went off B. made out C. came across D. went through 6. How many languages does Tom speak? - He speaks ………….. three foreign languages.

A. almost B. at least C. as many D. many 7. That old vase will ………….. an attractive lamp-holder.

A. compose B. form C. make D. assemble 8. Do you want…………..in the morning?

A. waking up B. to wake up C. to be waking up D. to be woken up 9. If he…………..working on his report, he’ll have finished it by tomorrow.

A. keeps B. kept C. is keeping D. has kept 10. At the time, his father…………..a poorly-paid job in the local shop.

A. has B. had C. ishaving D. will have 11. Are you for or………….. smoking in public places?

A. out B. against C. down D. off 12. Are you paying cash or…………..cheque.

A. with B. on C. in D. by 13. He always chooses to sit…………..the back.

A. at B. on C. on D. to 14. She takes…………..her mother.

A. for B. up C. in D. after 15. Is there any reason…………..she can’t come?

A. because B. that C. which D. why 16. ...............you are strongest in the group, you can take the lead.

A. As B. Although C. So that D. Even if 17. After his long absence from school he found it difficult to…………..up with therest of his class.

A. take B. make C. catch D. work 18. Of all the national parks in the United States, Yellowstone is…………..visited.

A. one of the most B. of the most C. one most D. the most one 19. Radio communication has changed…………..the rapid development of othercommunication media, such as television.

A. because Its B. because of C. it is because D. is because its 20. Nobody but Tam and Lan…………..interested in Physics.

A. is B. are C. have D. seem II. Use the correct form of the word in brackets. (10 marks) 1. The old lady hid all her (save)…………..under the carpet.

2. Please (fast)…………..your seat-belt. The plane is taking off.

3. Her (anxious)…………..was so great that she broke a glass 4. Her hair is (red)………….., not bright red.

5. This document requires a (sign)…………...

6. I’ll always remember that holiday. It was an (forget)…………..experience.

7. The software (able) …………..you to access the Internet in seconds.

8. The train journey, which took sixteen hours, seemed (end)…………...

9. Skiing is a (season)…………..sport.

10. (Fortune)…………..I won’t be able to join you for dinner this evening.

III. Underline the mistake in the following sentences. There is one mistake in each sentence. (10 marks) 1. Some people believe that humans will never use away all the natural resources of earth.

2. The film star, with his friends, are going to the party tonight.

3. I knew his name because we'd ready met each other.

4. I had something eating and then I began to feel better.

5. When there are low sales, companies often decide developing new products.

6. I ran out of the room the moment I hear a noise outside.

7. Unlike another department stores, this one does not open on Sundays.

8. Several people, their voices could be clearly heard, were waiting outside.

9. Of the millions of stars in the galaxy, how much are suitable for life?

10. In those days of frequent air ưavel, diseases can spread around the world in a very short time.

B. READING COMPREHENSION (35 marks) I. Read the text below and select the best option for each blank. (10 marks) EARTHQUAKES An earthquake is a trembling of the earth’s surface and is caused by natural (1)…………..within the earth itself. About a million earthquakes are (2)...............eachyear, but the vast (3)...............are small and cause little or no (4)................ (5)...............the energy of a large earthquake can be 10,000 times more powerful than that of the first atomic bomb. The terrible earthquake that (6)...............the cities of Tokyo andYokohama in Japan in 1923 caused an estimate of 142,807 deaths. Even (7)...............disasfrous was an earthquake in China when about 655,000 people died.

Most earthquakes (8)...............under the ocean bed. Many of these are harmless, butsometimes tidal waves are set up on the (9)................ The waves are not high in themiddle of the ocean, but they travel quickly, and may be huge as they rush up a shallow shore. Such devastating walls of water can (10)............... widespread destruction

1. A. resources B. strength C. forces D. powers 2. A. shown B. caught C. studied D. Recorded 3. A. area B. majority C. number D. amount 4. A. hurt B. injury C. damage D. pain 5. A. Although B. Yet C. Therefore D. Similarly B. covered C. threatened D. affected 6. A. destroyed 7. A. more B. if C. though D. so B. occur C. come D. attack 8. A. stay 9. A. ground B. air C. mountain D. surface 10. A. stop B. cause C. influence D. change II. Read the passage below and choose the answerthat best expresses themeaning of the words in bold type. (5 marks) No one really likes going to the doctor, even though it is the sensible thing to do when feeling ill. Most people tend to postpone making an appointment in the hope that things will get better in a day or two. Yet a common cold or mild case of the flu can sometimes be discussed with a doctor over the telephone. Bed rest anda lot of liquids may be the best treatment. However, the sooner a person reports any abnormal conditions to a doctor, the sooner he or she can intervene and treat the problem. Any illness that lasts longer than a day or includes a fever should be looked at. Early treatment may impede the progress of an illness and curtail its spread to other family members. It is always best to contact a doctor. Doctors should decide whether their patients need appointments.

1. When people postpone something, they A. announce it publicly.

B. put it off until later.

C. remember to do it.

D. refuse to do it later.

2. A lot of liquids means A. taking a lot of medicine.

B. doing a lot of exercise.

C. eating a lot of food.

D. drinking a lot of water 3. An abnormal condition is one that is A. very common.

B. illegal.

C. not normal.

D. expensive to treat 4. When people impede the progress of something, they A. blow it up.

B. improve it.

C. slow it down D. change it 5. When people curtail something, they A. spread it quickly.

B. give it away.

C. cut it short or reduce it.

D. move it about.

III. Read the text below and answer the questions. (10 marks) DOES READING REALLY MATTER? [1]Some people say that reading is not now as important as it was. These days we have photographs, films, radio, and television. Why read a description of something when you can glance at a photograph? Why read a novel when we can see a film? Why read a newspaper when the latest news is brought to us hourly on radio and TV? [2] Photography was certainly a wonderful invention. Photographs can give a very accurate idea of places and of people that we have never seen. An encyclopedia, for example, is always better for good illustrations. But we also need words to explain the photographs and drawings. A photograph of an elephant may give us a very good impression of what an elephant looks like, but it tells us nothing about where elephants are found, what types there are, what their exact size and weight are, how they are useful to man and so on.

[3] In the same way, a good feature film has action, movement, colour and maybe music. These are things we do not find on the printed page. But reading a novel has certain advantages over watching even an excellent feature film. Reading a novel requires imagination and each of us imagines a story differently.

[4] Television news broadcasts can certainly be interesting. But we need newspapers as well. Some important events happen when there are no cameras around. More importantly, a newspaper does not just report the

news. It explains what has been happening. It also contains interesting articles on many subjects. Newspapers are an important part of our lives, if we want to understand what is going on in our own community and in other parts of the world.

[5] Reading is thus essential for information and pleasure. We need to be good readers to enjoy a full life as human beings. Moreover, reading is a skill, and like other skills, it needs practice. The more we read, the better readers we become. And the better readers we become, the more we enjoy reading! The secret is to get the reading habit. Read at least a little every day.

1-4. The author disagrees with FOUR of the following yiews. What are they?

A. Reading is no longer important.

B. The radio brings you the latest news more quickly than newspapers.

C. A good encyclopedia should have photographs.

D. An encyclopedia must have writing.

E . Photographs of elephants are not very informative.

F. Films arc not worth seeing.

G. When we read a novel we must use our imagination.

H. Some important news cannot be shown on television.

I. We don't have to read regularly 5. The author likes photographs, films and television, but he A. also wants to prove that reading is the best form of entertainment.

B. doesn't think that they are important.

C. wants us to understand that reading has advantages that these other forms of communication lack.

D. says he never likes these forms of communication.

6. In paragraph [l], three questions are asked. Who is supposed to be asking these questions?

A. The author himself.

B. People who enjoy reading very much.

C. People who think reading is not now important.

D. People who think reading is a skill.

7. Paragraph [2] A. compares photographs with an encyclopedia.

B. explains why photographs cannot replace writing.

C. proves that photographs can be most informative.

D. is about things we have never seen.

8. Paragraph [3] A. points out that a film has many advantages over reading.

B. says that there is not good music in a feature film.

C. explains why reading a novel can still be enjoyable.

D. explains why we watch a film differently.

9. Paragraph [4] A. wants to prove that television is better than newspapers.

B. explains why we still need newspapers.

C. explains what makes television become more important.

D. explains why we want to understand our life.

10. According to the author, the secret of reading is A. to make reading a habit. B. not to read much.

C. never to make it a habit. D. not a habit.

IV. Fill in each of the blanks with ONE appropriate word. (10 marks) Every one loves Harry Potter! He is one of the most(1)....................characters in the 1............... world. His creator, J.K. Rowling, isnow a successful writer, but life was not always 2............... easy for her.(2) ....................in 1965, Rowling grew up in a small town in England.

3...............

She played in the surrounding fields, imagining that they were(3) ....................of

magic.

Misfortune hit when Rowling was 15. Her mother became ill and died several years (4) ..................... Rowling had a baby and then her marriage(5) ....................up. She became deeply depressed.

Harry' Potter saved her. While sitting on a train in 1990, Rowling got the (6) ....................for Harry. "All at once, the idea for Harry just(7) ....................in my head... I have never been so excited."

Unemployed and poor, Rowling started writing. She worked extremely (8) .................... , writing day after day in a cafe, with herbaby next to her. In 1996, when she tried to sell her first Harry Potter story, twelve publishers (9) .................... it. Then she finallyreceived good news - the thirteenth publisher had accepted it! "I felt so happy," Rowling said, "that it was going to be a real book on the shelf of a (10) ....................

4...............

5...............

6...............

7...............

8…………

9................

10…............

C. WRITING (25 marks) I. Rewrite the second sentence in such a way that it has the same meaning as the one before it. Write your answer in the box provided. (8 marks) 1. Who owns this umbrella? → Who does.................................................................................................................................

2. Let’s go fishing this week-end. → Why.........................................................................................................................................

3. The machine was too rusty to be repaired. → The machine ............................................................................................................................

4. My sister eats very little because she does not want to put on weight. → My sister eats very little so as..................................................................................................

5. Everyone heard about the accident before I did. →I was..........................................................................................................................................

6. Patience is a key to succeed in life. →As long as you are ...................................................................................................................

7. It’s a long time since I read such a good article. → I haven’t...................................................................................................................................

8. “I must see the manager!” the customer shouted. → The customer insisted...............................................................................................................

II. Complete the second sentence in such a way that it has the same meaning as the one before it, using the word given in brackets. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD. (7 marks) 1. Is he familiar with the weather yet? (used) → Has he.....................................................the weather yet?

2. That’s the strangest story I’ve ever heard! (strange) → I have never.....................................................storybefore!

3. We are friends although we have disagreements about some things. (despite) → We are friends..................................................... Disagree about some things.

4. Sue is the only person who has replied to the invitation. (nobody) → Apart.....................................................replied to the invitation.

5. He never takes any notice of his teacher’s advice. (attention) → He never.............................................................histeacher’s advice.

6. “Do you realize what the time is, Tom?” asked his sister, (realized) → Tom’s sister asked him...........................................................it was.

7. They think the chair was made in the 17th century. (thought)

→ The chair is.....................................................inthe 17th century.

III. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce, from the following sets of words and phrases, sentences which together make a complete letter asking for information on a writing course.

(10 marks) Dear Prof. Adams, 1.I/ write / find out / you plan / offer / course / report writing.

2. There / quite / number / writing courses / available / city.

3. However / majority / these courses / seem / about / grammar.

4. My problem / writing / logical / well-organized / reports.

5. Also /I find / difficult / give / good / suggestions.

6. A course / where / teacher / time / evaluate / students / writing / be / best 7. I know / classes / start / two weeks / so / time / rather short.

8. I / heard / many / excellent compliments / your / school.

9. Your / new teaching methods / seem / very popular.

10.I hope / find / suitable course / will help me.

Sincerely, Harriet Washington

ĐỀ SỐ 13 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lóp 10 THPT Chuyên Lương Văn Chánh, Phú Yên) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PRONUNCIATION AND VOCABULARY I. Pick out the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. (1 point) 1. A. child B. choose C. cheat D. chemical B. stupid C. study D. studio 2. A. student 3. A. cleaned B. repaired C. planned D. laughed B. sorry C. doctor D. worry 4. A. dog II. Give the correct form of the word in brackets. (1.5 points) 1. This stamp (collect)…………….is valuable.

2. The villagers welcomed the visitors (warm)…………….

3. It was very (care)…………….of you to break that coffee cup.

4. You can buy waste (produce)…………….made from this factory.

5. How much do you (weight)…………….?

6. It was (surprise)…………….thathe failed the exam.

B. GRAMMAR I. Choose the correct answer (4 points) 1. “Do you have a bike?” - “No, but I wish I…………….one.”

A. having B. have C. can have D.had 2. You and I went there together,................... ?

A. didn’t you B. didn’t I C. didn’t we D. did we 3. John isn’t going to go, and Peter isn’t.............

A. too B. either C. also D. as well 4. She’d......... ... .to buy that dress.

A. like B. liked C. to like D. liking 5. We are too late. The plane ……………...off ten minutes ago.

A. took B. has taken C. had taken D. was taken 6. Everyone looks much…………….todaythan he did yesterday.

A. happy B. happily C. more happily D. happier

7.I spent half a year…………….this boat.

A. to build.

B. building C. built D. on building 8 Tommy suggested…………….apair oi shoes for Dad on his birthday.

A. buying B. buy C. to buy D. bought 9. The men and animals…………….yousaw on TV were from Japan.

A. who B. whom C. which D. that 10. I’m very proud…………….my father.

A. in B. of C. off D. to 11.I…………….late for the meeting next week. So don’t wait for me.

A. might be B. should be C. might D. must be 12. If I…………….any problem, I…………….ask for your help.

A. has……will B. had…..will C. have....would D. have....will 13. The meal…………….when I came.

A. was be cooked B. is cooked C. was being cooked D. is being cooked 14. He wonders…………….with my heavy luggage.

A. what I will do B. what will I do C. what I would do D. what I do 15. He…………….to find a job, but he had no luck.

A. tried hard B. tried hardly C. hardly tried D. try hardly 16. The driver was…………….

A. serious injured B. seriously injured C. injure seriously D. injured serious II. In these sentences, each one has four underlined words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one word or phrase which must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct. (1.5 points) 1. When she lived at a farm, Kate used to get up early and go to bed as the sun went down.

A B C D 2. Kin missed her plane yesterday because a traffic jam on her way to the airport.

A B C D 3. Sara speaks so fastly that I can’t understand her.

ABC D 4. How manyinformationdid you ask for?

A BCD 5. Would you mind to give me a handwith the bag?

A B CD 6. Pelé,from Brazil, is considered one of the greatest football player of all time.

AB CD C. READING I. Read the passage and decides which answer best fits each space (2.5 points) Some people call it Britain. Others say (1).................... Britain. Many peoplemistakenly call the (2)..............country England. But its real name is amouthful: the United Kingdom (3)....................Great Britain and Northern Ireland.That’s why it’s usually just called the United Kingdom, or UK for (4).................

The United Kingdom is a (5).................... made up of four parts : England,Scotland, Wales, and (6)................Ireland. For centuries, it was (7)..................bykings and queens. The United Kingdom still has a monarchy, although today its power is mostly symbolic.

England is the biggest part, but don’t (8).....................the others. Each part was onceruled separately.

Each has its (9)....................culture and its own native language,which some people still speak. Each even has its own national soccer (10).............!

1. A. Big B. Great C. Huge D. Large 2. A. all B. most C. mostly D. whole 3. A. of B. in C. for D. with 4.A. easy B. little C. short D. small 5. A. part B. place C. country D. continent

6. A. North B. Northern C. Northerner D. Northerly 7. A. lead B. ruled C. headed D. topped 8. A. miss B. leave C. forget D. remember 9. A. own B. personal C. private D. favorite 10. A. group B. crowd C. team D. troop II. Read the following passage and answer the questions (2.5 points) Dear Santa Claus, My name is Amy. I am nine years old. / have a problem at school. Can you help me Santa? Kids laugh at me because of the way I walk and run and talk. I have cerebral palsy. I just want one day when no one laughs at me or makes fun of me.

Love, Amy At radio station WJLT in Fort Wayne, Indiana, letters poured in for the Christmas wish contest. The workers had fun reading about all the different presents that boys and girls from across the city wanted for Christmas, When Amy’s letter arrived at the radio station, manager Lee Tobin read it carefully. He knew cerebral palsy was a muscle disorder that might confuse Amy’s schoolmates who didn’t understand her disability. He thought it would be good for the people in Fort Wayne to hear about this special third-grader and her unusual wish. Mr. Tobin called up the local newspaper.

The next day, a picture of Amy and her letter to Santa made the front page of the News Sentinel. The story spread quickly. All across the country, newspapers and radio and television stations reported the story of the little girl in Fort Wayne. Indiana, who asked for such a simple yet remarkable regular at the Hagadorn house. Envelopes of all sizes addressed to Amy arrived daily from children and adults all across the nation.

They came filled with holiday greetings and words of encouragement.

1. What was the problem with Amy? A. She had no friends at school.

B. She was laughed at by her schoolmates.

C. She was a special muscular third-grader.

D. She could not run and walk by herself.

2. Radio station WJLT A. was where Santa Claus worked B. had a contest for children who had disability at Christmas.

C. received letters from children with problems.

D. had a service for children at Christmas.

3. Lee Tobin A. didn’t understand Amy’s disability.

B. was a kind person.

C. worked for the local newspaper.

D. worked with Santa Claus at Christmas.

4. When Amy’s letter was printed in the newspaper.

A. she could have one day without teasing.

B. children from her school sent her a lot of gifts.

C. letters were sent to her from all over the world.

D. people across the country sent letters with kind words to her 5. What is Amy’s full name?

A. Amy Hagadorn.

B. Hagadorn Amy C. Fort Amy D. Wayne Amy III. Fill in the gap with ONE suitable word. (2.5 points) It’s a marvelous idea for children to do some cooking at an early age. Generally speaking, most children can't wait to help in the (1)........... and love getting involved in the preparation (2)........... their meals.

They should be encouraged to do so, and care should be (3)..........toensure they enjoy theexperience. It is important to show them how to do things (4).......... but they shouldn’t be criticized too much. Although the finished (5)........... may not be quite to your liking, the young cook will undoubtedly find it the tastiest

(6)........... he or she has ever eaten.

Kitchens can, of course, be (7).......... places and so the absolute importanceof keeping an eye (8)..........children at all times cannot be emphasized too heavily. Sharp (9).............., for example, should be avoided until children are(10)........... enough to handle them safely.

D. WRITING I. Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. (2.5 points) 1. His parents made him study for his exams. → He was ................................................................................................................................

2. We’d better buy a new cooker. → It’s ......................................................................................................................................

3.I lent my car to that man. → That’s...................................................................................................................................

4. Let’s invite the Browns to the party on Sunday. → He suggested.........................................................................................................................

5. Everyone heard about the accident before I did. → I was the................................................................................................................................

II. Writing (2 points) - An English-speaking friend is coming to stay with you for the weekend.

- Write a letter telling your friend about three ideas you have for her/his visit.

- Write your letter in about 100 words. Do not write your name and your address.

ĐỀ SỐ 14 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Thái Bình) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. NGỮ ÂM I. Tìm một từ mà phần gạch chân có cách đọc khác với các từ còn lại. (0,5 điểm) 1.A. dead B. bread C. thread D. bead B. with C. both D. tenth 2. A. myth 3. A. cough B. enough C. though D. rough 4. A. prefer B. better C. worker D. teacher B. naked C. sacred D. walked 5. A. needed II. Tìm một từ có vị trí trọng âm chính khác với các từ còn lại. (0,5 điểm) 6. A. balcony B. accident C. mechanic D. survey 7. A. result B. imaginary C.annoyed D. politics 8. A. admire B. honor C. title D. difficult 9. A. general B. opinion C. abroad D. surprise 10. A. decay B. purpose C. however D. invention B. TỪ VỰNG - NGỮ PHÁP III. Chọn đáp án thích họp nhất (A, B, C hoặc D) để hoàn thành các câu sau. (1,0 điểm) 11. She remembered…………the gas before going out.

A. turn on B. turning on C. turn off D. turning off 12. We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated…………

A. nationwide B. national C. nation D. native 13…………difficult the problem is, he will try to solve it.

A. However B. Whatever C. How D. What 14. Do you know a shop…………I can buy sweets and newspapers?

A. that B. which C. where D. if 15. My mother is one of the women who…………money.

A. enjoys to spend B. enjoys spending C. enjoy spending D. enjoy to spend 16. Their exports are just…………ours.

A. similar B. like C. as D. same 17. You may put money in a small coin bank,…………a piggy bank at home to keep it safe.

A. as such B. such C. such as D. so 18. It is time you…………hard for the exam.

A. to revise B. revise C. revised D. revising 19.I live in Dalat,…………is one of the most beautiful cities of Vietnam.

A. who B. where C. which D. that 20. There was only one student in the classroom…………his lesson yesterday.

A. prepares B. to prepare C. was preparing D. preparing IV. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành lá thư sau. (1,5 điểm) Dear Linda, I’m sorry I (21. not write)…………to you for so long, but I (22. be)…………verybusy lately. All last month I (23. have) …………exams, and I (24. not do)…………anything else but study for ages. Anyway, I (25. stop)…………studying now, and I (26. wait)…………for my exam results.

As you can see from the letter, I (27. change)…………my address and (28.live)…………in Croydon now. I (29. decide)…………that I wanted a change fromcentral London because it (30. become)…………so expensive. A friend of mine(31 .tell)…………me about this flat, and I (32. move)…………here about two monthsago. When you (33. come)…………to London this summer, please visit me. I(34. stay)…………here until the middle of August. Then I (35. go)…………onholiday to Scotland.

Please write soon Margaret V. Điền vào chỗ trống bằng một giới từ thích hợp đề hoàn thành các câu sau. (1,0 điểm) 36. We both share a love…………music.

37………… 3 o'clock, all the runners had arrived.

38. Robert has been married…………Deborah for over a year now.

39. Brenda decided to discuss her problems…………a psychiatrist.

40. The company blamed the drop in sales…………the economic situation.

41. This bread tastes…………fish!

42. Shall we go…………your car or mine?

43. Is it okay if I write…………pencil?

44. Why can’t you look at the problem…………my point of view?

45. Jessica fell ill while she was…………a trip to Ireland.

VI. Điền một mạo từ (a, an, the hoặc Ø) vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau. (1,0 điểm) I came home from (46).................school one day with a slight headache, and so Itook two aspirins from a bottle in (47)................. medicine cupboard. They left(48)…………curious taste in my mouth, and when my mother came home half (49) .................hour later I told her what I had done. She shrieked and ran to (50).................telephone; I had taken some tablets that (51).................doctor had prescribed for her stomach cramps, and she had been warned that it was dangerous to exceed (52).................stated dosage- one tablet(53).................day. She hadbroken (54)................. bottle that morning, and transferred (55).................tablets to anempty aspirin bottle.

VII. Viết dạng đúng của các từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau. (0,5 điêm) 56. The machine stopped working due to.................fault.

(ELECTRICITY) 57. They had a quarrel after…………..aboutwho was responsible. (AGREE) 58. Her parents.................her to apply for the job.

(COURAGE) 59. I was late because I.................how much time I’d need.

(ESTIMATE) 60. He is very generous and everyone admired his…………

(SELF) VIII. Mỗi câu dưới đây có một lỗi sai. Hãy tìm và gạch chân lồi sai đó rồi sưa lại. (0,5 điểm)

61. I found living in the country rather bored.

62. A friend of him got married at the age of eighteen.

63. Jane, would you like to have a toast with your coffee?

64. Don’t you wish you would have blue eyes?

65. No sooner had he arrived home when the phone rang.

C. ĐỌC HIỂU IX. Chọn đáp án thích hợp nhất (A, B, C hoặc D) để điền vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn vãn sau. (1,0 điểm) THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES We don’t only choose clothes to make us look (66)................., we also use them to tellthe world (67)................. our personality. The clothes we wear and our appearance(68)................. a whole give other people useful information about what we think and (69) .................we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear (70).................clothes and if we feel (71)................. we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so (72).................? Is it because they feel miserable all (73)..................? Thisis unlikely the case. It is probably just because it is (74)................. to wear black, andyoung people they are real fans (75)................. fashion.

66. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction 67. A. of B. with C. by D. about 68. A. on B. as C. for D. in 69. A. which B. what C. how D. when 70. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless 71. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression 72. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency 73. A. the time B. the times C. the week D. the month 74. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned 75. A. of B. in C. from D. with X. Tìm một từ thích hợp điền vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn vãn sau. (1,0 điểm) Laura, the woman (76)................. works in our office, wanted to phone Mr.Robinson, but she dialed the (77)................. number. The number she (78).................turned out to be the number of a public call box in the street. A man, (79).................was passing (80).................the time, heard the phone (81)................. and answered it. “ Isthat Mr. Robinson?” Laura asked. “Speaking”, the man answered. It turned (82)................. that the man she was speaking (83)................. wasactually (84)................. Robinson and had just happened to be passing the callbox (85)................. she rang!

D. VIẾT XI. Dùng từ gợi ý để viết lại các câu dưới đây sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu cho trước. (1,0 điểm) 86. It is thought that the Prime Minister is considering raising taxes. → The Prime Minister ………………………………………………………………………….

87. Mary told the police about the burglary. → Mary reported ……………………………………………………………………………….

88. I didn’t know you were coming, so I didn’t wait for you. → If..............................................................................................................................................

89. The bank lent him the money. → He ..........................................................................................................................................

90. The chairs and the tables have to be moved from this room. →The furniture ..............................................................................................................................

91. She’s very pleased to be going away on holiday soon. → She’s looking ............................................................................................................................

92. I’m sure that someone forgot to lock the door.

→ Someone ...................................................................................................................................

93. Someone has stolen her bike. → She ........................................ ..................................................................................................

94. If you changed your mind, you’d be welcome to join us. → Were you .................................................................................................................................

95. “ I didn’t attack anybody!” said the accused. → The accused denied ..................................................................................................................

XII- Dùng từ gọi ý trong ngoặc để viết lại các câu dưói đây sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu cho trước (Lưu ý không được thay đổi hình thức của từ trong ngoặc). (0,5 điểm) 96. I always admire my teacher for his hard work. (look) 97. I said to the waiter : “ Could I have another coffee?” (bring) 98. Tim is out of work at the moment. (job) 99. This city seems very crowded. (people) 100. Can you tell me about guided tours of the city? (information)

ĐỀ SỐ 15 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Vĩnh Phúc) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words.

Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

1. A. sugar B. sight C. source D. sale 2. A. sensitive B. benefit C. pretty D. remedy 3. A. host B. cold C. short D. close B. guitar C. dirty D. listen 4. A. thirsty 5. A. safe B. map C. bag D. hat II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

1. A. visit B. prevent C. pollute D. suggest 2. A. compose B. parade C. sample D. aboard 3. A. begin B. cover C. return D. admire 4. A. Vietnamese B. European C. African D. Westerner 5. A. novel B. poet C. gather D. remote B. LEXICAL - GRAMMAR I. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C and D) one best answer to complete each sentence. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

1. He………..out of his house since he………..his color TV. A. hasn’t been - has bought B. hasn’t been - bought C. wasn’t - has bought D. wasn’t - bought 2. ………..adequate precautions are taken, there is no risk involved in the operation.

A. Although B. Providing C. Nevertheless D. Even 3. The computer won’t work unless you ………..these cables.

A. connect B. connected C. don't connect D. didn't connect 4. Let’s go to the zoo, ………..?

A. don’t we B. don’t you C. shall we D. will you 5. He ran out of money so he had to………..some from hit friend.

A. borrow B. ask C. lend D. earn 6. Not once………..his promlic.

A. he in keeping B. he keeps C. did be keep D. has he kept 7. The teacher didn't explain the reason…………..he wait punished.

A. what B. which C. how D. why 8. Mothers are always ………….. towards their children, aren’t they?

A. protect B protective C. protected D. protections 9. Don’t tell me I didn't lock the door last night. I remember………….. it.

A. to lock B.lock C. locked D. locking 10.I'll give you a ring…………..we get back from our vacation.

A. and B. as soon as C. as long as D. since 11. Would you mind…………..in this library?

A. not to smoke B. not smoke C. not smoking D. don’t smoke 12. Those mushrooms are ................. Don’t eat them!

A. poisoned B. poisoning C. poisonous D. poison 13.I ................ the piano in my room at this time yesterday.

A. played B. were playing C. was playing D. have played 14. Isaw your school's................in today's edition of The Vietnam News.

A. advertising B. advertises C. advertised D.advertisement 15. He tried to walk................so as not to be late for school.

A. fast B. quick C. rapid D. slowly 16. Do you want................by the doctor?

A. to examine B. to be examined C. being examined D. examining 17.I am................that you liked it.

A. surprised B. surprising C. surprise D. surprisingly 18. Very often the chocolate inside is not as exciting as its ................ .

A. coat B. wrapper C. cover D. paper 19. Alan is really impressed by the ................ of the city and by the friendliness of its people.

A. beautiful B. beauty C. beautifully D. beautify 20. The boss said that he would fly to Ho Chi Minh City................day A. next B. the previous C. the following D. the before 21. This book isn’t very interesting,................?

A. is it B. isn’t it C. is this D. isn’t this 22. He refused ................with me.

A. go B. to go C. going D. having gone 23.I can................with my friends and relatives by means of e-mail.

A. relate B. get C. gather D. communicate 24. We are depending................you to help us.

A. at B. in C. on D. with 25. Mr. Brown needs to leave right now,................?

A. doesn’t he B. needn’t he C. need he D. does he 26. The nurse suggested................two aspirins.

A. to take B.take C. taking D. being taken 27. Our teacher asked us to learn the poem................heart.

A. in B. by C. at D. on 28.The journey to the countryside is very................

A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. a and b 29. We both like sailing ,................we choose to live near the sea .

A. and B. because C. so D. although 30. We wish It................now.

A. doesn’t rain B. isn’t rain C. didn’t rain D. wasn’t rain 31. They................Hanoi with their family 2 days ago .

A. left B.leave C. haven left D. a and c 32.1 was born................October 31,1990 .

A. in B. to C.at D. on 33. He wishes he................his family A. could visit B. can visit C. visit D.B and C 34 Mr. Minh is a kind ................

A. examine B. examiner C. examination D. exam 35. She asked Lan what her name.................

A. is B. was C. will be D. have been 36. We have well................teachers.

A. qualify B. qualified C. qualification D. quality 37.We're looking forward to ................you.

A. seeing B. see C. saw D. seen 38. The internet has developed and become part…………our daily life.

A. on B. at C. in D. of 39.The Blacks live in the house…………the green doors.

A. have B. with C. which D. where 40. The train will leave…………ten minutes.

A. in B. for C. at D. about 41. What is the…………of your country?

A. introduction B. population C. separation D. pollution 42. Did Lan use to…………to Maryam?

A. write B. written C. writing D. wrote 43. Is there…………for every one?

A. wine enough B. enough wine C. enough of wine D. of wine enough 44. Does the grass need…………?

A. be cut B. cut C. cutting D. to cut 45. You ‘d better…………harder.

A. working B. worked C. to work D. work 46. We are all…………by the football match.

A. decorated B. to decorate C. decorating D. decorate 47. I wanted some coffee but there was…………in the pot.

A. any B. no C. out D. nothing 48. they have made a lot of progress …………the country became independent.

A. for B. since C. before D. until 49. Designers made different…………of jeans to match the 1960s fashions.

A. form B. appearance C. modules D. styles 50. When…………? In 1876.

A. the telephone was invented B. was the telephone invented C. did the telephone invented D .did the telephone invent II. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify the mistake bywriting the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

1. Lan didn't go to the cinema with her friends last Saturday evening becauseher sickness.

A B C D 2. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

A B C D 3. The letter has just writtenby one of my closest friends.

ABC D 4. They played so good gameof tennis last night that they surprised their audience.

A B C D

5. My daughter likes watchingcartoon films, and so do my son.

A B C D 6. If I was in your place, I would make atripto England.

A B CD 7.I bought a computerwhich screen was not very good.

A BC D 8. Physics are very difficultfor students to learn.

ABC D 9. The harder you learn, the mostknowledge you get.

ABC D 10. Mary's mother gave her a new hatat her birthday.

A BCD C. READING I. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C and D) to complete the numbered blanks in the passage. Identity your answers by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.

Although some groups of people have always lived outdoor in tents, camping as we know it today only began to be (1)..............about 50 years ago. The increase inthe use of cars and improvement in camping equipment have (2)..............more peopleto travel longer (3)..............into the countryside and to stay there in greater comfort.

Many campers like to be (4).............. themselves in quiet areas, so they(5)..............their tent and food, and walk or cycle into the forests or the mountains.Others, preferring to be near people, drive to a public or privately-owned campsite (6).............. has up-to-date facilities, (7).............. hot showers andswimming pools.

Whether campers are (8)..............in the mountains or on a busy site, they shouldremember to (9)..............the area clean and tidy. In the forests, they must put outany fires and keep food hidden to avoid attracting (10)..............animals.

1. A. fame B. popular C. favorite D. current 2. A. asked B. let C. made D. allowed 3. A. parts B. directions C. voyages D. distances 4. A. on B. by C. at D. of 5. A. take B. make C. pick D. do 6. A. where B. who C. which D. when 7. A. such B. like C. as D. just 8. A. lonely B. single C. separate D. alone 9. A. remain B. stay C. keep D. let 10. A. wild B. natural C. loose D. free II. Complete the following passage by choosing one suitable word in the box to fill in each blank (each word must be used one time only). make on during also example result reason which encourage an do find what up think average when Teachers have often used memory tests to assess the intelligence of their students. But having a good memory often has little to (1) ................. with intelligence.Studies have shown not only that some people of below (2).................intelligencehave exceptional memories, but (3).................that some highly intelligent peoplehave poor memories. A good memory is more often the (4)................. of usingtechniques that can be learned, and many of the books that have been written on the subject (5).................people to use similar methods. One of these is that youmake up short sentences or rhymes which can help you remember (6).................you need to know by heart. For (7)................., the first letters of the words in thesentence ‘Rechard of York gained battles in vain’ are ROYBIV; these are the colors of the rainbow - red, orange, yellow, and so on. Another technique involves, linking the sounds of words with images, which can be particularly effective (8) ................. learning new words. The learner needs to create an image to help to

remember the word. By using techniques like this, many learners (9)................. it a lot easier than they had expected to keep (10).................learning new vocabulary.

D. WRITING I. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.

1. Her voice is so beautiful that everyone admkes it. → She .............................................................................................................................................

2. He regrets telling her the truth. → He wishes....................................................................................................................................

3. The last time it rained was a fortnight ago. → It hasn’t.......................................................................................................................................

4. We don’t buy the house because we don’t have enough money. → If we had.....................................................................................................................................

5. “How old is your son?” the nurse said to Mrs. Green. → The nurse....................................................................................................................................

6. It's years since we decorated this room. → We haven't ................................................................................................................................

7. The news was so wonderful that she decided to have a celebration. →It was...........................................................................................................................................

8. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week. → We are going...............................................................................................................................

9. It is not necessary for you to finish the work now. → You ............................................................................................................................................

10. Jane is the most talented student in my school. → No student ................................................................................................................................

ĐỀ SỐ 16 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 Phổ thông Năng Khiếu, TP. Hồ Chí Minh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM I. Choose the word that has the stress pattern different from the others.

1. A. cucumber B. orchestra C. equation D. rivalry 2. A. entertainment B. celebration C. mausoleum D. experiment 3. A. separate B. disappear C. nominate D. socialize 4. A. recent B. ancient C. awake D. ethnic 5. A. appliance B. applicant C. pesticide D. institute II. Choose the word or phrase that best completes the blank in each sentence.

6. All of…………children except my brother Ned will be in college this fall.

A. our B. us C. we D. ours 7. If nothing is done to stop the loss of topsoil our greatest national resource …………in 50 years.

A. will go B. will have gone C. will be gone D. will have been going 8. Screens, insecticides and various sprays…………to control flies.

A. used to try B. are used to try C. used to trying D. are used to trying 9. With the destruction of the national land, hundreds of plants and animals …………able to survive.

A. are no more B. no more are C. are no longer D. no longer are 10. Without a car, it takes a long time toget from………….

A. a place to the other B. one place to the other

C. a place to another D. one place to another 11. Every criminal,…………the circumstances, should be severely punished.

A. regardless of B. in spite of C. let alone D. however 12. Some people cannot…………the idea of devoting themselves to children.

A. endure B. suffer C. bear D. undergo 13. “You’re late!” he said ................. am angry voice.

A. with B. by C. in D. at 14. Beckham.................for the national team in 100 matches so far.

A. has played B. played C. was playing D. has been playing 15. It’s bad enough when you get divorced, but far .................when you losechildren as well.

A. bad B. worse C. worst D. the worst 16. We often heard the voices of the crews of fishing boats passing across the baythey soon faded away.................the distance.

A. into B. beyond C. out of D. above 17. The universe as we know it.................with a great explosion.

A. can begin B. can have begun C. might begin D. might have begun 18. The enjoyable thing about traveling by train.................by car is that you cansleep or read during the burney.

A. better than B. more than C. rather than D. other than 19. He was tempted to steal the money when he saw it.................on the table.

A. lie B. lying C. lay D. laying 20. By studying the bones of prehistoric men, scientists hope to determine whattheir owners..................

A. ate B. have eaten C. had eaten D. have been eating 21. The government doesn’t realize.................powerful organization Greenpeacecan be.

A. such a B. what a C. how D. whether a 22. To be elected as president, a candidate.................win a majority of votes.

A. should B. can C. may D. must 23. The pictures showed that Jupiter is surrounded by at 13 moons and there maybe..................

A. 14th B. a 14th C. the 14th D. one 14th 24. .................. all birds, penguins are the most fully adapted to water and extreme cold.

A. Among B. Of C. In D. Out of 25. We should do everything we can..................these kinds of things fromhappening again.

A. prevent B. to prevent C. preventing D. for preventing 26. Don’t be..................by false advertisements. If something looks too good to betrue, it probably is.

A. taken in B. given up C. put off D. put down 27. When driving, you must give your..................attention to what you are doing.

A. full B. best C. extreme D. high 28. “His mother is a painter and his father is a poet.” “..................he’s such a talented artist.”

A. No matter B. No surprise C. No wonder D. Not to mention 29. He is prepared to die rather than..................his promise.

A. miss B. lose C. break D. swallow 30. The firm..................bankrupt and their shares became worthless.

A. got B. went C. turned D. found 31. Every six months the managers have a meeting to evaluate everyone’s..................

A. position B. perspective C. promotion D. performance 32. The decision to switch careers was definitely..................risk for me.

A. an estimated B. an expected C. a supposed D. a calculated 33. “I’m thinking about seeing a doctor” “You..................two weeks ago”

A. should have to go B. would have to go C. ought to have gone D. must have gone 34. He had taken a bad fall, so the fans were..................when he stood up and wavedat them.

A. relieved B. released C. lasted D. served 35. After he..................his time in prison, he decided to become a counselor foryoung people.

A. passed B. performed C. lasted D. served 36. Do you know what to do in the..................that your clothes catch on fire?

A. case B. event C. situation D. fact 37. Many animals these days are becoming .................either directly or indirectlybecause of people.

A. exhausted B. inactive C. distinct D. extinct 38. The management promise to..................action if the customer has been poorlytreated by staff.

A. take B. get C. make D. do 39. As soon as she saw the open door, she knew her house had been..................

A. burgled B. stolen C. broken D. robbed 40. This job requires certain................... You have to be good at operating computersand dealing with people.

A. qualifications B. skills C. techniques D. knowledge 41. I usually buy the supermarket’s own.................of canned vegetables, becausethey are cheaper.

A. brand B. label C. package D. type 42. In 1890, at the..................of the century, there were very few cars in the world.

A. turn B. birth C. finish D. change 43. Prices of accommodation..................greatly depending on location.

A. semicolon B. dash C. colon D. full stop 45. The charity provides advice and support for..................of crime.

A. sufferers B. victims C. perpetrators D. survivors III. For questions 46 - 55, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space ADVENTURES IN THE FILM WORLD The latest blockbuster to hit out cinemas is an adventure film which was made (46)................ location in Spain. The (47)................ is quite, a teenager discovers(48)................ secret papers which show that the President is in danger. Then shedisappears!

We interviewed the actress who (49)................the part of the teenager in the film,Juliet Roberts. It (50)................things did not always go well during the production.First, Juliet nearly missed being in the film.

Apparently, a copy of the (51)................,which the producer had sent her to read, got lost in the post. Then, in the middle of filming, part of the background (52)................fell on a member of the camera(53)................ .

Luckily, the man was not seriously hurt they had to (54)................another cameraman to take his place at short notice. Something even worse happened a few days when the director slipped and broke his leg. It (55)................him quite a long time to recover the shock and had to direct the final scenes of the from his wheelchair.

46. A. on B. in C.at D. to 47. A. plot B. intrigue C. drama D. line 48. A. any B. the C. some D. few 49. A. does B. plays C. makes D. holds B . seems C. strikes D. tells 50. A. looks 51. A. lines B words C. script D. title 52. A. setting B. scenery C. scene D. view 53. A. party B. workers C. artists D. crew 54. A. rent B. buy C. hire D. purchase 55. A. needed B. used C. lasted D. took IV. For questions 56 - 60, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

Dr. Jonas Salk is credited with developing the first vaccine to fight against the dreaded polio. Bom in New York in 1914, Salk received his medical degree from New York University College of Medicine in 1939 and later attended the School of Public Heath at the University of Michigan.

Salk was very interested in preventive medicine. He worked for the army on producing a vaccine against influenza for five years from 1942 to 1947. In 1949, a group at Harvard University led by John Enders developed a method to grow the polio virus in quantity so that it could be studied further. This discovery was important as it allowed Salk and his fellow workers to study the disease in greater detail.

By 1952, Salk’s group had successfully tested a polio vaccine using an inactive polio virus. In 1954, there were field tests done on a large scale. Initially, there were many different vaccines being used among the public, and there were some deaths associated with the vaccinations. However, Salk's vaccine proved to be the best and was used without further problems. What was once a dreaded killer had been tamed by the work of Dr. Jonas Salk and co-workers.

56.I from 1942 to 1947, Salk A. studied for a degree in preventive medicine.

B. developed two new vaccines C. was employed by the army D. attended the University of Michigan 57. In what year was massive testing of Salk’s polio vaccine conducted?

A. 1947 B. 1949 C. 1952 D. 1954 58. The phrase "a dreaded killer” in the third paragraph refers to A. the vaccine B. polio C. Dr. Salk D. the field fest 59. What was one of Dr. Salk’s main interests?

A. trying to vaccinate many people B. trying to study influenza C. trying to receive a medical degree D. trying to prevent diseases 60. Which of these statements is true about John Enders?

A. He worked for Dr. Salk’s group B. He aided Br. Salk’s group C. He developed a polio vaccine D. He found a way to kill the polio virus V. For questions 61 - 65, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

Polyester is now being used For bottles. ICI., the chemicals and plastics company, believes that it is now beginning to the grip of glass on the bottles business and thus take advantage of this huge market.

All the plastics manufacturers have been experiencing hard times as their traditional products have been doing badly worldwide for the last few years. Between 1982 and 1984 the Plastics Division of ICI had lost a hundred and twenty million dollars and they fell that the most hopeful new market was in packaging, bottles and cans.

Since 1982 it has opened there new factories producing “Melinar”, the raw material from which high quality polyester bottles are made.

The polyester bottle was bom in the 1970s, when soft drink companies like Coca Cola started selling their drinks in giant two-litre containers. Because of the build-up the pressure of gas in these large containers, glass was unsuitable. Nor was pvc, the plastic which had been used for bottles since the 1960s, suitable for drinks with gas in them. A new plastic had to the made.

Glass is still cheaper for the smaller bottles, and will continue to be so unless oil and plastic become much cheaper, but plastic does well for the larger sizes.

Polyester bottles are virtually unbreakable. The manufacturers claim they are also lighter also, less noisy when being handled, and can be re-used. Shopkeepers and other business people are unlikely to object to a change from glass to polyester, since these bottles mean few breakages, which are costly and timeconsuming. The bottles with interesting shapes, to try and make them visually more attractive to the public.

The next step could be to develop a plastic which could replace tins for food. The problem here is the high temperatures necessary for cooking the food in the container.

61. Plastics of various kinds have been used for making bottles A. since 1982

B. since the 1970s but only for large bottles C. since the 1960s but not for liquids with gas in them D. since the 1970s but only for large bottles.

62. Why is ICI’s Plastics Division interested in polyester for bottles?

A. The other things they make are not selling well B. Glass manufacturers cannot make enough new bottles C. They have factories which could be adapted to make it D. The price of oil keeps changing 63. Why aren’t all bottles now made of polyester?

A. The price of oil and plastic has risen B. It is not suitable for containing gassy drinks C. The public like traditional glass bottles D. Shop-keepers dislike re-usable bottles.

64. Manufacturers think polyester bottles are better than glass bottles because they A. are cheaper B. are more suited to small sizes C. are more exciting to look at D. do not break easily 65. Plastic containers for holding food in the same way as cans.

A. have been used for many years.

B. are an idea that interests the plastic companies C. are possible, but only for hot food D. are the first things being made in the new factories.

VI. For questions 66 - 70, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

Although party invitations no longer frightened me. I still found myself making careful preparations for this particular party. I got a hair-cut. laid out my best suit selected a special, tie, and cufflinks. I had recently gone on a diet, but because I didn’t want to look too thin, I discontinued it. What should I bring my hosts?

Flowers? What kind of wine? Sherry? Or possibly even champagne? Meeting new people was still a major undertaking.

It was scheduled for this Saturday and I decided to take a cab to the suburb where it was being held. It was early autumn and the weather had been mild, but that morning it turned cold and rainy, and asI listened to the steam hissing in my radiator, it already felt like midwinter. Trees, visible from my window, covered will foliage only yesterday, had become bare overnight. Churning clouds augured a further change in the weather.

From my newspaper I learned that a hurricane which had already struck another state was on its way to New York, though it might veer out to sea. The storm left destruction in its wake. In one village an entire cottage was sheared from its foundation and blown into the ocean together with its occupants.

As I lay in bed the morning of the party, I envisioned a change also taking place in me. A loose tooth which hadn’t bothered me suddenly sent a stabbing pain through my jaw. Ordinarily I’m not to headaches, but I awoke with a dull ache on the left side of my head. Several disturbing dreams had given me a restless night, though I could only remember them vaguely. In one dream I recalled shouting at someone and being involved in a light. There was also something about an animal, but what it was I couldn’t recollect. What did stay with me afterwards was the despairing knowledge that one leads a double - each part hermetically scaled off from the other.

66. The narrator A. was afraid of parties.

B. went on a diet for this party.

C. bought a new suit when he had to meet new people.

D. was shy of meeting new people.

67. The party was to be held A. in midwinter B. in a few days C. in the morning D. in a village 68. The storm

A. destroyed a village.

B. was dying down.

C. might reach New York. D. destroyed the tree outside his room 69. The narrator A. suffered from headaches. B. always had toothaches.

C. had slept badly D. was stabbed in the jaw.

70. Why was the narrator upset?

A. The storm was so bad.

B. He had a fight with an animal.

C. He couldn’t go to the party.

D. He couldn’t understand his dreams.

VII. For question 71 - 75, choose the answer (A, B,C or D) which you think fits best according to the test.

Half of the planet’s population lives in cites, yet they consume 75% of the world’s resources and create most of its pollution. This means that ' all governments are going to have to create effective recycling plans. In cities where recycling schemes have been successful, it is possible to recycle 95% of all household waste. It takes 30 - 40% less energy to make paper from recycled materials than it does to make it from trees. Statistics show that there is a growing awareness of the importance of recycling, and countries such as Sweden already recycle much of their waste.

As the burning of fossil fuel is a major cause of pollution we will have to turn to other energy sources and what could be a better source than the sun? Solar energy is getting cheaper and can produce power even in cloudy conditions. The Japanese have already developed solar-electric roof tiles which are going to make entire buildings self-sufficient, greatly cutting down the need for fossil fuel.

71. Who consumes 75% of the world's resources?

A. people living in the country".

B. people who recycle.

C. 50% of the world’s population. D. the Asians.

72. What is the advantage of recycled paper?

A. It needs less energy to produce it. B. It is better quality C. It is of less value.

D. It comes from household waste.

73. What is a major source of pollution?

A. solar energy.

B. fossil fuel burning.

C. the green house effect.

D. the ozone layer.

74. What was one disadvantage of solar energy?

A. It was expensive.

B. It couldn’t operate cars.

C. It caused pollution, D. It had to be placed on high buildings.

75. The phrase “cutting down” in the paragraph means?

A. controlling.

B. reducing.

C. satisfying.

D. emphasizing VIII. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

B. unleash C. leader D. leaflet 76. A. unleaded 77. A. sour B. pour C. bought D. mourning 78. A. pleasant B. adviser C. measure D. misery 79. A. soften B. brighten C. moisten D. listen B. copping C. copper D. copying 80. A. coping IX. For questions 81 - 90, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space.

HOW COOL! I’VE BEEN BITTEN BY A TARANTULA A student's trip to the rainforests of Borneo ended in a race to save her life after she was bitten by a bitten by a tarantula - an experience she described as “cool”. Lucy Watson, 20, was four weeks (81)………...a conservation expedition when the(82)..................spider bit her on the arm. Other group (83)..................carried the DurhamUniversity student for mine hours through the jungle. The difficult (84)..................was followed by a three-hour drive to a hospital, where Lucy was treated (85) ..................antibiotics. Later, she was able to (86)..................the bright side - her first words overthe phone to her anxious parents were. “How

cool! I’ve been bitten by a tarantula”. She was (87).................. the next day and immediately returned to the expedition.Lucy’s parents were told of the accident by the tour organizer. Trekforce Expeditions, which (88)..................them at home in England. Mrs. Watson said “Whenshe (89)..................to the hospital, she was covered in mud and she had her first goodshower (90)..................four weeks”. Lucy, who has just completed the second year ofher physics degree decided to go on the expedition at the last minute.

81. A. at B. through C. in D. into 82. A. toxic B. poisonous C. mortal D. fatal 83. A. colleagues B. leaders C. members D. comrades 84. A. trek B. stroll C. bite D. ramble 85.A. to B. with C. by D. for 86. A. look B. understand C. know D. see 87. A. expelled B. discharged C. evacuated D. detained 88. A. contacted B.spoke C. said D. reported 89. A. arrived B. entered C. got D.reached 90. A. after B. of C. from D. in X. Choose the lettered part that contains a mistake.

91. In 1939 the Ohio and Mississippi rivers overflowed and caused the worst floodnever known in the United States.A B C D 92. The public was of the opinion that the murder should have to stay with the other prisoners.

A B C D 93. While the numbers of this species are increasing, they are still considered to be endangered.

A B C D 94. She'd lost her most favorite books moths ago, but one day it just turned upin an old box in the attic.

A B C D 95. Because his behavior in prison was so good they let him out after onlyfew years.

A B C D 96. Abolitionist write and former slave. Frederick Douglass, was impressed withLincoln because they found A B him entirely free of prejudice.

CD 97. The Mediterranean climate is little suited to Slock breeding; only sheeps andgoats can make use of A B C the extensive feeding gounds with their meager rainfall.

D 98. Many Shakesopeare’s playswouldn’t have survivedof two of his theoretied associates hadn't put this A B C Folio together after his death.

D 99. A ghost jet with no one at the controls flew hundreds of miles in Britain lastnight on a trip of horror.

A B C D 100. All the students are looking forward to spend their free time relaxingin thesun this summer.

A B C D B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN 1. Complete the passage below by writing one word in each gap. Write your answer on the answer sheet.

JEANNE DIXON Jeanne Dixon began making predictions when she was a little girl. She had a crystal ball that she (1)................to peer into the future. She correctly predictedseveral events. (2)...............the death of her grandfather.

Dixon made many predictions about the future throughout her life, but the (3)...............that brought her the most fame was her prediction of the assassination ofPresident Kennedy. In 1952, she (4)...............a vision.

She saw a man with blueeyes living in the White House. He was going to die a violent (5)...............Eight years later, John Kennedy, a man with blue eyes, (6)...............president of the UnitedStates. On November 22, 1963, Jeanne told her friends, “(7)............... terrible isgoing to happen today”. Then, they heard anannouncement. President Kennedy had been shot.

(8)............... of Dixon’s major predictions was the death of President Kennedy’s brother Robert.

(9)...............day, she was walking through a hotel in Los Angeles,Suddenly, she (10)...............and said.

“Robert Kennedy is going to be killed here".Soon after that, in June 1968, Robert Kennedy was shot in that exact place.

Dixon accurately predicted the deaths of several (11)............... celebrities. Shealso prediction other kinds of events, for (12)..............., a big earthquake in Alaska in1964. She made a number of inaccurate predictions as (13)................ but peopledon’t seem to remember as many of these.

Janne Dixon died in 1997, but she (14)............... behind several predictions which could still come (15)................ One of them is that intelligent life be discovered onanother planet.

II. Use the words given in capitals at the end of each sentence to from a word that fits in the space.

1. The company is keen to develop its own...............in the area of computerprogramming.

EXPERT 2. He was...............about his looks, spending hours in the gym.

VANITY 3. They knew that a vaccine for the virus was...............possible.

THEORY 4. Over 30,000...............will run in the New York marathon.

COMPETE 5. The names of all the dead were...............on the monument.

SCRIPT 6. The new director of the TV station is likely to make major changes in...............

PERSON 7. They’re got a model village that you can visit, with all the buildings and roadsin...............

MINI 8. They claim that the fall in unemployment is based on a...............manipulation ofstatistics.

FRAUD 9. The company was inefficient because it was highly............... .

BUREAU 10. Gathered all together in the church, they are going to...............those who teltheir lives in the Great War. MENORY III. Finish each of following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentences printed before it.

1. “You can’t go to David’s house until you’ve done your homework”, Father told James. → Father refused .....................................................................................................................

2. Perhaps Miss Brahms was the person who spoke to you. → It..........................................................................................................................................

3. I’m afraid we’ve run out of coffee. → I'm afraid there ..................................................................................................................

4. Marion was unable to go to the party because she had such a lot of work. → Marion had so ...................................................................................................................

5. Thousands of people were unable to get to work because of the bad weather. → The bad weather………………………………………………………………………….

6. It's a waste of time mending that old pullover. → That old pullover is not......................................................................................................

7. It wasn't until I was 16 that I learned to swim. →I only..................................................................................................................................

8. Ray didn't recover from his illness for several months. → It took...............................................................................................................................

9. I would prefer you not to smoke in my house. →I would rather...................................................................................................................

10. It's such a pity that you couldn’t come to our party. →I wish...............................................................................................................................

IV. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence, but using the word givens. This word must not be altered in any way.

1. They hadn't been to that part of town before, but he had.

UNLIKE 2. He just failed to break the world record.

SUCCEED 3. She’s too experienced a player to fall into that trap.

ENOUGH 4. Why don’t we hire a rowing boat for an hour?

ABOUT 5. Who else was this information available to?

ACCESS V. Write a paragraph in 150-180 words, on the following topic: Describe your ideal English teacher. What is his or her most important characteristic?

ĐỀ THI NĂM HỌC 2009 - 2010 ĐỀ SỐ 17 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lê Hồng Phong, Nam Định) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (0,5 pt) I. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other Circle A, B, C or D. (0,5 pt) 1. A. luggage B. command C. effect D. arrange 2. A. government B. property C. temptation D. beautiful 3. A. terrible B. family C. relaxing D. popular 4. A. difference B. enormous C. admission D. convenient 5. A. honest B. machine C. happy D. table B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (3,0 pts) I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. CircleA, B, C or D. (1,5 pts) 6. She………….catch the bus every morning, but now she rides with her sister.

A. used to B. is used to C. uses to D. was used to 7. Nearly all of the reporters………….the press conference had questions to ask.

A. attend B. attended C. attending D. to attend 8. Over the past two years the cost of living………….considerably.

A. rises B. rose C. was rising D. has risen 9. He came home late, so I asked him where………….been.

A. he had B. has he C. he has D. had he 10. The biscuits that you sent over were………….that I ate them all.

A. very good B. so good C. too good D. such good 11. She used to………….her living by delivering vegetables to local hotels.

A. have B. win C. earn D. get 12. You will become ill………….you stop working so hard.

A. unless B. when C. providing that D. if 13. He was so tired that he wasn’t capable………….driving himself home.

A. for B. to C. of D. from 14. The girl,………….father is a chef at a famousrestaurant, can not cook.

A. that B. which C. who D. whose 15. The teacher gave us………….advice.

A. a B. an C. a few D. some 16. He is interested in the………….of old buildings.

A. preserve B. preservation C. preserving D. preservative 17.I………….at the airport so late that my plane had already taken off.

A. got B. arrived C. reached D. came 18.Iam very………….in the information you have given me.

A. concerned B. surprised C. astonished D. interested 19.………….weather, isn’t it?

A. What beautiful B. What a beautiful C. How beautiful D. How a beautiful 20. “This movie is boring and too violent.” “ I agree.………….?”

A. Will we leave B. Why don’t we leave C. Must we leave D. Would we leave II. Give the correct form of the words in bold in the same line. Write your answers on the numbered blanks. (1,0pts) Example- 0: introduction.

Margaret started English literature this item, and I am afraid that her 0- (introduce) to 0. introduce 21. succeed the subject has not been entirely (21).................

22. enthusiastic She has not shown much (22) ................., and does not always 23. attend pay (23) ................. in class. Her assignments are often 24. read (24) ................., because she is so untidy, and because of her 25. fail (25) .................to check her work thoroughly. She failed to do any revision before the end of the term test, and had poor results. She seems to have the 26. intake 27. frequency (26) ................. idea that she can succeed without studying. She has also had many absences and (27) .................

28. punish 29. gift arrived late for class. This has resulted in several severe (28) ..................

Although Margaret is a (29) .................student in some respects, 30. satisfy she has not had a (30) ................. term.

III. Choose a verb and a preposition from the box and write phrasal verbs k their correct form to complete the sentences below. (0,5 pt) Example: 0- went on go look insist succeed turn apologize on off for on for in 0. They went on dancing until midnight.

31. After having discussed, they………….finding a solution to that problem.

32. She………….having broken my pen.

33. Ann………….helping me with my work.

34. Let's work together………….a better way to reduce energy uses.

35. Don’t forget………….all the lights before leaving the house.

C. READING (3,5 pts) 1. Read the text and decide which answer best fits each space. Circle A, B, C or D. (1,5 pts) There can be no doubt at all that the Internet has made a huge difference to our lives. Parents are worried that children spend too much time playing on the Internet, hardly ever doing (36)...............else in their spare time. Naturally, parentsare (37)...............to find out (38)...............the Internet is so attractive, and they wantto know if it can be (39)...............for their children. Should parents worry if theirchildren are spending that much time staring at their computers? Obviously, if children are bent over their computers for hours, (40)............... in some game, (41)............... ofdoing their homework, then something is wrong. Parents and children could decide how much use the children should (42)............... of theInternet, and the child should give his or her word that it won’t interfere with their homework (43)...............the child is not holding to this arrangement, the parent can take more drastic steps. Dealing with a child’s use of the Internet is not much different (44)............... negotiating any other sort of bargain about behavior. Any parent(45)............... is seriously alarmed about a child’s behavior should make anappointment to (46)............... thematter with a teacher. Spending time in front ofthe screen does not necessarily affect a child’s performance at school. Even if a child is absolutely crazy (47)............... using the Internet, he (48)............... sheisprobably just (49)...............through a phase, and in a (50)...............months there willbe something to worry about!

36. A. something B. nothing C. anything D. everything

37. A. curious B. concerned C. worried D. hopeful B. why C. how D. when 38. A. what 39. A. harming B. hurtful C. hurting D. harmful 40. A. attracted B. absorbed C. fond D. keen 41. A. instead B. in spite C. in addition D. because B. have C. create D. make 42. A. do 43. A. If B. Unless C. Though D. As B. from C. of D. with 44. A. to 45. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose 46. A. speak B. discuss C. talk D. say B. in C. about D. of 47. A. on 48. A. and B. either C. or D. neither 49. A. walking B. passing C. traveling D. going 50. A. few B. little C. couple D. lot II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. Circle A, B, C or D. (0,5 pts) Because of the severe drought which has continued this year, water rationing will go into effect on Monday. Lawns can not be watered with automatic sprinklers; driveways, porches and decks can not be hosed down. You may water by hand, but not only on even-numbered days. Cars can be washed on Wednesday only.

The city has hired a new drought patrol crew, which will be looking for offenders. If you are caught, there will be a $50 fine for the first offence and a $100 fine for the second offence. We realize that this is strict, but the drought has affected us dramatically. We ask your co-operation in conserving water.

Besides the drought rules, we ask that you be prudent in your house-hold water use. Turn off the faucet while you brush your teeth. Take short showers; you might even consider turning off the water as you soap up.

Don't wash dishes under running water, and when you wash your clothes, save the final rinse water to begin your next load. Let’s all work together to save our community’s water.

51. What is the main problem the speaker is referring to?

A. the lack of water B. the quality of water C. the cost of water D. the abundance of water 52. What should people do on Monday?

A. Water their cars B. Disconnect their washing machines C. Wash their decks D. Turn off their sprinklers 53. If you have a lawn, what are your rules?

A. Use the sprinkler on Mon-Fri B. Water by hand C. Water on Wednesdays D. Don’t water 54. What will the drought patrol crew do?

A. Fine citizens B. Look for water sources C. Ration water D. Write new water rules 55. What does the speaker suggest?

A. Paying $50 B. Fining your neighbor C. Reusing washing machine water D. Taking baths instead of showers III. Read the following text then choose the best phrase from A-G to fill mead of the gaps. There is one extra phrase you don’t need to use. Write your answers on the numbered blanks. There is an example at the beginning. (0,5pt) Example: 0-C A. brought the language with them B. was made up of many other languages C. spoke the protolanguage were farmers D. studied words from over 80 languages E. belonged to the core of that language F. can be linked to an original shared language

G. have developed from one single language, a protolanguage Languages are related. English, French, Russian and Spanish are members of the Indo-European language family that (0)…G…. Nearly half of the world’spopulation speaks an Indo-European language as a first language.

In an attempt to create a linguistic family free and trace the original language experts selected and (56)………English, like most European languages, has borrowed words from French, Greek, Latin and Italian.

There is, however, a core of original English words that (57)…………Researchers made sure the select words weren’t borrowed from another language but (58)…………

The results of the research surprised linguists who until recently believed that tribes from central Asia (59)…………when they traveled west about 6,000 yearsago. The original shared language is older than that.

According to this research, people from Anatolia must have been speaking the original Indo-European language over 9,000 years ago, long before these tribes invaded Europe. The people who (60)………… who invented agriculture. The first words of thisprotolanguage described vegetables, fruit and agricultural technology.

IV. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word. (1,0 pt) Example: 0- a These days it is impossible to open (0) a newspaper without (61)………… aboutthe damage we are doing (62) …………the environment. The earth is (63) …………threatened and the future looks bad.

(64)…………can each of us do? We can notclear up our (65)………… rivers and seas overnight. Nor can we stop the(66)…………of plants and animals. But we can stop adding to the problem whilescientists search for answers, and laws are passed in nature’s defense.

It may not be easy to change your lifestyle completely, but some steps are easy to take: cut down the amount of driving you do, or use (67)…………little plasticas possible. It is also easy to save energy, (68)…………also reduces householdbills. We must all (69)…………a personal decision to work for the future of ourplanet (70)…………we want to ensure a better world for our grandchildren.

D. WRITING (3,0 pts) I. Identify the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that is incorrect in each of the following sentences, then write the correct one on the numbered blanks.(0,5 pt) Example: 0:B- have 0.Ithink I’m very lucky to having been noticed so early in my career.

A B C D 71. One reason birds have been so successful is because of their able to escape fromdanger quickly.

AB CD 72. Although he doesn’t like classical music, but he listens to that kind of music at home.

ABC D 73.I took that faulty kettle back to the shop which I’d bought it and asked if theywould change it for me.

A B C D 74. Children and their parents see education as a way to better jobs and good livesand children work hardly at school.

A B C D 75. People can get the latest information and enjoy interested programsthanks to television.

A B C D II. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly] the same as the sentence printed before it. Write your answers on the spaces provided. (1,0 pt) 76. Jane’s career as a television presenter began five years ago. → Jane has...................................................................................................................................

77. The flight to Paris lasted 3 hours. → It took......................................................................................................................................

78. He drives faster and more carelessly than me. → He is........................................................................................................................................

79. “Let’s have a party on Sunday?”

→ He suggested..........................................................................................................................

80. You work hard but you will never be promoted here → Although................................................................................................................................

81. His working too much led to his illness → If he........................................................................................................................................

82. If someone understands this book, they are cleverer than I am. → Anyone who............................................................................................................................

83. “Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight?” Peter said to Ann. → Peter invited.............................................................................................................................

84. His car still needs servicing. → His car hasn’t...........................................................................................................................

85. You ought to fasten your seatbelt before driving away. → You shouldn’t...........................................................................................................................

III. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence, but using the words provided. These words must not be altered in any way. (0,5pt) 86. My mother never lets me go out by myself at night. (allowed) 87. Work hard or your parents will be unhappy. (unless) 88. Not knowing the way, she asked a policeman. (because) 89. Getting a good job doesn’t interest John. (interested) 90. I’m sorry that I didn’t ask her to go with me. (wish) IV. (91 - 100) Write a paragraph of 100 - 120 words. (1,0 pt) You may begin with: I strongly agree with the idea that secondary school students should wear uniforms.

ĐỀ SỐ 18 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Nguyễn Du, Đắk Lắk) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (20 ms) I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (10 ms) 1. A. three B. think C. those D. thanks 2. A. brothers B. reads C. runs D. seats 3. A. wear B. hair C. ear D. share 4. A. worked B. cleaned C. watched D. stopped B. about C. found D. flavor 5. A. loud 6. A. hobby B. help C. hour D. house B. living C. lift D. lively 7. A. lived 8. A. nicest B. largest C. hottest D. best 9. A. depend B. even C. event D. prevent 10. A. ancrent B. cancer C. occur D. accurate II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. (10 ms) 1. A. possession B. property C. industry D. element 2. A. basically B. eminent C. ordinary D. maternal 3. A. shortcoming B. leopard C. kindergarten D. personify 4. A. undoubtedly B. economic C. university D. agricultural 5. A. enthusiasm B. fertilizer C. indicator D. socializing 6. A. sincere B. portable C. element D. fortunate 7. A. recommend B. spectator C. individual D. unexpected 8. A. gardening B. furious C. familiar D. relative 9. A. physician B. employee C. impolite D. afternoon

10. A. repair B.enough C. resign D. creature B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (60ms) I. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank in each sentence. (30 ms) 1. Before newspapers were invented, town criers often walked along the streets…………the latest news.

A. saying B. talking C. shouting D. speaking 2. If there is too much exhaust…………in the air, more and more people willcope with respiratory problems.

A. fume B. fog C. smoke D. fuel 3. It will be raining along the…………of Thanh Hoa. A. sea B. seaside C. coast D. beach 4. He has been waiting for this letter for days, and…………it has come.

A. at last B. at the end C. in present D. to the finish 5. Give her a telephone number to ring…………she gets lost.

A. whether B. in case C. unless D. perhaps 6. It was a great success. He succeeded…………everyone laugh.

A. to make B. making C. for making D. in making 7. …………Easter, many children and adults enjoy painting eggs.

A. On B. In C. At D. For 8. She…………him of having lied to her.

A. threatened B. blamed C. criticized D. accused 9. Cut this cake into six…………pieces.

A. same B. alike C. like D. equal 10. We suggest…………part in many different charitable activities in ourneighborhood.

A. to take B. taken C. taking D. should take 11. …………many households use energy-saving light bulbs, their electricity billis still enormous.

A. Since B. Although C. When D. If 12. This dish…………. Is it spicy?

A. smells well B. smells good C. is smelted well D. is smelling good 13. In the USA, ………… the states blit Hawaii is an island.

A. neither of B. no C. all D. none of 14. Mary ………… to me once a month last year.

A. is used to writing B. used to write C. is used to write D. was used to write 15. Wearing uniform helps students………… equal in many ways.

A. fell B. felt C. feel D. feeling 16. He hates being…………at.

C. looking D. looked A. to look B. look 17. Many designers took …………from Vietnam’s ethnic minorities.

A. fashion B. information C. creation D. inspiration 18. We …………hurry. We’ve got plenty of time.

A. shouldn't B. mustn’t C. don’t have to D. won’t 19. I don’t …………to see her again until next Tuesday.

A. think B. wait C. attend D. expect 20. ………… your house…………the year before last?

A. Will/ be rebuilt B. Was/ rebuilt C. Is/ rebuilt D. Has/ been rebuilt 21.…………the Christmas shopping season begins.

A. That is after Thanksgiving B. After Thanksgiving it is D. It is Thanksgiving that C. It is after Thanksgiving that 22. Old people must…………politely.

A. speak B. speak to C. be spoken D. be spoken to 23.I wish…………the competition this time.

A. I would win B. to win C. I could win D. won 24. Dinosaurs are believed………… millions of years ago.

A. to die out B. dying out C. to have died out D. to be dying out 25. He’s never been to Paris, …………?

A. is he B. has he C. isn’t he D. hasn’t he 26. ……….did you say would undertake the task?

A. Who B. Whom C. What D. Whose 27. The problem……….never occurred.

A. I had expected it B. which 1 expected C. I had expected D. that I had expected it 28. Just as we……….the house, it began to rain.

A. left B. were leaving C. had left D. leave 29. Scientists say it is essential that mankind……….the amount of air pollutionin big cities.

A. be reduced B. reduced C. reduce D. will reduce 30.I had difficulty……….her to go with us.

A. persuade B. to persuade C. for persuade D. persuading II. Fill each blank with the correct form of the words given. (20 ms) 1. He always listens………………..to what she is told. (ATTENTION) 2. He was………………..of consequences in advance. (INFORM) 3.I was kept………………..last night by the noise from a party in the flat above. (WAKE) 4. Elizabeth Taylor won an Oscar for her………………..in “Who’s afraid of VirginiaWolf” (PERFORM) 5. The result was very strange. In fact, it was ………………... (BELIEF) 6. The people in the neighboring states did not pay their tributes to the King………………..(VOLUNTEER) 7. How could there possibly be any………………..between these two separateincidents? (RELATE) 8.I don’t want to………………..you from becoming a nurse, but the hours are long andthe pay is not good.

(COURAGE) 9. Is it………………..to tip waiters in your country. (CUSTOM) 10.I believe you because I know you are………………... (TRUE) III. Choose the lettered part that contains a mistake. (10 ms) 1. They couldn’t hear the music down there because it wasn't enough loud.

A B C D 2. Einstein was the physicist whohas developed the theory of relativity.

A B C D 3. As I knew she was interested in tennis, so I decided to buy her a book about Wimbledon.

A B C D 4. Two thirds of the money were spenton the laboratory equipment.

A BCD 5. When I bought the dress, I didn’t notice nothing wrong with it.

AB CD 6.My examination resultswerejust like I had expected.

ABC D 7. When he saw the teacher looking at him , he stopped to talk.

ABC D 8. Almost people still believe that marriage and family life are the basis of our society.

ABC D 9.I will returnbackto Athens at the end of June.

A B CD 10. She sometimeswondersthat her mother is really happy.

ABC D c. READING (60 ms)

C. READING (60ms) I. Read these passage careful!) and choose the best answer for each space. (10 ms) A village is a…………(1) place where the influence of the city is not…………(2)much. It is indeed a very good place for rest and relaxation.

In a village people do not live very close to one another. Their houses are far …………(3). Each house therefore has a lot of…………(4) around it. So. almost every house is…………(5) by Howers and fruit plants and vegetables. All these make thevillage look…………(6) and fresh. There are also tall trees everywhere which provide …………(7) from the sun and keep the village…………(8).

Some villages are surrounded by paddy fields or mountains. There are also many streams and rivers in many villages. All these…………(9) great beauty and variety to the village scenne.

The village people are friendly and helpful. They work together and live in peace.Living among (10)………… friendly and simple people, in such a quire place, is indeed a real pleasure.

1. A. noisy B. quiet C.busy D. interesting 2. A. done B. made C. felt D. got 3.A. apart B. away C. from D. along 4. A. air B. space C. areas D. environment 5. A. surrounded B. covered C. grown D. occupied 6. A. green B. blue C. beauty D. gray 7. A. shadow B. light C. heat D.shade 8. A. hot B. cold C.cool D. fresh 9. A. make B. plus C. add D. increase 10.A. so B. with C. between D.such II.Read these passage carefully and choose the best answer to each question. (20 ms) The research of alternative resources of energy has resulted in various directions. Many communities are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity. Changing waste products into gases or oil is also an efficient way to dispose of waste. Experimental work is being done to make synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars. But today, that process has proved expensive. Giant windmills have been built to provide a considerable source of elecưicity. Other experiments in geothermal power are being tested to harness power deep inside the earth.

Some experts are trying to revive hydroelectric power which is derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago, hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four percent. The oceans are another source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity. Experiments are also underway to make use of temperature differences in ocean water to produce energy.

1. According to the writer synthetic fuels from coals or coal tars are………….

A. not difficult to make.

B. easy to use instead of oil or gases.

C. not cheap to make.

D. burnt to produce electricity.

2. The words “geothermal power" means most nearly the same as………….

A. solar energy B. heat from the earth C. hot water D. nuclear power in the earth 3. What percentage of the electricity used in the United States did power use to provide?

A. over 30% B. less than 50% C. 4% D. 40%.

4. What are the other sources of energy being experimented?

A. wind power B. biological wastes C. hydroelectricity D. geothermal energy, the ocean temperature differences.

5. Which of the following is NOT TRUE? A. Windmills have been used for ages.

B. Heat from the earth has never been used.

C. Changing waste products into gases or oil is an efficient way to dispose of waste.

D. Energy derived from streams and rivers used to be an important supply of electricity.

III. Cloze: Fill each space with ONE suitable word. (30 ms) In the modern world today, which has been changing rapidly, the Internet is of great benefit as it has many advantages. First of all, it is a rich source of information……………..(1) the Internet, you can get information of ……………..(2)allfields, from science, technology, current affairs to prices of the latest fashion. You can also find a wide……………..(3) of information on a certain topic, which is very useful as you have a chance to consider different ideas on the……………..(4) topic, orto understand it from different aspects. For school-age children, the Internet prove to be of great……………..(5) when they can get access to information about schools,courses, schedules, and so on. The Internet is also the place……………..(6) they canlearn and widen their knowledge in different fields.……………..(7), using the Internetis extremely time-saving. As it is a rich source of information, just a click or to and you can get a large bulk of information you need. You don't have to……………..(8)hours searching in the library for the books you need. What's more, you can do the shopping from home, which otherwise may take you a few hours. In addition, if you are ,……………..(9) line, you communicate more with people from around the world.

It takẹs just a few minutes to send……………..(10) through e-mail.

D. WRITING (60 ms) I. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. (30 ms) 1. I’m sorry I was so rude to you last night. →I apologize .................................................................................................................................

2. They went on smoking all through the meal. → They didn’t .................................................................................................................................

3. The suitcase was extremely heavy, but he managed to lift it easily. → In spite of....................................................................................................................................

4. Nobody has ever speak to me like that before! → I have .........................................................................................................................................

5. He prefer playing computer games to reading books. → He would rather...........................................................................................................................

6. My grandfather was bom in this small village. → This is..........................................................................................................................................

7. I started to play the guitar four years ago. → I have .........................................................................................................................................

8. We suggested a lot of things , which were all rejected . →Everything we..............................................................................................................................

9. Jim used to be married to that girl. → That’s the girl..............................................................................................................................

10. Collecting English folk songs is one of my sister’s interests. → My sister is ..................................................................................................................................

II. You are studying hard for your exam. Write a short letter to tell your friend, who is living in another province, about what you are doing to prepare for it: (not more than 120 words). (30 ms)

ĐỀ SỐ 19 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Quang Trung, Bình Phước) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại. (0.1 mark/each) B. closed C. cleaned D. danced 1. A. filled 2. A. publish B. until C. adult D. campus B.channel C. character D. change 3.A. check II. Chọn từ có vị trí phần trọng âm khác vị trí vớí những từ còn lại. (0.1 mark/eachị 4. A. minimize B. dynamite C. pollution D. pesticide

5. A. disappointed B. documentary C. ordinary D. unpolluted III: Chọn phương án thích hợp (A, B, C or D) để hoàn thành yêu cầu của câu. (0.05 mark/each) 6. She can find no…………to her financial troubles.

A. solution B. resolution C. solving D. response 7. Nowadays, Vietnamese women wear the Ao dai on special………….

A. chances B. opportunities C. occasions D. times 8. Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work…………it is more convenient.

A. although B. however C. as D. moreover 9. His parents always provide food and clothes…………him.

A. with B. for C. to D. from 10. There are no use…………to him. He never answers letters.

A. write B. to write C. written D. writing 11. Neither the students nor the teacher…………come.

A. have B. has C. is D. are 12. The twins are so much………….that people find it difficult to tell one from the other.

A. like B. liking C. alike D. likeness 13. They came and informed us………….their decision.

A. about B. of C. for D. on 14. ………….goes the bus! Now we’ll have to walk.

A. On time B. At once C. There D. Early 15. You can't smoke in here. It is …………. the law.

A. anti B. according C. against D. opposite 16. My parents get up very early this morning…………pack the car for our journey.

A. so that B. in order to C. because D. in case 17. Because the first pair of pants did not fit, he asked for…………

A. another pant B. others pants C. another pair D. the other pairs 18. On the way to the town, they stop…………a rest.

A. taking B. take C. to take D. to taking 19. We always spent our summer holidays…………

A. in the sea B. at the country C. in the beach D. at the seaside 20. …………you run quickly, you are likely to be late.

A. If B. Unless C. Since D. However 21. “Can you come back later, Marry? David’s busy …………his homework at the moment”.

A. and does B. and doing C. doing D. to do 22. By the time their son arrives, the Smiths hope…………painting and decoratingthe room.

A. having finished B. having been finished C. to have finished D. to have been finished 23. It’s two years………….John.

A. that I don’t see B. that I haven’t seen C. since I didn’t see D. since I saw 24. They …………..out after lunch and they’ve just come back.

A. went B. have gone C. are gone D. are going 25. I…………..television a lot but I don’t any more.

A. was watching B. was used to watch C. used to watch D. am watching 26. Each July, we…………..to Turkey for a holiday.

A. are going B. go C. went D. were going 27. The growing numbers of visitors…………..the footpaths.

A. is damaging B. are damaging C. damages D. damage 28. It’s late. It’s time……………home.

A. we go B. we must go C. we went D. we’d go

29. The car broke down and we…………… a taxi.

A. must have got B. had got to get C. had to get D. must get 30. Though Ken didn’t have a ticket, he…………..come in.

A. could B. can C. might D. was allowed to 31. There’s someone walking behind us. I think…………..

A. we are following B. we are being followed C. we are followed D. we are being following 32. Where………….? Which hairdresser’s did you go to?

A. did you cut your hair B. have you cut your hair C. did you have cut your hair D. did you have your hair cut 33. She is one of the few people…………..

A. who look up to B. to whom I look up C. I look up to D. to who I look up 34. …………at the party, we saw Richard standing alone.

A. Amped .

B. We arrived C. Arriving D. We’re arriving 35. She reassured me that she…………….the card.

A. had posted B. has posted C. posted D. posts 36. We suggested…………...in hotels but the children were anxious…………...out.

A. to sleep-to camp B. sleeping - to camp C. sleeping-camping D. to sleep-about camping 37. Next summer, we are…………...a swimming pool built in our back garden.

A. making B. deciding C. setting D. having 38. Van Quyen has only…………...two goals so far in this season.

A. made B. hit C. scored D. kicked 39. Due to bad weather, the picnic has been put…………….until next Wednesday.

A. forward B. on C. out D. off 40. According to………….surveys, the majority of Britons want capitalpunishment restored.

A. the most B. most C. most of D. the most of 41. You………….continue. You’ve made your point clearly enough already.

A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. don’t have to D. won’t 42. Before you begin the exam paper, always read the………….carefully.

A. orders B. instructions C. rules D. answers 43. When the company has to close because of economic difficulties he becomes………….

A. inconsiderable B. redundant C. deliberate D.unsatisfactory 44. Be quiet! It’s rude to………….people when they are speaking.

A. interfere B. interrupt C. prevent D. introduce 45. The wind was so strong that it………….his tent into pieces. Ạ. broke B. tore C. smashed D. destroyed 46. “Would you mind if I turned on TV?” - “I’d really rather you………….”.

A. not to do B. didn’t C. don’t D. don’t, mind 47.I hate………….when my friends use rny computer without asking permission.

A. that B. about C. a thing D. it 48. Children always need their parents’ support,………….they’re 4 or 24.

A. if B. in spite of C. whether D. until 49. Public concern about environmental issues has risen………….in recent years.

A. highly B. deeply C. generously D. considerably 50. All laboratories have instructions about what to do………….fire.

A. in place of B. in charge of C. in danger of D. in case of 51. You can leave the vegetables but eat as………….of the meat as you can.

A. much B. more C. most D. many

52. -“Someone is knocking at the door.………….it be Mary?”.

- “It………….Mary. To my certain knowledge she is in Moscow.”

A. May - isn’t B. Could - can’t be C. Is - can’t be D. Might - may not be 53. You’ve had a fever for a week, you………….better see a doctor.

A. are B. should be C. had D. would 54. Who was the first American person………….on the moon?

A. walking B. who walks C. walked D. to walk 55. -“Are we about to have lunch?” - “Yes, it………….in the dining room.”

A. is serving B. serves C. is being served D. served 56. Remarks that what children make can be………….and amusing.

A. delighted B. delighting C. delightful D. delight 57. I wish you………….that! It’s a really annoying habit.

A. didn’t do B. wouldn’t do C. couldn’t do D. don’t do 58. They are complaining about the………….of public transport service.

A. frequent B. infrequent C. infrequency D. frequency 59. Ha Long Bay is………….as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO. A. recognized B. seen C. believed D. spoken 60. They won’t replace a new shirt until their old one has………….out.

A. worn B. wear C. been wearing D. wore 61. He gave listeners a vivid………….of his journey to Da Lat. A. account B. tale C. request D. requirement 62. That picture always………….me of a holiday I spent in Angkor Watt.

A. remembers B. awakens C. reminds D. connects C. reminds 63. “Susan, what would you………….do tomorrow evening?”

A. like B. rather C. better D. ought to 64. Have you got a pen pal………….?

A. of your own B. of yourself C. ofyou D. of your 65. All students in my school are accustomed……………school uniform.

A. to wear B. to wearing C. wearing D. at wearing 66. What…………… advice she gave us!

A. so good B.such a good C. so good an D.good 67. Either John or his cousins……………the key to the car.

A. has been taken B. has taken C. have taken D. have been taken 68. The entrance examination for Quang Trung specialized and gifted school will be held……………June 23rd, 2009.

A. in B. on C. at D. to 69. He read this article on the website last night,…………?

A. doesn’t he B. didn’t he C. did he D. hasn’t he 70. Are all the students used…………their summer vacation in the countryside?

A. to spend B.spend C. to spending D. spending 71. If I…………him, I would treat her better.

A. is B. am C. was D. were 72. They are still playing on the field…………….raining heavily.

A. though B. because of C. despite of D. in spite of 73. Study harder……………..

A. if you will pass the exam B. and you will pass the exam C. unless you pass the exam D. or you will pass the exam 74. Do you know the man…………car Jack is driving?

A. who B. whom C. whose D. which 75. “…………”. -“Don’t worry. I can fix it.”

A. Are you worried?

B. May I fix your TV? C. The TV is out of order again D. I want to fix your TV. 76. I forgot……………the door when I left my apartment this morning.

A. to lock B. locked C. locking D. lock 77.…………television people can get the hottest information and enjoy interesting programs.

A. With B. Thanks to C. On D. On behalf of 78. We’ve run………..sugar. Could you buy some more?

A. out of B. after C. off D. away 79. The boy…………by the window is my little brother.

A. stand B. is standing C. stands D. standing 80. You must try not to…………these mistakes again.

A. do B. perform C. make D.take IV.Chia dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. (0.05 mark/each).

A. I (go - 81)…………abroad with my friends if I (have -82)…………much money.

B. -“Did you advise him (go-83)…………to the police?”

-“No, I didn’t like (give-84) advice on such an important matter.”

C. Who (carry-85)…………your bag when we climb the mountain?

D. That dead tree is very dangerous. I will have it (cut-86)…………down tomorrow.

E. It (snow-87)…………for three days now. The road (block-88) …………if itdoesn’t stop soon.

F. She can not imagine what he (do-89)…………there now.

G.We’ll meet Alice at the comer. She (wait-90)…………until we…………(arrive-91).

H. The children were frightened because it (get-92)…………dark.

I. It (rain-93)…………very much in this part of the country every spring.

J. This picture (take-94)…………long before he joined the army.

K. After I (have-95) …………him repaint my house, I flew to Hanoi.

V. Trong mỗi câu sau đều có một lỗi sai. Hãy tìm lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng. (0.1 mark/each) Example: I enjoyto listento music in my free time.

ABC D Answer: B → listening.

96. I spend most of the timeto surf the web because I just don't know which website is useful for me.

AB C D 97. The examiner asked Lan how she will use English in the future.

A B C D 98. The spectators at the football ground became violentlywhen their favorite team lost the match.

A B C D 99. I’d recommend this book for anyone thatloves detective stories.

A BCD 100. If you an t to attend the course, you must pass the writing test.

ABC D 101. This is the firsttime I have eatenJapan food.

AB CD 102. Your brother-in-law hardly goes to work by bus. doesn't he?

A BCD 103. Even though being ill. Peter still went to school last Monday.

ABC D 104. My brother didn't wear that uniformsince he left school.

A BCD 105. Nam asked Mai what can he do to helpher.

A BC D VI. Điền dạng đúng của nhũng từ cho trong ngoặc, (0.1 mark/each) 106.I want to…………..this cake into 4 parts. (Division) 107. He is a famous……………. (Collect) 108. I’m……………that people have spoiled this area. (Appoint) 109. How can we……………littering? (Prevention) 110. We are……………that you won the prize. (Amaze) 111. We want to be the……………. (Environment) 112. …………… snakes are ven dangerous. (Poison) 113. He broke the vase because of his……………(Care) 114. Mrs. Smith is a good……………(Cook) 115. It is not good to use …………… to catch fish. (Electric) VII. Đọc và dùng những từ cho sẵn trong khung để hoàn thành đoạnvăn sau. (Có4 từ không phải dùng đến) (0.125 mark/each) According to designed eventsmake pictures means bring about entertainment Through faraway take In addition Television is one of the most important………….(116) of communication. Itbrings………….(117) and sounds from around in the world into millions of homes.A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the President………….(118) a speech or visit a foreign country. He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try to bring about peace.………….(119) television, home viewers can seeand learn about people, places, and things in………….(120) lands. TV even takes itsviewers out of this world. It brings them coverage of America’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space. ………….(121) all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programs that are ………….(122) to entertain. In fact, TV provides many more ………….(123) than any other kind. The programs include action-packed dramas, light comedies, sporting events and motion pictures.

VIII. Hãy đọc kỹ đoạn văn dưới đây và trả lời T (True) nếu thông tin đưa ra cuối đoạn là đúng với nội dung bài đọc; trả lời F (False) nếu nội dung đưa ra là sai (0.1 mark /each) One of my favorite places for a vacation is Mexico. I really like the weather because it never gets cold there. The people are very nice, too. They never laugh at my bad Spanish. And the food is wonderful!

Mexico City is a very interesting place to visit. It has some great museums and lots of fascinating old buildings. And the hotels are not too expensive. But you can stay in other places in Mexico. For example, you should go to one of the beach resorts - like Acapulco. And you shouldn’t miss the Mayan temples near Merida.

124. David likes warm weather.

125. His Spanish is very good.

126. There’s a lot to see and do on a vacation in Mexico.

127. The hotels in Mexico City are pretty expensive.

128. The Mayan temples are in Mexico City IX. Chọn phương án thích hợp (A, B, C hoặc D) để hoàn thành đoạn văn (0,05 mark/each) Our classes take place for three hours every morning from Monday to Friday.The maximum class size is twelve and the average is ten. We use modern method of teaching and learning, and the school has a language laboratory', a video camera and recorder. You will only be successful in improving your English, however if you work hard and …………(129) speaking English as much as you can. You will take a short………….(130) in English as soon as you arrive. In this wav. we can put you in a………….(131) at the most suitable level.

There are two classes at the Elementary level; one is complete………….(132) and the other is for students who know only a little English. In both classes you will practice simple conversations.

In the class at the Intermediate level you will have a lot of………….(133) in communicating in reallife situations because we help you to use the English you have previously ………….(134) in your own country. You will also have the chance to improve your………….(135) of English grammar and to build up

yourvocabulary.

The emphasis is on oral communication practice in a wide variety of situation at the advanced………….(136). You will learn how to use language correctly and appropriately when you …………(137) to native speakers. In addition, you will develop such study skills as reading efficiently, writing articles and reports, and note-taking from books and………….(138).

129. A. to try B. try C. trying D. tries 130. A. test B. examination C. examining D. A & B are correct 131. A. class B. room C. school D. place 132. A. students B. people C. partners D. beginners 133. A. practice B. practiced C. practicing D. practices 134. A. learnt B. studied C. acquired D. All are correct 135. A. knowledge B. mind C. subject D. matter 136. A. level B. step C. knowledge D. qualification 137. A. speak B. say C. tell D. discuss 138. A. lecture B. lecturing C. lectures D. lectured X. Hãy dùng từ gợi ý để viết mỗi câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi (0.1 mark/each) 139. When did they start wearing this uniform? →How long………………………………………………………………………………….?

140. “Gone with the Wind” is the name of the novel. → They have named ……………………………………………………………………….

141. Learning English is not easy. →It……………………………………………………………………………………………

142. No one has grown maize on this farm. → Maize ……………………………………………………………………………………..

143. Peter is the same age as David. → Peter is as ………………………………………………………………………………...

144. You had better not touch that switch → If I ………………………………………………………………………………………..

145. The traffic was so bad that the journey took six hours →It……………………………………………………………………………………………

146. He was rescued from the mountain by John. → It was……………………………………………………………………………………. .

147. Ms. Sandy is the teacher I admire most of all. → There ……………………………………………………………………………………..

148. The food is so stale that we cannot eat it. → The food is ……………………………………………………………………………….

ĐỀ THI SỐ 20 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên, Đại học Quốc gia TP. Hồ Chí Minh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM I. Choose the word that has the stress pattern different from the others.

1. A. memorial B. emergency C. presidency D. facsimile 2. A. intellect B. prophecy C. custody D. synopsis 3. A. stationary B. citizenship C. modernity D. fertilizer 4. A. eventual B. political C. monumental D. original 5. A. comfort B. device C. message D. program II. Read the text below and choose the answer A, B, C or D which you think fits best according to the text.

The latest development in the debate amongst scientists about what killed the prehistoric dinosaurs is the suggestion that acid rain was the cause. Two geologists from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology suggest that a large meteor hitting the earth at 65 kilometers per second would have led to strongly acidic rain falling all over the world.

The two geologists, Ronald Prinn and Bruce Fegley, calculated that if an ice-rich meteor weighing 12.5 million billion kilograms hit the Earth, it would shock-heat the atmosphere enough to produce huge amounts of nitrogen oxides. This would result, they say, in strongly acid rain around the world. If the meteor were traveling more slowly, or if it were more rock-like in structure, this strongly acid rain would be limited to a small area so that the world effect would be much less important. However, other groups of researchers have suggested that volcanoes, rather than meteors, could have produced these heavy does of acid rain, but over a much longer period - over 10,000 years.

Prinn and Fegley believe that their theory matches the pattern of animal and plant life at the end of the Cretaceous period 65 million years ago. It is well known from studying rock formations that it was at this time that dinosaurs and many other groups of prehistoric animals died out. Prinn and Fegley suggest one way in which their theory might be tested. Rock layers which have remained undisturbed since the Cretaceous era could be examined to see if they show any sign of the effects of very large amounts of acid ram on metals which do not dissolve in water such as iron and lead. Such undisturbed rock layers are, however, very rare.

6. What do scientists know about prehistoric dinosaurs?

A. They were present on the earth for about 10,000 years.

B. They died out 65 million years ago.

C. They were killed by one vast volcanic explosion.

D. They could not co-exist with other animals.

7. What do Prinn and Fegley think would happen if a large piece of ice-rich meteor hit the earth at great speed?

A. A huge volcano would be formed.

B. Strongly acidic rain would result all over the world.

C. 12.5 million billion kg nitrogen oxide would be produced.

D. The heat would kill all living things in the area.

8. Prinn and Fegley think that if a rocky meteor hit the earth it would A. have little effect on things living nearby.

B. have very long-lasting effects.

C. take a long time to have any effect.

D. not have any important world-wide effects.

9. Prinn and Fegley suggest that scientists could check their theory by looking in rock layers for A. evidence of high water levels in prehistoric times.

B. the preserved bones of dinosaurs and other animals.

C. disturbances between the different layers of rock.

D. signs of the effect of rain on metals.

10. What problem exists about doing the check that Prinn and Fegley have suggested?

A. Massachusetts Institute of Technology cannot any more research.

B. Recent acid rain has damaged the rocks.

C. Few people have enough skill D. Most rock layers have been undisturbed since the Cretaceous era.

III. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each space.

THE MEDIA Lately I seem to be so tired at the end of the day that I can’t even manage to read the headlines in the newspaper before I start to fall asleep. I used to read the papers from cover and discuss the stories, articles and the (11)................, with mycolleagues at work the next day. I also used to enjoy doing the crossword (12)................at the back of the newspaper and I used to get a laugh out of some ofthe (13)................. Of course I always buy quality papers and not those dreadfulthings full of gossip and (14)................. It seems incredible to me that they have(15)................figures in the millions when they really are rubbish.

I don't watch much TV though there seem to be more and more (16) ................ to choose from all the time. Unfortunately, you have to pay or buy a special (17) ................to receive most of them. They do have some good films and somereally excellent documentaries so I am sometimes tempted to spend the extra money. On the other hand, there is so much information available on the Internet that TV will probably disappear altogether in a few years time. I’ve got a computer with an Internet connection and I spend quite a lot of time looking for information about the various (18)................that interest me.

I also still listen to a lot of news (19)................on the radio and this lets me keepup with what’s going on in the world. One thing that annoys me though is that the (20)................seem to change all the time and sometimes I have a lot of troublefinding my favorite station. Of course the problem could be that I haven’t got the aerial in the right position. That reminds me. I must remember to get some new batteries. I could hardly hear a thing when I tried to tune in this morning so they must be running out.

11. A. comment B. editorial C. criticism D. opinion 12. A. puzzles B. games C. tasks D. activities 13. A. drawings B. sketches C. comics D. cartoons 14. A. scandal B. shame C. embarrassment D. dishonor 15. A. circulation B. issue C. selling D. distribution 16. A. channels B. numbers C. canals D. chains 17. A. pole B. plate C. disk D. antenna 18. A. themes B. matters C. subjects D. sections 19. A. proclamations B. announcements C. publications D. broadcasts 20. A. frequencies B. channels C. positions D. routes IV. Choose the lettered part that contains a mistake.

21. I never sit on one of the front rows in the cinema because I can’t stand beingtoo near the screen.

A B CD 22.I didn’t drive to work by my usual route because of heavy traffics on the motorway.

A B C D 23. I had to take the dog for a walk under the rain so I put on my anorak and a pair ofWellington boots.

A B C D 24. The items were sold in that shop may be good value for money, but they won’tgive you refund if thegoods are faulty.A B C D 25. “I’m afraid there's no longer milk left in the fridge”. - “Don’t worry we’ll dowithout it”.

A B C D 26. I’m angry with myself becauseI’ve wasted this afternoon to watch sillyTV programmers.

A B C D 27. Providing better tourist facilities is wonderful way of luring tourists to Viet Namand it needn’t to cost very much.A B C D 28. While we were waiting in the departure lounge for our flight to announce, wedecided which duty-free A B C goods we should buy.

D 29. Using telescopes, scientists were able to find groups of stars that were so far away to be seen.

A B C D 30. Scientists believe what we eat everyday affects considerably how we feelphysically and emotionally A B C D V. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C or D best fits each space.

THE WASTE GENERATION One of the most striking statistics that I have seen in a long time is that 5 per cent of all the energy used in the United States is consumed computers that have been left on all right.

I can’t confirm this personally, but I can (31)..............tell you that on numerous occasions I have

looked out of hotel rooms late at night, in a (32)..............of American cities, and been struck by the fact that every light in every neighboring I office building is still on, and that computer (33)..............are indeed flickering.

Why don't Americans turn these things off? For the same reason, Isuppose, that so many people here let their car engines (34)..............when they pop into a shop, petrol and other energy sources are so (35)..............cheap, and have been for so long, that it doesn’t occur them to (36)..............otherwise.

Why, after all, put each morning when you can have it at your immediaie command by (38)..............it on all night?

We are terribly (39)..............of resources in this country. The average American uses twice as much energy to get (40)..............life as the average European. With just 5 per cent of the world’s population, we consume 20 per cent of its resources.These are not statistics to be proud of.

31. A. doubtlessly B. firmly C. well D. certainly 32. A. centre B. part C. verity D. rarity 33. A. controls B. screens C. rooms D. workers 34. A. run B. go C. continue D. work 35. A. interestingly B. definitely C. relatively D. proportionally 36. A. manage B. perform C. carry out D. behave 37. A. warm B. turn C. go D. be 38. A. leaving B. letting C. running D. allowing 39. A. wasteful B. consuming C. carefree D. useful 40. A. along B. over C.by D. through VI. Read the text below and choose the answer A, B, Cor D which you thinkfits best according to the text.

Twenty years ago, before the North Sea discoveries, gas was already becoming the most domestic fuel - largely because of the success of the new gas fires and the growing demand for the central heating. It’s was the cheapest fuel in the market then, though costs were being held down because of efficient new production and business methods. But its controllability, cleanlinew. and other advantages, with the efficiency and attractiveness of the new gas appliances, made gas a winner.

Today, with 3 million more customers, gas is the long-established market leader. On latest figures, for example, it accounts for over three-quarters of all new central heating installation in Britain. It still has all its natural advantages, and much of the equipment available today is even more efficient. In addition, despite the price increases of recent years, gas is the best buy in the energy market in almost all applications. In fact, it is significantly cheaper today, in real terms, than it was twenty years ago.

As the cost of the gas it buys from the North Sea has increased, British Gas has successfully pruned its other costs to keep prices to customers highly competitive. Indeed, a recent consultants’ report, jointly commissioned by the Government and British Gas, concluded that the Corporation had a an impressive record over the last ten years in the efficient management of the industry. The battle continues to improve performance still more.

But you can get even better value from gas by some simple energy conservation measures. Lagging your loft, putting an insulating jacket on your hot water tank and weather-stripping windows and doors are all low-cost - and effective - ways of saving gas.

And it doesn’t cost anything to turn down your central heating thermostat a little, make sure your time clock only turns on the heating when you need it, or take a shower instead of a bath.

For more detailed information on how to make the most of good value gas, pick up a copy of our free leaflet from your gas showroom.

Since most people are not paid quarterly, quarterly gas bills may be a bit of headache, even though gas in good value. That’s why the gas people offer a choice of ways to spread the cost your gas more evenly throughout the year. You can pay monthly - by standing order or Post Office Giro, or in cash with our special Gas Vouchers-, if you don’t have a bank or Giro account.

Or, if you’d prefer to put more aside at some times that at others, you can buy our Gas Savings Stamps

at your gas showroom or from some sub-post offices.

Ask at your showroom for detailed information about any of these schemes.

41. Why did gas tot begin to be popular?

A. It was cheaper than other fuels.

B. It was a novelty C. It was part of an efficient new production.

D. It was clean and easy to regulate.

42. How many people use gas today?

A. We are not told B. 3 million more than twenty years ago.

C. 3 million.

D. Three quarters of a million.

43. Why is gas cheaper in real terms than in the past?

A. The cost of North Sea Gas has fallen.

B. The performance of gas is better.

C. Saving have been made elsewhere.

D. The appliances are more efficient.

44. Why has it been made possible to pay monthly ?

A. It is easier to pay through post offices.

B. Bills give a headache.

C. It is better value to pay monthly.

D. Salaries are not paid four times a year.

45. How does the ad suggest you can save money?

A. Do not use your central heating.

B. Do not take baths to often.

C. Stop heat escaping from the house.

D. Buy a leaflet at the gas showroom, VII. Read the text below and choose the answer A, B,C or D which you think fits best according to the text.

Bulbs are ideal for new gardeners, including children, because they are easy to plant and they always flower well in their first season. They need comparatively little attention, provided that the soil has been properly prepared, and the place where they are planted is chosen with care. They will last for many years and give you an annual show of flowers that are often so richly coloured or beautiful formed as to be in a class apart from other garden flowers.

However, it is a mistake to buy bulbs without any plan of what effect you really want from them. I have written this book to help in selecting the most suitable bulbs for the typical, small, modem garden of the non-specialist gardener, and have made some suggestions to help readers who may not have had a garden before.

To many books for beginners tell new gardeners to grow a few “sensible” kinds ofplants and leave the more interesting kinds to adventurous experts. For the first few years of one’s gardening life one should, it seems, concentrate on learning simple techniques while admiring the gardens of more experienced neighbors.

In fact, as a learner-gardener you need not fear that your efforts will necessarily show your inexperience, because (and here I give away a most closely-guarded secret), provided the bulbs come from a really reliable source, it is possible to produce as good results in your first year of gardening as in your eightieth. There are some difficult bulbs that will disappoint you, notably some lilies and a few miniature daffodils, but these are often no more attractive than the really easy ones. Therefore, be bold with bulbs; they are a sound investment for any garden.

Never be content to plant the bulbs by themselves. The majority look best when planted among other kinds of plants, because they have unattractive leaves which are thus hidden. There are a few bulbs, such as standard daffodils, which are, however, at their best grown in short grass.

46. Why should new gardeners try growing bulbs?

A. They will grow anywhere in the garden.

B. They are cheap, so a great many can be grown.

C. Once planted, little after-care us needed.

D. Their flowers get better and better each year.

47. What is this book on gardening about?

A. The choice of bulbs for small gardens.

B. Planning an easily maintained garden.

C. General advice for beginner gardeners.

D. Up-to-date information on new bulbs.

48. Inexperienced gardeners are often told that they should A. learn by visiting other gardens.

B. plant only a few types of plants.

C. ask their experienced neighbors for advice.

D. experiment with different plants.

49. Bulbs are described as ail investment because A. they flower year after year.

B. they go on flowering all summer.

C. they beginner can learn from them.

D. they make other plants look good.

50. Some lilies and miniature daffodils arc different from other bulbs they are A. difficult to grow successfully.

B. particularly attractive in colour C. disappointing when they flower. D. rare and very eye-catching, VIII. Read the word or phrase that best complete the blank in each sentence.

51. When he retired he discovered that his pension only gave him enough to………….basic expenses.

A. spend B. cover C. fund D. manage 52.I’ve had the car for 15 years so it was about time I………….rid of it A. Put B. pushed C. took D. manage 53. - “What do you think about the new exams?”

-Im really concerned about is the effect on students grades” A. Whether B. What C. That D. Why 54. I promise to keep what you tell me in ………….confidence.

A. tightest B. admitted C. hardest D. adopted 55. Mr. and Mrs. Thompson ............... a baby because they because they couldn’t have any children of their own.

A. adapted B. admitted C. accepted D. adopted 56. They hate zoos as they believe it is cruel to keep animals…………..

A. under observation B. in captivity C. under arrest D. behind bars 57. He denied .................. in anything illegal.

A. to be involved B. being involved C. not to be involved D. not being involved 58. Businesses in even the .................. countries are adopting the use of computers in order to operate more efficiently.

A. most developing B. most developed C. least developing D. least developed 59. Onthe weekend, children are admitted to the museum free of A. cost B. expense C. charge D. fare 60. I hear the film isn’t worth………….. It got very bad reviews.

A. seeing B. to be seen C. to see D. being seen 61. They are so wealthy they can………….six homes without even noticing the expenses.

A. maintain B. attain C. retain D. contain 62. Thousands of children will starve to death if emergency ………….is notreceived soon.

A. save B. aid C. help D. support 63. “Can we get to the beach on foot?”

- You’ve got to be joking! It’s almost………….from here.”

A. a drive for two hours B. a two-hour drive C. a two driving D. a two hour’s drive 64. The hotel gives a .................. to regular customers.

A. reservation B. deposit C. discount D. bargain 65. After the break-in, the company decided to………….security.

A. straighten up B. narrow down C. clamp down D. tighten up 66. If she hadn’t gone to college, she………….such a good job today.

A. wouldn’t have B. doesn’t have C. won’t have D. wouldn’t have had 67. The average………….of a dog is about fifteen years.

A. lifespan B. livelihood C. lifestyle D. life 68. I’m afraid it’s been a while since I read the report - could you just………….mymemory with a few facts?

A. refresh B. review C. renew D. revive 69. The twins are such good athletes that………….should worry about the try-outs A. neither of them B. any of them C. either of them D. none of them 70. “You look exhausted! What’s wrong?”

- It’s my new job. I can’t………….so early.

A. get used to waking B. get use to wake up C. be used to wake up D. be used to waking up 71. He………….to have visited the United States more than a dozen times.

A. claims B. confesses C. declares D. refuses 72. His determination to pass the exam so great that he studied………….

A. from day to night B. by day and night C. day an night D. by day and by night 73. There is a good………….it will rain as the sky is very overcast A. capability B. possibility C. chance D. opportunity 74. By the………….on her face, I’d say she was absolutely furious.

A. view B. sight C. air D. look 75. “Where can I buy some soft drinks now?”

- “The store near John’s house………….all night.”

A. is opened B. is open C. opens D. is opening 76. “How dare you ................ my favorite sweater without asking me first!”

A. borrowed B. to borrow C. borrow D. are borrowing 77. How could anyone have ............... a fall from the top of that high cliff?

A. survived B. persisted C. existed D. remained 78. Jackie………….to travel and nobody can change her mind.

A. was determined B. determined C. has determined D. is determined 79. “What happened after I left the meeting?”

- “We finished assigning tasks, then we went on ............... the budget.”

A. to discuss B. discussing C. for discussing D. to have discussed 80. My father thinks the………….sixties and early seventies was the greatest erafor popular music.

A. late B. latest C. lately D. last 81. “What was Marcia’s reaction to the announcement?”

- “............... to fix the car all morning”.

A. not knowing B. to know not C. not to know D. knowing not.

82. Citizens should………….the law to the best of their ability.

A. deserve B. conserve C. preserve D. observe 83. "Look at you! You're covered on grease!”

-“………….to fix the car all morning” A. I’ve tried B. I had tried C. I’ve been trying D. I tried

84.If you are not here………….at 8 a.m, the bus will have without you.

A. accurately B. sharply C.concisely D. punctually 85. she wasn't a strict teacher but cheating was one thing she………….allow for.

A. mustn’t B. wouldn t C. concisely D. punctually 86. Cars and factories …………. toxic fumes that pollute the environment.

A. commit B. emit C. admit D. omit 87. She's lonely sometimes because she has………….close friends.

A. a few B. only few C. few D. quite a few 88. Although her proposal for the new ad campaign was a good one, it was………….because it was similar to one already used.

A. turned back B. turned off C. turned away D. turned down 89. “Who re-organized all the files?”

- “Peter………….it - he's not here.”

A. mightn’t have done B. needn’t have done C. can't have done D. mustn’t have done.

90. I'm not………….; I have a younger brother.

A. an only child B. the only child C. only a child D. a child only IX. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differentlyfrom the others.

91. A. tamed B. dam C. tanned D. tank 92. A. weary B. whole C. wrist D. wreck 93. A. driver B. blithe C. driven D. fright 95. A. double B. courageous C. cousin D. country 96. A. draught B. sauce C. faucet D. mausoleum X. Read the text and choose the answer A, B, C or D which you think fits best according to the text.

The slaughter of animals for meat is one of the few industries that turn almost every piece of waste into a useful by-product. Hide, hair, glands, fat, bones, organs and intestines are converted into raw materials for a wide range of industrial, medical, human and animal food products.

But there is one waste product that is exceptionally to deal with, and until recently has defied efforts to find a satisfactory for its disposal. That is blond residue.

In 1982 more than 800,000 tons were dumped into public drainage systemsthroughout Europe.

The hidden cost to taxpayers of pollution and of the burden on sewage purification plants is high. In biological terms, the problem of disposal lies in neutralizing protein proportion, 140,000 tons, of the blood residue.

Several countries have developed methods of protein recovery. In Denmark and Finland it is partially processed into animal feed for mink farms.

But he cost of that partial recovery is high and the protein recovered only a quarter of that available.

Two years ago France, which has the biggest slaughterhouses in Europe, began a two-year a two-year study into how abattoir blood residues might be used rather than simply neutralized for efficient disposal.

The outcome was a biotechnology process producing an alternative to soya or whey proteins, the additions to sausages, pates, cooked meats and meat pies which supplement meat content or provide certain functional properties.

The process was perfected in conjunction with the Danish biotechnology company Novo Industri, a large manufacturer of industrial enzymes, which has developed a biotechnology-based process. It separates the harem (coloring pigment) from the globin in blood pigment, thus allowing all of protein available in residue to be recovered.

A plant on commercial scale is to tested in France soon.

The process is a combination of biochemical conversion with special enzymes and mechanical filtration that turns most of the original dark fluid into a cream-colored powder.

96. Until recently, what has been done with blood residue?

A. It has been converted into food for animals.

B. It has been stored.

C. It has been thrown away.

D. It has been used for industrial purposes.

97. In order to dispose of the residue A. it is necessary to dump a great amount at once.

B. it is necessary to take it to Europe.

C. it must be changed into food.

D. it must have the protein taken out.

98. The process of using blood residue for Denmark.

A. has been perfected in Finland and Denmark.

B. began only two years ago.

C. has been perfected only in France.

D. produces substances which can be added to food.

99. The Danish company Novo Industri A. can separate parts of the blood.

B. recovered the blood buy biotechnology.

C. tried to find a way to change the colour of blood.

D. turned the blood into industrial enzymes.

100. At the end of the Novo I nd ustri process A. a dark fluid is recovered.

B. a creamy fluid is found.

C. the blood residue is no longer a liquid.

D. the residue of the blood is recovered.

B. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN I. Read the following letter of complaint from a teenager and fill each blank with only ONE word.

Dear Sir, I am writing to complain about your article on teenage spending. I think it is unfair to (1)...............that all teenagers are materialistic, we are not all greedy andselfish. As (2)...............as I’m concerned, adults spend lots of money on clothes,computers and cars too. However, I do agree that (3)..............., both teenagers andadults, want more nowadays. I think there are many A for this. Firstly, welive in consumer society and we (5)...............designer clothes, videos, andcomputer games advertised all the (6)...............on our televisions.

Also, there is alot (7)...............money available than when our parents were young and more thingsto (8)...............in the shops so it is easier to spend more. (9)...............addition,parents are an example to their children. If they (10)...............to stop young peopleconsuming to such then they must stop spending money themselves.

On the other hand, not (11)............... teenagers spend money on designer clothes and CDs, some save their money for the (12)............... I have a part—time job and am saving for a new bicycle, I don’t buy expensive labels and nor (13)...............my friends.

Finally, it is not teenagers that (14) ............... all the financial problems in ạ family parents should stop spend too, so please stop (15) ............... teenagers for everything Yours sincerely, Lidia Appleby II. Use the words given in capitals at the and of each sentence to form a word that fits in the space.

Example: 0. Shopping has changed beyond recognition over the last 30 years. RECOGNIZE 1. He is the author of three and………………article.

NUMBER 2. That was one of the most………………exhibitions I’ve seen. SPECTACLE 3. They’re got very ……………… kids, as I remember.

QUARREL 4. Kate was driven to the church for her wedding in a horse-drawn ………………CARRY 5. There is something wrong with anyone who is so………………rude. HABIT 6. The police have taken the………………of every man in the neighborhood whomatched the rapist’s

description. FINGER 7. Plants keep cool during the summer by……………… water form their leaves.VAPOUR 8. The streets were………………with strings of coloured lights. LUMINOUS 9.………………, the side effects of the drugs were not discovered until many people hadbeen seriously damaged by it. TRAGEDY 10. The………………of old technology has slowed the company’s growth. RETAIN III. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same printed before it.

1. Thank to the success of his first album, he is now a wealthy man. → Had ................................................................................................................................................

2. Another two years were to pass before he became the headof the Government. → Not ................................................................................................................................................

3. The world situation may change a lot, but our Party will steadfastly maintain the banner of socialism. →However..........................................................................................................................................

4. Nothing annoyed him more than students chewing and spiting tobacco. → What................................................................................................................................................

5. She became interested in wildlife conservation, so she joined Greepeace →But....................................................................................................................................................

6. Daisy wished she hadn't given her email address to the marketing company. → Daisy regretted.................................................................................................................................

7. We reported the case of cheating to the relevant authority as soon as we discovered it. → No.....................................................................................................................................................

8. He made such a logical appeal that we were persuaded to follow his advice. → So......................................................................................................................................................

9. She mistakenly thought the tall man was Tim’s brother. → She mistook......................................................................................................................................

10. “You were cheating”, said Carol to June. → Carol accused....................................................................................................................................

IV. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence, but using the word given. This word must not be altered in any way.

1. Morris was proud to be part of such a brilliant team HIMSELF 2. They say they are in no way responsible for anything that goes wrong. RESPONSIBILITY 3. Could you close the window?

MIND 4. Linda finally persuaded me to buy a new car.

TALKED 5. It’s your fault that your child has an addiction BLAME V. Write in 150 -180 words on either of the following topics Changes I’d most like to make in myself A time when something did not go as expected.

ĐỀ SỐ 21 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hà Tĩnh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently fromthat of the rest.

1. A. hope B. stop C. slope D.cope B. attention C. event D. talent 2. A. technical 3. A. encounter B. enter C. enlarge D. entrust

4. A. call B. count C. centre 5. A. pure B. durable C. cure II. Pick out the word whose syllable is stressed differently from the others.

1. A. passage B. enjoyable C. moment 2. A. associate B. together C. traveler 3. A. weather B. Electric C. absorb 4. A. preference B. attraction C. advantage 5. A. escaping B. eruption C. delicate III. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete the sentence.

1. What …………..your sister like? She is funny and intelligent.

A. is B. does C. was 2. If I knew you………….busy, I wouldn’t disturb you.

A. were B. had been C. are 3. The man………….towards us is an engineer.

A. coming B. comes C. is coming 4. If you had come to the party, you………….her.

A. would meet B. would have met C. had met 5. The company………….employees are on strike is closing down soon.

A. which B. whose C. that 6. Water………….at 100°C. A. boil B. is boiling C. boils 7. Sunday is a holiday………….most people rest.

A. which B. that C. where 8. When she was cooking dinner, she ………….her finger.

A. cuts B. cut C. was cutting 9. Ihave lived here since I………….10.

A. am B. have been C. will be 10. They would be angry if you………….them.

A. aren’t B. don’t C. won’t 11. What will you do if you………….a million dollars?

A. win B. won C. had won 12. If you stay up late, you ………….sleepy the next morning.

A. feel B. felt C. would feel 13.………….which attract so many visitors as Venice, Italy.

A. Fewer B. As few C. There are few 14. He was………….of all his money.

A. stolen B. robbed C. removed 15. I ………….him to arrive in a fortnight.

A. expect B. wait C. hope 16. The question was difficult therefore………….of students could answer it.

A. few B. a lot of C. a few 17. The people in the theatre are the………….

A. audience B. lookers C. observers 18. If you live in a house which is not yours you have to pay………….

A. a fee B. rent C. fare 19. The person who designs a house is the……………

A. engineer B. architect C. painter 20. Can you……………a pound note? I need some coins for the telephone box.

A. exchange B. change C. give 21. What……………. advice she gave us !

D. cable D. pursue D. matches D. protected D. potential D. discover D. explain

D. did D. would be D. to come D. met D. where D. was boiling D. when D. is cutting D. was D. didn’t visit D. will win D. will feel D. Few places D. taken D. suspect D. a bit D. watchers D. charge D. builder D. offer

A. so good B. such good C. a good 22.My dog as well as my cats …………..twice a day.

A. eat B. eats C. has eaten 23.When I came into the class, I realized I knew…………..

A. them all B. all them C. they all 24. Do it right now,………….?

A. do you B. aren’t you C. will you 25.We………… for her for ten minutes.

A. wait B. waited C. are waiting 26. His father is not interested in tennis and………….

A. he doesn’t, either B. so doesn't he C. neither does he 27. The little girl wasted half an hour ………….for herpicture book.

A. look B. looking C. to look 28.………….does it take you to do the washing?

A. How fast B. What time C. How long 29. Your hair is long. Are you going to ………….?

A. have it cut B. have cut it C. be cutting it 30. Would you like tea or coffee? –I…………… drink tea than coffee.

A. would like B. would prefer C. would rather 31. It is high time you……………more attentive in class.

A. are B. were C. must be 32. He was……………that we turned off the TV set immediately.

A. so bad singer B. such bad singer C. such bad a singer 33.Iwish you……………that! It’s really annoying habit.

A. won’t do B. couldn’t do C. wouldn’t do 34. “I’m sorry about that!” - “……………!”

A. That’s right B. Of course C. It’s OK 35. Not until 2008……………across the river.

A. the first bridge was built B. the first building of a bridge was C. built the first bridge D. was the first bridge built 36. Excuse me! I’m learning my lesson. ..................turning down your stereo a bit?

A. Would you please B. Would you mind C. Could you D. Would you like 37. I was just……………to go out when Peter phoned.

A. used B. planned C. about 38. The book provides students……………useful tips to pass the coming exam.

A. of B. about C. on 39.……………he practiced hard, he didn’t pass the driving test.

A. As long as B. Even though C. In spite of 40. I felt disappointed because I was ……………by the company I applied to.

A. criticized B. rejected C. blamed 41. If I were you, I……………harder to pass the examination A. would work B. will work C. worked 42. We were all hungry, so she suggested…………….dinner early.

A. to have B. having C. had 43. I wish I…………..in London with my friends now.

A. am B. was C. were 44.I find it difficult to make a good…………..on this problem.

A. want B. decision C. thought 45. We didn't…………..to the station in time to catch the train.

D. good D. have eaten D. all of they D. don’t you D. have been waiting D. neither is he D. looked D. How often D. have it cutting D. would wish D. have been D. so bad a singer D. don’t do D. You’re welcome

D. around D. with D. If D. forgotten D. work D. have.

D. will be D. view

A. reach B. arrive C. get D. lead 46. My mother is one of the women who…………..money.

A. enjoys to spend B. enjoys spending C. enjoy spending D. enjoy to spend 47. Their exports are just……………..ours.

A. similar B. like C. as D. same 48. You may put money in a small coin bank,…………… a piggy bank at home tokeep it safe.

A. as such B. such C. such as D. so 49. It is time you ……….hard for the exam.

A. to revise B. revise C. revised D. revising 50.I live in Dalat,……………is one of the most beautiful cities of Vietnam.

A. who B. where C. which D. that IV. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences. deaf science apply care success live blood health attention short 1. Nowadays laser beams can be used to treat………...

2. Thousands of………...are working hard to find out remedies to swine flu.

3. Only five………...were shoplifted for the interview.

4. Peter drives very……….... He’s hardly had a minor accident.

5. My father has lately………...in giving up smoking.

6. After the earthquake, very few people were found to be………....

7. Your son is very naughty. He has cut himself again, and it is………...badly.

8. The doctor tried to………...the soldier’s wound in a fierce battle.

9. She is a studious pupil. She always listens ………...to her teachers' lessons.

10. Whenever there are food………...people immediately preserve food.

V. There is a mistake in each of following sentence find and correct it 1. He spent two hours to translate this text into English yesterday morning.

2. We are going on a trip to a countryside with our classmates next month.

3. Many of the peoples in my home village have lived in their village all their lives.

4. First the examiner asked me what my name was, and where I come from.

5. Could you send me some information about a possibly course that I can take?

6. They who arrive early will get the best selection of seats.

7. Fertilize farmland is one of the biggest natural resources in the Central States.

8. There are many different ways of comparing the economy of one nation with 1 those of another.

9. Drug addition has resulted of many destroyed careers and expulsions from I school or college.

10. The company did not want to hire a man that his experiment was so limited.

11. I have a very interested job because as a journalist I meet many people.

12. My boss watches me closely and lets me know how I am doing and tells me if I am doing bad.

13. You probably have never heard of my country where I live because it’s very far of your home.

14. I would like you see some pictures of my country and I will attach them to my next report.

15. I am trying since I was at school to learn a foreign language but it was difficult for me.

16. On their very first evening he told his wife he was just going out for a short walking but it was really to buy her some flowers.

17. He found a shop quickly and brought the flowers but he couldn’t get back to the hotel.

18. I have eaten too many of those greasy bacon pies, and now feel sickly.

19. He was upset last Monday morning by her bad attitudes.

20. My brother is not old enough for driving a car.

VI. Choose the best answer to fill in each of the gaps in the text below.

There’s now increasing concern about the world’s energy resources, particularly about those involving fossil (1).................. In less than a hundred years we shall probably (2)..................all the present (3)..................of oil and gas. The world’s coal (4)..................should last longer but, once used, these can not be

(5) ...................

It is important, therefore, that we should develop such (6) ..................sources of energyas solar energy and nuclear energy as well as water and wind (7).................. (classed as(8)..................energy).Until these energy (9)..................are widely used, it is important for thedeveloped countries to reduce energy (10)..................as much as possible.

1. A. fuels B. powers C. forms D. energies 2. A. end B. complete C. total D. exhaust 3. A. findings B. productions C. amounts D. sources 4. A. resserves B. stores C. mines D. contents 5. A. updated B. repeated C. renewed D. produced 6. A. traditional B. alternative C. surprising D. revolutionary 7. A. force B. strength C. power D. motion 8. A. repeatable B. continual C. renewable D. continuous 9. A. goods B. supplies C. provisions D. materials 10. A. exhaustion B. destruction C. waste D. consumption VII. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

George Washington was bom on February 22nd, 1732 in Virginia. His (1)................were Augustine and Mary Washington. George (2)................ up on a farm inVirginia. Little is (3)................ of his early childhood.

He attended (4)................irregularly from his 7th to his 15th year. His (5)................subject was mathematics.He learned to be a surveyor of land when he grew up. He (6)................the army andwas a leader during the American Revolution. He later became the first (7)................of the United States.

George Washington is (8)................by his people the "Father of our country".The Americans (9)................ his birthday on Presidents' Day in February. His(10)................ is on the one-dollar bill.

VIII. Read the following passage and then put a circle round the letter of the correct words to complete each sentence which follows.

KEPPING OUR TEETH HEALTHY It’s very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice.

How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth.

Eventually, poison goes into the blood, and we may feel quite ill.

How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.

Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for or teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

1. Good teeth help us…………..

A. be nice B. have good eyesight C. chew our food D. be important 2. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth…………..

A. become hard B. begin to decay C. send poison into the blood D. make us feel quite ill 3. A lot people visit a dentist only when…………..

A. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth C. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth 4. We ought to try to clean our teeth ................

A. once a day B. at least twice a day C. between meals D. before breakfast 5. We shouldn't eat a lot of …………….

A. red rice B. fresh fruit C. fish D chocolate 6. Sweets are harmful because they make our teeth ……………

A. black B. ache C. bad D. cracked IX. Rewrite the following sentences, begin as shown and keep the meaning unchanged.

1. The flight from Bangkok to London lasted for mote than twelve hours. → It took.................................................................................................................................

2. No decision on the issue has beenmade yet. → Nothing...............................................................................................................................

3. It was such a boring film that she felt asleep. →The film ................................................................................................................................

4. One of my favorite pastimes is watching plays. →Going ....................................................................................................................................

5. You can borrow the car but you’ve got to fill it up with petrol. → Provided...............................................................................................................................

6. It's quite pointless to complain about the situation. → There is no.............................................................................................................................

7. She spends too much money on clothing. →If.............................................................................................................................................

8. You are the worst footballer in the world. →No one.....................................................................................................................................

9. Susan finds it easy to make friends at her new school. → Susan has no...........................................................................................................................

10. There are a lot of vehicles on the road today. → There is....................................................................................................................................

X. Use the words given to make meaningful sentences so as to complete a story.

1. man/ holiday/ London/ first time 2. after/ arrive/ hotel/ he/ send/ wife/ telegram 3. in/ telegram/ he/ inform/ wife/ of/ safe/ arrival 4. he/ also/ give/ her/ name/ address/ hotel 5. next day/ he/ go/ sightseeing/ round/ London 6. he/ satisfy/ enjoy/ visit/ much/ as/ it/ one/ most beautiful cities/ world 7. he/ go/ restaurant/ have/ dinner/ after/ tour 8. he/ tired/ want/ go back/ hotel/ get/ some sleep 9. unfortunately/ he/ not remember/ name/ address/ hotel 10. late that night/ wife/ receive/ strange/ telegram/ say/ “please/ send/ name/ address/ hotel/ at once”.

ĐỀ SỐ 22 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Bắc Ninh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (10 points) I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others in each group. (5 points) B. comic C. hike D. website 1. A. climate 2. A. worked B. laughed C. hoped D. naked 3. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate

4. A. erupt B. humor C. UFO D. communicate B. bomb C. viable D. bulb 5. A. buddhish II. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points) 1. A. comprise B. depend C. design D. novel 2. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity 3. A. friendliness B. occasion C. pagoda D. deposit 4. A. importing B. specific C . impolite D. important 5. A. federation B. unpolluted C. disappearing D. profitable B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (35 points) I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence. (10 points) 1. All the sentences below use “the”, which is the correct one?

A. Can you pass the sugar please?

B. The crime is a problem in many big cities.

C. The apples are good for you.

D. I love the skiing.

2. Our friends have lived in Ho Chi Minh city………..2002.

A. for B. since C. in D. about 3. He prefers soccer………..tennis.

A. from B. than C. to D. or 4. If they worked more carefully, they……….. so many mistakes.

A. won’t make B. don’t make C. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make 5. He………..to his friend’s party when his parents asked him to go home.

A. goes B. was going C. went D. has gone 6. There’s a strange man behind us. I think………...

A. we are followed B. we are being followed C. we are being following D. we are following 7. Which of the following is the strongest advice?

A. You should get a hair - cut.

B. If I were you, I’d get a hair-cut.

C. You ought to get a hair- cut.

D. You really must get a hair- cut.

8. ………..you mind if I use your dictionary?

A. Will B. Do C. Can D. Did 9. Mr. Vo Van Kiet,………..was our former Prime Minister, was born in Vinh Long A. that B. whose C. Who D. whom 10. All that rubbish will have to be………..at once.

A. get rid of B. got rid of C. got rid D. getting rid of II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. (10 points) 1. My friend was (make)………..(pay)………..back the book.

2. Hardly he (take)………..up the book when the phone (ring)………...

3. Can you imagine what I (come)………..across when I (roll)………..up thecarpet yesterday?

4. If she wins the prize, it (be)………..because she (write)………..very well.

5. He resented (ask)………..(wait)………... He had expected the minister to seehim at once.

III. Give the correct form of the word in brackets to complete each sentence. (10 points) 1. A lot of toys encourage children’s……….. (imagine) 2. The factory has provided cheaper……….. lately (produce) 3. Burning coal is an……….. way of heating a house. Gas is muchcheaper. (economy) 4. According to some scientists the earth is losing its outer atmosphere becauseof………... (pollute) 5. She has one of the biggest art………..in Britain. (collect) 6.………..has caused many so-called man-made disasters. (forest) 7.………..often walk through the streets shouting or singing about somethingthey sell. (cry)

8. Gas and oil………..always increases in cold weather. (consume) 9. The police are interested in the sudden………..of the valuable painting.(appear) 10. He claimed that his………..had caused him to become a criminal. (bring up) IV. Each of the following sentences has four words or phrases underlined. The four underlined parts of the sentence are marked A, B,C, D. You are to identify the one underlined word or phrase that should be corrected or rewritten. (5 points) 1.Preserving natural resources meanreserving them for our future.

A BCD 2. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people stillpreferto travel by plane.

A BCD 3. Regardless of your teaching method, the objective of any conversation classshould be for students A B to practicespeaking words.

CD 4. Theinjured man was taken to the hospital.

AB CD 5. In order for one to achieve the desired results in this experiment, it is necessary that hework as fastly as possible.

D A B C C. READING (30 points) I. The reading is followed by several questions about it. There are four possible answers (A, B, C, or D) for each question. Choose the best answer. (5 points) BENJAMIN FRANKLIN Few people can embody the spirit of early America as much as Benjamin Franklin. He lived through almost the whole of the eighteenth century, being born six years after, and dying ten years before it ended. In this time he saw the American colonies grow from tiny settlements into a nation, and he also contributed much to the development of the new state.

At the age of 17 Franklin ran away to Philadelphia. He had already received some training as a printer’s apprentice, and this helped him seven years later, with his first publication, the Pennsylvania Gazette.

He also received a contract to do government printing work, which helped him to rise from his poor background to become a successful entrepreneur. Some of his experience in business was shared in his famous Poor Richard’s Almanak, which established his reputation throughout the American colonies. In another of his works, the Autobiography, which was written toward the end of his life, he shows the same quiet common sense.

He was deeply interested in science and natural history, and his experiments with electricity and lightning led directly to the invention of the lightning rod. He was also interested in improving the conditions of his fellow men. He was involved in a number of projects in his native Philadelphia, including the setting up of a library, a university, a philosophical society, and-because he was a pragmatic man-a fire prevention service. In 1753 he became Postmaster-General of the colonies. Through this experience he began to develop the idea that the colonies of North America should be a single nation. Later, he went to London to try to persuade the British government to change the conditions, especially the taxes, that later led the American colonists into rebellion.

Whatever Benjamin Franklin’s personal feelings about the rebellion of the American states, he worked hard to make it succeed. As ambassador to France, he encouraged the French to help George Washington.

After the war he attended the American constitutional congress. This was his last contribution, for he died later that year.He is still fondly remembered by Americans as one of the creators of the United States.

1. what is a good description for this text.

A. An autobiography of Benjamin Franklin.

B. The life of Benjamin Franklin.

C. The works of Benjamin Franklin.

D. Franklin and American Independence.

2. When was Benjamin Franklin bom?

A.1806 B. 1794 C. 1717 D. 1706 3. Which of these happened first?

A. Franklin trains as a painter.

B. Franklin runs away to Philadelphia.

C. the American colonies rebel D. Franklin starts his first publication.

4. What was Poor Richard’s Almanak about?

A. Franklin's reputation.

B. How to succeed in business.

C. how to do government printing.

D. The text does not say.

5. In which countries did Franklin live?

A. England and France.

B. Philadelphia and England.

C. London and America.

D. England. America and France.

II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (0). (15 points) SAVING THE TIGER In 1973, when the tiger appeared to (0)...be... facing extinction, the World Wide Fund for nature and (1)........ Indian Government agreed to set (2)........ “Operation Tiger” - a campaign (3)........ save this threatened creature. They started by creating nine special parks (4)........ that tigers could live in safety. The first was at Ramthambhore , a region (5)........ was quickly turning into a desert (6)........ too much of the grass was being eaten by the local people's cattle. At the time there (7)..........just fourteen tigers left there. The government had to cleartwelve small villages, which means moving nearly 1,000 people and 10,000 cattle so the land (8)........ be handed back to nature.

Today, Ramthambhore is a very different place, with grass tall (9)..........fortigers to hide in, and There are now at (10)..........forty of them (11)..........the park,wandering freely about. Other animals have also benefited. For example, there are many (12)........ deer and monkeys than before. The people (13)........ were moved are now living in better conditions. They live in new villages away (14)........ the tiger park, with schools, temples and fresh water supplies. There are now sixteen such tiger parks in India and the animals’ future looks (15)..........little safer.

D. WRITING (25 points) I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before it, begin with the given word(s) or phrase. (20 points) 1. You should review your lessons for the exam. →It’s time..............................................................................................................................

2. That man used to work with me when I lived in New York. → That’s .................................................................. ............................................................

3. What a pity they close the shops at lunch-time. → I wished ............................................................................................................................

4. We like ice- cream but we don’t have it every day. → Although ..........................................................................................................................

5. When did you start working in that factory? → How long .........................................................................................................................

6. Oil was slowly covering the sand of the beach. → The sand...........................................................................................................................

7. “ Where’s the station car-park?” Mrs. Smith asked. → Mrs. Smith asked.............................................................................................................

8. He was sorry he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport. → He regretted.....................................................................................................................

9. I advise you not to buy that car. → If.......................................................................................................................................

10. Why don’t you ask her yourself? → I suggest that......................................................................................................................

II. Make full sentences based on given cues. (5 points) 1. If you/ not go/ the party/ I / go/ either.

2. Unless/ I/ have/ quiet room/ I/ not/ able/ do/ work.

3. nurse/ kind enough/ help him/ walk.

4. He/ rather spend/ holidays/ a farm/ seaside.

5.I/ return/ visit/ Japan. It/ wonderful trip

ĐỀ SỐ 23 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên, TP. Hồ Chí Minh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Choose the correct answer to fill in the blank. (40pts) 1. Carbon emissions from airplanes and other pollutants………….to global warming.

A. attribute B. stem C. contribute D. spark 2. He was ………….with bribery after she offered to pay the policeman a sum ofmoney to overlook the offence.

A. charged B. accused C. sued D. suspected 3. Some endurance events may be rescheduled if such high pollutionlevels ……….. a health risk to most athletes.

A. create B. present C. run D. face 4. Improving the overall environmental quality is a long-term battle in which we do want the participation of everyone in society in order to………..results.

A. realize B. reap C. bear D. generate 5. Hundreds of people in the hardest-hit zone are at from disease unless atsunami-like aid effort is mobilized.

A. threat B. menace C. risk D. danger 6. The result is impossible to predict with any degree of…………..

A. certainty B. assurance C. insurance D. probability 7. Parents play a………….role in a child’s upbringing in the formative years. They are really the driving force behind whatever the children do.

A. supporting B. crucial C. starring D. title 8. With three days to………….before the high school graduation examination, hehad to digest such a lot of facts.

A. go B. come C. remain D. spare 9. Television came into………….and became a competitor with the motion pictures.

A. practice B. enforcement C. use D. life 10. It’s a matter of life and death. As a consequence, we will give it serious …………..

A. review B. thoughts C. opinions D. consideration 11. Without………….,natural resources will be used up within a hundred years.

A. preservation B. maintenance C. conservation D. protection 12. Taking photographs in this world renowned museum is………….forbidden.

A. absolutely B. highly C. seriously D. strictly 13. The government stopped the local companies from importing fake milk powder………….of public health.

A. in the interest B. to the best C. for the attention D. on the safe side 14.………….the hard evidence against him, the jury had no option but to findhim guilty.

A. Given that B. In view of C. In regard to D. With a view to 15. Those ballpoint pens are made in a large………….of colors and styles.

A. series B. range C. collection D. network 16. He promised me an Oxford dictionary and to my great joy, he………….his word.

A. stood by B. stuck at C. went back on D. held onto

17. The development of laser use is a major………….in medicine.

A. breakaway B. breakup C. break-in D. breakthrough 18. Don’t be………….by misleading advertisements.

A. fooled around B. taken in C. put out D. seen through 19. The management team came………….criticism for the way they handled the situation.

A. in for B. up with C. up against D. out in 20. We are running out of petrol so we’ll have to stop………….at the next filling station.

A. over B. off C. by D. in 21. Pete: Let me pay for the meal. Margaret:………….

A. It's on me B. It’s my round C. I’ll make it D. Never remind me 22. Pete: If you ask me, action movies are great.

Margaret:…………..

A. You can say that again! B. Never mind!

C. That’s that.

D. Sure. It’s my pleasure.

23. Pete: What a fantastic cook you are, Margaret! - Margaret:…………...

A. Sorry, I don’t think so B. No, no, it's not true C. It’s kind of you to say so D. I'd prefer it 24. My mother has a ………….. for a bargain.

A. big nose B. fast foot C. good eye D. keen sense 25. One can’t help …………..compassion for the people who lost their homes inthe earthquake.

A. to feel B. but feel C. from feeling D. in feeling 26.…………..broken into while we were away on holiday.

A. We had our house B. Thieves had our house C. It was our house D. They have 27. Climate change and rising global food prices, which are…………..all people,are at the top of the agenda.

A. a cause for concerns to B. of concern to C. alarm bells from D. a cause for alarm at 28.I sent the prospectus to you by post weeks ago. It…………..by now.

A. should have arrived B. would have arrived C. must have arrived D. is supposed to arrive 29. …………..global solidarity, theworld would not be better prepared for theinfluenza H1N1 pandemic.

A. On account of B. Thanks to C. If not D. But for 30. Anti-terrorism forces were …………..full alert during the Olympic Games.

A. in B. under C. on D. at 31. The principal will declare the ceremony open as soon as all the graduates andguests…………...

A. will have sat B. have been seated C. will be sitting D. have seated 32. The mini dress was…………,but now it is making a comeback.

A. was once a fad thought to be finished B. was once thought to be a finished fad C. was a fad once thought to be finished D. was a fad thought to be once finished 33. Pete: "What do you usually do on Sunday night?" - Margaret: “…………timeI go out with my friends".

A. Most B. The most C. The most of D. Most of the 34. …………different in character we are, we have been mutual friends since ourchildhood.

A. However B. Despite being C. Although D. Whatever 35. "How was your visit to the dentist?" - "It was painless. I …………worried".

A. mustn’t have B. needn’t have C. didn't need to be D. wouldn t have 36.…………in Paris before, he didn’t know his way around when he took his family there.

A. Not be living B. Never having lived

C. His not living D. Because he has lived 37. Of the ten beauty spots my brother visited,………… left a lasting impressionon him.

A. none of which B. not one of them C. which none D. and none of them 38.…………show lasts three hours.

A. All the B. The whole C. Most D. Entire 39. …………that you should drink at least eight glasses of water a day.

A. Based on medical evidence, it suggests B. The medical evidence we suggest C. Medically, we suggest evidence D. There is no medical evidence to suggest 40. "It’s beautiful here!" — "I just wish we…………a camera with us".

A. brought B. would bring C. had brought D. were bringing II. Choose the word or phrase that best fits each space in the following passage. (30 pts) In child development there is an important phenomenon that shows very clearly the process of preparation for the future: play. (1).................to popular belief,its importance should never be underestimated.

Games are not the haphazard creations of parents or educators. They should be seen as educational (2).................and as stimuli for the child’s (3)................., imagination and life skills. Every gameis a preparation for the future. The manner in which children (4).................a game,their choice of game and the importance they (5) .................upon it, show theirattitude and relationship to their environment and how they relate to their (6).................human beings. Whether they are hostile or whether they are friendly,and particularly whether they show qualities as leaders, are clearly (7).................intheir play. In observing children at play we can see their whole attitude towards life; play is of the (8) ................. importance to every child.

But play is more than preparation for life. Games are (9)................. communalexercises that enable children to develop their social feeling. Children who avoid games and play are always (10)................. to the suspicion that they have not(11).................satisfactorily to life. These children gladly withdraw from all games, or when they are sent to the playground with other children usually (12).................the pleasure of others. Pride, lack of (13)................. and the consequent fear of ‘getting it wrong’ are the main reasons for this behavior. In general, by watching children at play, we can determine (14) .................great certainty the (15)................. andquality of their social feeling.

1. A. In contrast B. Contrary C. According D. Due 2. A. means B.sources C. tools D. aids 3. A. psyche B. physiology C. mindset D. nerves 4. A. operate B. approach C. process D. experience 5. A. give B. accord C. place D. lay 6. A. fellow B. contemporary C. present D. peer 7. A. distinct B. evident C. noticeable D. marked 8. A. great B. utmost C. prime D. most 9. A. without doubts B. in all C. by far D. above all 10. A. attached B. open C. prone D. likely 11. A. survived B. adjusted C. changed D. grown 12. A. spoil B. damage C. vanish D. worsen 13. A. maturity B. egoism C. self-esteem D. development 14. A. on B. in C. with D. for 15. A. level B. scale C. scope D. extent III. Identify the mistake in each sentence. (20pts) 1.Having rested after a good night’s sleep, she jumped out of bed, left for work and put all her energies into it.

A B C D 2. These are among the most popular products is a well-known fact, and we believethat they will continue A B

to do so for some years to come.

C D 3. We are due forrain-triggered floods today, so you need to be under guard forthem and halt your outdoor work. A B C D 4. Though television is the dominant media for United States households, Garrison Keller’s A B Saturday night radio show of folk songs and stories is heard by millions of people, C D 5. There is a panel, to discuss about drug addiction, in progressin the student lounge.

A B C D 6. After the eruption shortly, the residents of the ranch, located close to the volcano,placed a call seeking evacuation.A B C D 7. Only recently did the talent spotter wake up to the fact that my daughter, an aspiringstarlet with A B great potentials, would make it to the top.

C D 8. In the face of a weakening economy and fuel crises, many people might wellmiss out on summer vacations.

A B C D 9. In order for our targets to set and meet, we require that the youth be at the forefrontof the fight against AIDS.A B C D 10. Though honored for her commitment for her profession, she is most proud ofher roles as a wife and mother.

A B C D IV. Supply the appropriate forms of words in the brackets. (30 pts) 1. As…………...as he is, it’s not surprising that he believed their lies. (IMPRESS) 2. Our factories, cars and power stations may poison the environmentwith…………...gases and chemical waste. (POLLUTE) 3. The monument was erected in,…………...of the fallen soldiers for posterity.(REMEMBER) 4. Being a career woman, Angelina devoted herself exclusively to…………... hercareer. (FAR) 5. Hopefully, patients infected with influenza A/H1N1 can betreatedwith…………...drugs like Tamiflu and Relenza. (VIRUS) 6. Urban sewage and industrial waste that man discharges into the sea have a…………...effect on marine life.

(DELETE) 7. We should make young people realize that drug-taking is…………...(DESTROY) 8. Good jobs are in short supply these days and you need to be on the …………...forthem as a result.

(LOOKING) 9. The invention of software by Bill Gates brought…………...wealth to him whenhe was 25. (TELL) 10. Mind your language, you guys. It is…………...rude. (EXCUSE) 11. One of the most studied of all ‘kitchen cures’, ginger has been used…………...for millennia. (MEDICINE) 12. Whenever examination is in progress, I often see parents, family members and …………... waiting anxiously outside the exam sites. (WISH) 13. There was a…………...in the arrangements so I missed my flight. (SLIP) 14.…………...skill is the one skill that can grant you the opportunity to get a goodjob. (LEAD) 15. Bill Gates is a…………...story of an entrepreneur. (SUCCEED) V. Read the passage and choose the best answer to the questions. (20 pts) The Winterthur Museum is a collection and a house. There are many museums devoted to the decorative arts and many house museums, but rarely in the Unite States is a great collection displayed in a great country house. Passing through successive generations of a single family, Winterthur has been a private estate for more than a century. Even after the extensive renovations made to it between 1929 and 1931, the house remained a family residence. This fact is of importance to the atmosphere and effect of the museum. The

impression of a lived-in house is apparent to the visitor: the rooms look as if they were vacated only a short while ago whether by the original owners of the furniture or the most recent residents of the house can be a matter of personal interpretation. Winterthur remains, then, a house in which a collection of furniture and architectural elements has been assembled. Like an English country house, it is an organic structure; the house, as well as the collection and manner of displaying it to the visitor, has changed over the years. The changes have coincided with developing concepts of the American arts, increased knowledge on the part of collectors and students, and a progression toward the achievement of a historical effect in period-room displays. The rooms at Winterthur have followed this current, yet still retained the character of a private house.

The concept of a period room as a display technique has developed gradually over the years in an effort to present works of art in a context that would show them to greater effect and would give them more meaning for the viewer. Comparable to the habitat group in a natural history museum, the period room represents the decorative ails in a lively and interesting manner and provides an opportunity to assemble objects related by style, date, or place of manufacture.

1. What does the passage mainly discuss?

A. The reason that Winterthur was redesigned B. Elements that make Winterthur an unusual museum C. How Winterthur compares to English country houses D. Historical furniture contained in Winterthur 2. The phrase "devoted to" in line 1 is closest in meaning to A. surrounded by B. specializing in C. successful in D. sentimental about 3. What happened at Winterthur between 1929 and 1931?

A. The owners moved out B. The house was repaired C. The old furniture was replaced D. The estate became a museum 4. What does the author mean by stating "the impression of a lived-in house is apparent to the visitor" (lines 56)?

A. Winterthur is very old B. Few people visit Winterthur C. Winterthur does not look like a typical museum D. The furniture at Winterthur looks comfortable 5. The word "assembled" in line 9 is closest in meaning to A. summoned B. appreciated C. brought together D. fundamentally changed 6. The word "it” in line 9 refers to A. Winterthur B. collection C. English country house D. visitor 7. The word “developing" in line 11 is closest in meaning to A. traditional B. exhibiting C. informative D. evolving 8. According to the passage, objects in a period room are related by all of the following EXCEPT A. date B. style C. place of manufacture D. past ownership 9. What is the relationship between the two paragraphs in the passage?

A. Paragraph 2 explains a term that was mentioned in Paragraph 1.

B. Each paragraph describes a different approach to the display of objects in a museum C. Paragraph 2 explains a philosophy of art appreciation that contrasts with that explained in Paragraph 1.

D. Each paragraph describes a different historical period 10. Where in the passage does the author explain why displays at Winterthur have changed?

A. lines 1-2 B. lines 4-5 C. lines 6-8 D. lines 10-12 VI. Supply each blank with one suitable word. (30 pts) The city of Melbourne, Australia has always had a (1).............. for unusual weather. Melbourne people enjoy (2).............. this joke to visitors: if you don't like the weather in Melbourne, don’t worry, just wait five

minutes, because it’s sure to change. At the beginning of 1992, Melbourne had its (3)..............January for over100 years. It rained for nine days on (4)............... As well as raining all day, theweather was also cold. At night, people in some Melbourne suburbs were (5).............. on their heating as (6)..............it was winter. It was (7)..............coldmany people could (8)..............believe that it was summer at all.

The best weather in Melbourne, however, is not usually in the summer: it is in the autumn. The autumn usually has more pleasant days (9)..............the summer.The weather in autumn is usually (10)..............of warm days and cool, comfortable(11)..............

The (12)..............of the city at this time of year is beautiful, too. Melbourne has many lovely gardens and parklands with beautiful trees. In the autumn, the trees change their (13)..............to red, gold and brown.

As they are (14)..............in the airby the wind of a late autumn day, the leaves add life to the city. So even if the summer is cold and wet, people in Melbourne can still look forward to the (15)..............of a warm sunny autumn.

VII. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (30 pts) 1. You don’t find such exquisite hand-made suits in many shops here. →In few..........................................................................................................................................

2. "Don’t worry. Of course you can take a month’s paid leave", said my boss. → My boss reassured .....................................................................................................................

3. His insistence on dropping out of the race at the last minute came as no shock to everybody. → He ............................................................................................................................................

4. What are the chances of Twilight 2 being a huge box-office success? → How likely ................................................................................................................................

5. I wish you hadn’t breathed a word about his private life to anyone. → I would like................................................................................................................................

6. Jack doesn’t know all the answers, though he pretends to. → Jack acts.....................................................................................................................................

7. The realization of what she had sacrificed for him led him to believe she was all the world to him. →Not ..............................................................................................................................................

8. We rely too much on the Internet. Therefore, our lives are in danger of becoming more impersonal. → Were............................................................................................................................................

9. Their work on developing an H1N1 vaccine is already under way to cope with the new strain. →They...............................................................................................................................................

10. Nowadays I consider taking up a hobby to be far less important than I used to. → Nowadays I don’t attach nearly.....................................................................................................

ĐỀ SỐ 24 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hưng Yên) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (1,0 point) I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (0,5pt) 1. A. environment B. government C. comment D. development 2. A. hamburger B. logical C. religion D. teenager B. reputation C. pollution D. innovation 3. A. equation 4. A. hard B. father C. rather D. sacrifice 5. A. assume B. sure C. size D. soup II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (0,5 pt) 6. A. support B. respond C. finish D. occur

7. A. memory B. compliment C. charity D. tradition 8. A. appliance B. efficiency C. misunderstand D. identify 9. A. violent B. encourage C. occasion D. material 10. A. magnificent B. necessary C. considerate D. accessible B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (3.0 points) I. Choose the word or phrase with the same meaning as the underlinedWrite A, B, C or D on your answer sheet (0.5pt) 1. The swimming pool in this hotel is always empty.

A. free of charge B. without any person C. without water D. closed 2. The medical community continues to make progress in the fight against cancer.

A. speed B. expectation C. improvement D. treatment 3. A nuclear station may take risk going off due to unexpected incidents.

A. demolishing B. exploding C. developing D. running 4. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.

A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after 5. From the evidence they inferred that he was guilty.

A. extended B. started C. commenced D. concluded II. Choose the bestword or phrase to complete the following sentences. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet (1,5 point).

1. You will never finish that job by tomorrow morning unless you…………..some help.

A. get B. would get C. will get D. will have got 2. "How many pages …………..so far?” - “Ten”, A. do you study B. did you study C. have you studied D. had you studied 3. Only because she had to support her family…………..to leave.

A. that Alice decides B. did Alice decide C. does Alice decide D. Alice decided 4. I've been working…………..quite a lot of pressure lately.

A. in B. with C. on D. under 5. I've known a person …………..hometown is famous for grapefruits.

A. who B. that C. whose D. whom 6. Look at these two beautiful vases. Which one do you like …………..

A. most B. better C. more than D. best 7. She never let you cook the meal,…………..?

A. didn't she B. doesn’t she C. did she D. does she 8. The doctor asked me to…………..my shirt.

A. put off B. take off C. take out D. put out 9.I can't imagine …………..anywhere except London.

A. living B. live C. to live D. that I live 10. The village seemed strangely familiar,…………..I’d never been there before.

A. however B. in spite of C. although D. despite 11. Don’t be late for the interview; people will think you are disorganized person A. unless B. or so C. if not D. otherwise 12. Those letters…………..now. You can do the typing later.

A. need typing B. needn't be typed C. need to type D. needn’t typing 13. Some of my friends are taking extra classes in English ………….. becometourist guides.

A. so that B. so as C. in order D. so as to 14. When I graduate from college next June, I………….a student here for five years A. will have been B. have been C. had been D. will be 15. We talked for hours of tilings and friends………….we remembered in the oldschool days.

A. which B. whom C. who D. that

III. Supply the appropriate form of the words in the brackets. Write them on your answer sheet. (1,0 point) Industry beauty history attend home courage smoke prison carry describe 1. ……………in Viet Nam has brought a lot of big changes.

2. More and more women know how to……………themselves 3. It is usually forbidden to destroy……………buildings.

4. She always listens……………to what she is told.

5. Thousands of people were made……………by the earthquake.

6. He was given an award for his…………… actions 7. I've been a……………since I had a heart attack.

8. The man was found guilty of fraud and sentenced to three years’ ……………

9. The cost of……………must be paid by the buyer.

10. The damage caused by the earthquake cannot be imagined. It was ……………

C. READING (3,0 points) I. Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (1,0 point) THE THREAT TO THE ENVIRONMENT Nowadays, people are more aware that wildlife all over the world is in ...(1).... Many ...(2)... of animals are threatened and could easily become ...(3)... if we do not make any efford to ...(4)... them. There are many reasons for this. In some cases, animals are hunted for their fur of for other valuable parts of their bodies.

Some birds, such as parrots, are caught ...(5)..., and sold as pets. For many animals and birds, the problem is that their habitat - the ...(6)... where they live - is ...(7)... . More ...(8)... is used for farms, for houses or industry, and there are fewer open spaces than there once were. Farmers use powerful chemicals to help them grow better ...(9)..., but these chemicals pollute the environment and harm the wildlife. The most successful animals on Earth - human beings - will soon be the only ones ...(10)..., unless we can solve this problem.

1. A. danger B. threat C. problem D. vanishing 2. A. marks B. more C. species D. forms 3. A. disappeared B. vanished C. empty D. extinct 4. A. harm B. safe C. protect D. serve 5. A. likely B. alive C. for. life D. for living 6. A. spot B. point C. place D. site 7. A. exhausting B. departing C. escaping D. disappearing 8. A. earth B.land C. soil D. area 9. A. crops B. fields C. herbs D. products 10. A. survived B. over C. missing D. left II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer to complete the sentences. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (1,0 point) The invention of electric telegraph gave birth to the communication industry. Although Samuel Morse succeeded in making the invention useful in 1837, it was not until 1843 that the first telegraph line of consequence was constructed. By 1860 more than 50,000 miles of lines connected people east of the Rockies.

The following year, San Francisco was added to the network.

The national telegraph network fortified the ties between East and West and contributed to the rapid expansion of the railroads by providing an efficient means to monitor schedules and routes. Furthermore, the extension of the telegraph, combined with the invention of the steam - driven rotary printing press by Richard M. Hoe in 1846, revolutionized the world of journalism. When the business of news gathering had been dependent upon the mail and on hard- operated presses, the telegraph expanded the amount of information a newspaper could supply and allowed for more timely reporting. The establishment of the Associated Press as a central wire service in 1846 marked the advent of a new era in journalism.

1. It can be inferred from the passage that…………..

A. Morse’s invention did not immediately achieve its full potential.

B. the extension of the telegraph was more important than its invention.

C. journalists have the Associated Press to thank for the birth of the communication industry D. Samuel Morse did not make a significant contribution to the communication industry.

2. This passage would most likely be found in a …………..

A. book on trains B. U.S history book C. computer magazine D. science textbook 3. The word "gathering" refers to …………..

A. people B. objects C. substances D. information 4. The authors main purpose in this passage is to …………..

A. compare the invention of the telegraph with the invention of the steam driven rotary press.

B. show how the electric telegraph affected the communication industry.

C. criticize Samuel Morse.

D. propose new ways to develop the communication industry.

5. The main topic of the passage is…………..

A. the origin of the national telegraph.

B. the history of journalism.

C. the contributions and development of the telegraph network.

D. how the telegraph network contributed to the expansion of railroads.

III. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable w ord. Write it on your answer sheet. (1,0 point) (1)...................many years people believed that the cleverest animals (2)...................man were chimpanzees. Now, however, there is proof that dolphins may(3)................... even cleverer than these big apes.

Although a dolphin lives in the (4)................. it is not a fish. It is a mammal. It is in many ways, therefore like human beings.

Dolphins have a simple language. They are (5)................ to talk to one another.It may be (6).................. for man to learn how to talk to dolphins. But this will not be easy (7)...................dolphins cannot hear the kind of sounds that man can make. If man wants to talk to dolphins, therefore, he will (8).................. to make a third language which both he and the dolphins can understand.

Dolphins are (9)................. very friendly towards man. They often follow ships. There are many stories of dolphins guiding (10)................... through difficult and dangerous water.

D. WRITING (3,0 point) 1. Hung Yen has long been well-known for it’s excellent longan fruits.

A B C D 2. The price of crude oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?

A B CD 3. If he were not too old, he would apply to the job as a war reporter.

A B CD 4. The bridge was hitting by a large ship duringa sudden storm last week.

A BCD 5. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

A B C D 6. Our neigbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday.

AB CD 7. Few airports in the United States are as modern as that in Atlanta.

AB CD 8. The twentieth century was a time when there was a lot of important events.

ABC D 9. We were sacked due to Bill’s carelessly schedule, and we all blamed him for that AB CD 10. We were at troublebecause we had entered the building without permission.

ABC D

11. Using the word given in bracket and other words to complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. You must use between two and five words. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD GIVEN. Write your answer on the answer sheet. (1,0 points) 1. I haven't seen my brother since he left for Australia. (last) →The........................................................... my brother was before he left for Australia.

2. It was snowing so they cancelled the football match. (owing) →The football match ...........................................................the snow.

3. They couldn't understand the lecturer because she spoke so fast. (too) → The lecturer spoke............................................................understand.

4. The manager said I could have three days off. (permission) → The manager...........................................................to have three days off.

5. We didn't finish the work because of his carelessness. (careful) → If he..........................................................., we would have finished the work.

6. He drove so badly that he kept having accidents. (such) → He was...........................................................that he kept having accidents.

7. “You damaged my bicycle, John,” said Jane. (accused) → Jane...........................................................his bicycle.

8. Without tourism, this area wouldn’t have much income. (depends) → This area...........................................................its income.

9. In spite of working until very late, I couldn’t complete the task. (fact) → Despite...........................................................until very late, I couldn’t complete the task.

10. Helen plays the piano better than Elizabeth. (so) → Elizabeth doesn’t...........................................................as Helen.

III. Using the words/ phrases given to complete each sentence of the following letter. (1,0 point) Dear Mrs. Harlock, 1.I/ write / thank / enjoyable / two weeks /I / spend / conversation class / last year.

2. I / already / be / England / six weeks / when /I / join / class / but / this / first opportunity / speak / English / properly.

3. country / students / not / really / teach / how / speak / listen.

4. Instead, / teachers / concentrate / grammar / translation, / make / difficult / students / communicate.

5. I/ really / appreciate / advice / you / give / find / temporary work / Britain.

6. Now, / I / look / job / I / use / English / perhaps / waiter / shop assistant.

7.I / hope / find / something / suitable / next week / or two.

8. Then, / if /I / afford / it /I / like / stay / Christmas.

9. Thank / once again / give / confidence / speak English / without / worry / mistakes.

10.I / look forward / see / you / when /I / be / next / Cambrige.

Yours sincerely, Gunther Schaudi.

ĐỀ SỐ 25 (Đề thì tuyến sinh vào lóp 10 THPT Chuyên Lương Văn Chánh, PhúYên) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PRONUNCIATION (10 points) I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounceddifferently from the others in each group. (5 points) B. terse C. term D. jerk 1. A. clerk 2. A. mouths B. paths C. months D. wreaths 3. A. vehicle B. rhythm C. exhume D. behold

4. A. dormitory B. information C. organization D. forward B.shoot C. shook D. spool 5. A. food II. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points) 1. A. philosopher B. patriot C. atmosphere D. habit 2. A. pollute B. severe C. tragic D. humane 3. A. economical B. personality C. preparatory D. entertaiment 4. A. interrupt B. interview C. intervene D. interstellar 5. A. mechanic B. terrific C. Arabic D. Pacific B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points) I. Choose the best answers to completes each sentence. (JOpoints) l. I am afraid that these regulations have to be………….with.

A. complied B. provided C. faced D. met 2. His business is growing so fast that he must take………….more workers.

A. up B. on C. in D. over 3. The police must now………….the escaped convict in the surrounding countries.

A. search B. be in search C. look after D. look for 4. You are late again, please try to be………….in the future.

A. accurate B. punctural C. efficient D. reliable 5. Edward has found a bigger flat and is………….move into it.

A. near to B. ready for C. on the way D. about to 6. All the applicants for the post are thoroughly…………. for their suitability.

A. searched B. investigated C. vetted D. scrutinized 7 …………. every part of the world has experienced an earthquake in recent years.

A. Most B. Almost C. Each D. Nearby 8. He didn’t know anyone at the wedding………….than the bridge and groom A. other B. expect C. rather D. apart 9. When Bill saw my new car, he was………….with envy.

A. blue B. green C. yellow D. white 10. He was holding a tiny bird in the ………….of his hand.

A. thumb B. hole C. shin D. palm II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10points) 1. The man at the comer table (glance)………….my way to see if I (listen) ………….

2. When I (look)………….at my suitcase, I could see that somebody (try) ………….to open it.

3. I don't know what’s the matter with him. He (act)…………. funny since you(be)………….away.

4. Scarcely they (move) ………….into the new house when their friends (come)………….in.

5. Just as I (wonder)………….what to do next, the phone (ring)…………..

III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage. (10 points) 1. In some areas water has to be boiled to ………….it. (pure) 2. He examined the parcel…………., as he had no idea what it could be. (suspect) 3. How do you ………….the real painting from the fake one? (different) 4. Don’t worry about the volcano. It’s been………….for years. (act) 5. Leisure habits won’t change much in the………….future. (see) 6. The conditions in the man’s prison were………….. (human) 7. I object sttongly to the………….of sport. (commerce) 8. A list of………….events for the autumn is being prepared, (come) 9. Most people who work feel that they are………….. (pay) 10. They frequently ………….the traffic as they march through the streets.(mobile) IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable prepostion. (10 points) 1. If she takes …………. the job of director, she will have to work harder.

2. The government put………….the rebellion with great severity.

3. There was a man giving …………. leaflets outside the church.

4. I can’t make………….the postmark on the letter, it looks like Basing stoke.

5. If he refuses to fall………….my plans I can probably find someone moreco-operative.

6. Diana showed a complete disregard………….her own safety.

7. We walked on tiptoe………….fear of being discovered.

8. Mary broke down………….tears when we told her about the accident.

9. The car pulled………….beside me and the driver asked me the way to thepost office.

10. I had to send………….an electrician to mend the switch.

C. READING (30 points) I. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (5 points) Man is a land animal, but he is also closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served the need of man. The sea has provided man with food and a convenient way to travel to many parts of the world.

Today, nearly two thirds of the world’s population live within 80 kms of the sea coast.

In the modern technological world, the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive. Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still can be hoped to supply many of man’s needs. The list of riches of the sea yet to be developed by man’s technology is impressive. Oil and gas explorations have been carried out for nearly 30 years. A lot of valuable minerals exist on the ocean floor ready to be mined.

Fish farming promises to be a good way to produce large quantities of food. The culture of fish and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly by Oriental people.

Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new sources of energy. Experts believe that the warm temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a steamship. Ocean currents and waves offer possible use as a source of energy.

Technology is enabling man to explore ever more deeply under the sea. The development of strong, new materials has made this possible.

The technology to harvest the sea continues to improve. Experts believe that by the year 2050s the problems that prevent us from fully exploiting the food, minerals, and energy sources of the sea will be largely solved.

1. The best title for this passage is…………….

A. Sea Harvest.

B. Technology and the Exploiting of the Sea. C. Sea Food.

D. Man and Sea 2. The major things that the sea offers man are …………….

A. food, energy sources and minerals.

B. fish and oil.

C. minerals and oil.

D. ocean currents and waves 3. The sea serves the needs of man because…………….

A. it provides man with sea food.

B. it offers oil to man.

C. it supplies man with minerals.

D. all of the above 4. The word Oriental people in the fourth paragraph probably means…………….

A. European people.

B. African people.

C. Asian people.

D. American people.

5. We can conclude from the passage that……………..

A. the sea resources have largely been used up.

B. the sea, in a broad sense, hasn’t yet been developed.

C. the problems that prevent US from fully exploiting the sea have already been solved.

D. by the year 2050, the technology will be good enough to exploit all the sea resources.

II. Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space.(75 points) STREET PAPERS The problem of homelessness is an international one. In the capital cities of the world, the (1) ............ of people begging on the streets is becoming increasingly (2)............. But all over the world, homeless people

are taking the future intotheir own (3)............. By selling “street papers” they no longer need to beg for a (4).............

The concept of the street paper is (5) ............. It is sold by homeless and ex-homeless people who buy it at a (6) ............ price of 30 p and sell it to the public for 70 p, keeping 40 p for themselves. If they have no money, then they can get the first ten copies on (7)............and pay for them later. Every paper seller receives training and is given a special (8)…………….badge.

The paper itself (9) ............ articles of general and social interest, film an book (10) ............, cartoons and the (11) ............ celebrity interview. Advertising and sales (12)............most of the income, and all profits go (13)............into helping homeless people.

The Big Issue is the street paper of the British homeless. It was set up in 1991 and (14) ............ then it has helped hundreds of people to get (15) ............,the streets and back into society.

1. A. sight B. vision C. look D. view 2. A. usual B. common C. rare D. routine 3 A. heads B. Shoulders C. hands D. mouths 4. A. life B. living C. being D. pay 5. A. easy B. straight C. plain D .simple 6. A. stuck B. steady C. held D. fixed 7. A. credit B. cheque C. cash D. card 8. A. character B. personality C. manner D. identity 9. A. consists B. contains C. keeps D. gets 10. A. stories B. reviews C. opinions D. views 11. A. sometimes B. often C. occasional D. seldom 12. A. give B. provide C. show D. offer 13. A. back B. out C. through D. forward 14. A. from B. of C. for D. since 15. A. out B. away C. off D. up III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete this passage. (10points) ADVICE TO YOUNG PEOPLE ABOUT TO START WORK In these days of high unemployment, it is often difficult (1)...............youngpeople to find a job. If they are lucky (2)...............to be asked to go for aninterview, they may find (3)...............there are at least 20 other applicants forthe (4)...............If a company is thinking of offering (5)...............a job,they will ask you for at least one reference from either your previous employer (6)...............someone who knows you well.

(7)...............taking up your job,you may have to sign a contract. You will probably have to do some training.

(8)...............help you to do the job more successfully. Once you have decidedthat this is your chosen career, you will then have to work (9)...............to tryand get promotion, which usually brings more responsibility and more money! If you arc unlucky, you may be made redundant, and not be able to find (10) ...............job.

It is also a good idea to pay some money into a pensionscheme, which will help you to look after yourself and your family when you are retired. Finally, good luck!

D. WRITING (20 points) I.Rewrite the sentences using the words in bold, in such a way that it means the same as the one given.

Do not alter these words in any way. (10 points) 1.They’re telling me that I must make a decision soon. (pressure) 2. His smooth manner didn’t deceive us. (taken) 3. I really must answer all these letters. (get down) 4. Don’t run away with the idea that this work is easy. (conclusion) 5. I’m trying to concentrate, but all that noise you’re making is distracting me. (putting) 6. Nobody expected her to lose, but she did. (against) 7. You must concentrate on your work more. (apply) 8. She will probably be elected. (stands)

9. The boss was annoyed because his secretary came to work late. (objected) 10. The demand for tickets was so great that people queued day and night. (such) II. Use the promps provided to write full sentences to make a complete letter.(10 points) Dear John, 1. last letter / you / kindly offer / put / me / your flat / I be / Berlin.

2. I/ be / afraid / I / unable / take / offer / time being.

3. My father / sick / I / to stay / home / care / him.

4. He / very sick /I cannot / him / alone.

5. My brother / also / help / look / Dad / but / he now / away / business trip / Paris.

6. I / hope / be able / come / Berlin / later / end / year, / perhaps / January.

7. If / room / free / I / glad / stay / you.

8. I / let / know / phan / soon / possible / order / not interfere / own plan.

9. Thank / much / again / offer.

10. I / not / wait / see / you / Berlin / but / then / goodbye.

With love, Maria.

ĐỀ SỐ 26 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lê Quý Đôn, Vũng Tàu) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PRONUNCIATION (10 points) I. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that has the underlined part pronounced Mcivnih from the others in each group. (5 points) 1. A author B. other C. there D. they 2. A forest B. control C. product D. ecology 3. A. industry B. translate C. construction D. satisfy 4. A. baggage B. courage C. damage D. invasion B. addition C. advertise D. adventure 5. A. advantage II. Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others. (5 points) 1. A. deposit B. festival C. institute D. resident 2. A. surprising B. astonishing C. amazing D. interesting 3. A. interview B. industry C. essential D. difficult 4. A. extreme B. generous C. lonely D. clothing 5. A. friendly B. extra C. along D. orphanage B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points) I. Choose the best answers to completes each sentence. (40 points) 1. One problem for teacher is that each student has his/ her own…………..needs.

A. separate B. divided C. individual D. distinctive 2. I was…………..in the book I was reading and didn’t hear the phone.

A. submerged B. distracted C. gripped D. engrossed 3. If we hurry, we might get there…………..to catch the early train.

A. right B. in time C. on time D. before time 4. To get a passport, you must send in your birth…………..and two photos.

A. certificate B. license C. paper D. card 5. She tries to set………….. an hour a weck for practice.

A. about B. down C. aside D. in 6…………..stay the night if it’s too difficult to get home.

A. At all costs B. By all means C. In all D. On the whole 7. Robert and his wife …………..to my house for tea yesterday evening,

A. came round B. came about C. came down D. came away 8. Each of the guests………….. a bunch of flowers.

A. are given B. is given C. were given D. give 9. To everyone’s surprise, Mr. Brown ………….. at the Trade Union meeting.

A. turned in B. turned over C. turned up D. turned round 10. Everyone burst out laughing. There was a lot of …………..

A. laughs B. laughter C. laughing D. laugh II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 points) 1.I (meet) ………….. John before I (be)…………..a fortnight in Paris.

2. The children were frightened because the lights suddenly (go) ………….. outand they (sit)…………..in the dark.

3. What tune (play)…………..when we (come)…………..in?

4. She was badly hurt when her car hit another car. If she (wear) ………….. herseat belt, she (not hurt)…………..so badly.

5. Coming into the room he (see) , Mary where he (leave) her.

III. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the passage. (10 points) 1. We go to the restaurant for…………..whenever we ‘re tired of eating meat. (vegetable) 2. Don’t worry. I’ll be waiting for you at the ………….. to the pagoda . (enter) 3. The old theater of our city is being enlarged and…………... (modern) 4. Advertisements account for three fourths of the ………….. of the newspaper. (come) 5. What is the…………..of the adjective “solid”. (oppose) 6.………….. should complain if they are not satisfied with the service theyreceive. (Consume) 7. If your work is…………..you won’t get a raise. (satisfy) 8.………….. are alarmed by the rate at which tropical rainforest are being destroyed.(Conserve) 9. The athletes take part in the Olympic Games in the true spirit of…………...(sport) 10. You can never be sure what he is going to do. He is so…………... (predict) IV. Arrange these sentences to make a complete passage. (10 points). a. As they built bigger and bigger ships, they were able to sail further and further away. b. They don't really mean that the world is getting smaller, of course. c. They found that as they sailed further away from their home countries, the world became bigger. d. Then men began to use ships to explore the world. e. Today there are no undiscovered countries left to put on the map, but there are many new worlds to discover out in space. f. But 2,300 years ago the Egyptians and the Greek thought that the world was very small and flat that around it was the ocean. g. We often hear people saying that the world is getting smaller. h. So they had to make new maps to show the countries that they found. i. And they discovered new countries that they didn’t know about. j. What they mean is that with modem means of transport, we can now reach every part of the world very quickly.

C. READING (30 points) I. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question. (5 poults) People have been playing with marbles for thousands of years. The first marbles were probably either river stones that happened to be naturally round enough to roll or, more likely, rounded globs of clay that were baked hardness. Such very old clay marbles have been found in both Greek and Roman ruins, and quartz spheres have been dated at around 6000 B.C. Harder and more durable marbles tend to inspire different kinds of games than soft clay marbles, which crack very easily. So with the advent of hand rounded and polished marbles made of agate or some other rugged, igneous rock, the ‘golden age’ of marbles and marble play flowered. Stone marbles began to appear in the early 1800s in what is now the southern part of Germany.

Shortly after, handmade glass marbles appeared in the same part of Europe. For the next 120 years, marbles

and marble playing-there were literally hundred of games - flourished in both Europe and America. Marble players developed their own vocabulary for different sizes and materials of marbles, as well as for the many kinds of games to be played and the way marbles were used in the games. For example, if you were going to play a game of Ring-Taw, one of the most popular and enduring marbles games, you would lag for the first shot, and then knuckle down from the baulk, trying your best to get a mib or two with your opponent’s immie.

1. The author makes the point in the passage that playing with marbles ……………

A. has been going on since ancient times B. is a relatively recent phenomenon C. is losing popularity D. is a very expensive pastime 2. According to the passage, which of the following was the least used substance for making marbles?

A. agate B. glass C. rock D. clay 3. It can be inferred from the passage that the use of marbles became very popularin Europe and America…………….

B. in the 1970s A. in the 18th century C. in 6000 B.C D. after glass marbles were developed 4. We can infer from the passage that marble playing…………….

A. is a game only for children B. has many variations in games C. is played according to one set of rules D. uses only one kind of marble 5. We can conclude from lines 11-12 of the passage that the terminology ofmarble playing is…………….

B. used only by children A. specialized C. easy to understand D. derived from an ancient language II. Read the text and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space.(15 points) LOOK ON THE BRIGHT SIDE Do you ever wish you were more optimistic, some one who always (1)……………to be successful? Having some one around who always (2)……………the worstisn’t really a lot of (3)……………we all know someone who sees a single cloud ona sunny day and says: “It looks (4)……………rain.” But tf you catch yourselfthinking such things, it’s important to do something (5)……………it. You canchange your view of life, (6)……………to psychologists, it only takes a little effort,and you’ll find life more rewarding as a (7)…………… . Optimism, they say, ispartly about self-respect and confidence, but it’s also a more positive way of looking at life and all it has to (8)……………Optimists are more (9)……………. tostart new projects and generally more prepared to take risks.

Upbringing is obviously very important in forming your (10)……………to theworld. Some people are brought up to (11)……………too much on others and growup forever blaming other people when anything (12)…………… wrong. Mostoptimists, on the (13)……………hand, have been brought up not to (14)……………failure as the end of the world-they just (15)……………with their lives.

1. A. counted B. expected C. felt D. waited 2. A. worries B. cares C. fears D. doubts 3. A. amusement B. play C. enjoyment D. fun 4. A. so B. to C. for D. like 5. A. with B. against C. about D. over 6. A. judging B. according C. concerning D. following 7. A. result B. reason C. purpose D.product 8. A. supply B. suggest C. offer D. propose 9. A. possible B. likely C. hopeful D. welcome 10. A. opinion B. attitude C. view D. position 11. A. trust B. believe C. depend D. hope 12. A. goes B. falls C. comes D. turns

13. A. opposite B. next C. other D. far 14. A. regard B.respect C.suppose D. think 15. A. get up B. get on C. get out D. get over III. Fill ill each blank with one suitable word to complete (his passage. (10 points) Traveling to all corners of the world is (1)................easier and easier. We live(2)................a global village, but how well do we know and understand eachother?Hereis (3)................simple test. Imagine you have arranged a meeting at 4p.m What lime should you expect your foreign business colleagues to arrive? If thex are German, they'll be exactly (4)................time. If they are American, theythey'll probably be 15 minutes early. If they are British, they be 15 minutes(5)................. and you should allow up to an hour for the Indians.

Therefore, theseare some small advice in (6)................ not to behave badly abroad. In France you shouldn't sit down in a canard unstill you are shaken hands with everyone you know. In Afghanistan you'd better spend at last 5 minutes (7) ................ hello. In Pakistan you mustn't wink. It is offensive. In the Middle East you must never use the left hand for greeting, eating, drinking or smoking. Also, you should care not to admire (8)................in your host's home. They will feel that they have to give itto you. In Russia you must your hosts drink for drink or they will think you are unfriendly. In Thailand you should clasp your hands (9)................and lower yourhead and your eyes when you greet someone. In America you should eat your hamburger with both hands and as quickly as (10)................. You shouldn’t try tohave a conversation until it is eaten.

D. WRITING (20 points) I. Rew rite the sentences ill such a xvay that they mean almost the same as those printed before them.

(10 points) 1. My brother studies now harder than he used to. → My brother.............................................................................................................................

2. Please don’t ask me that question. →I’d rather............................................................................................................................ .....

3. I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City. → I haven't ............................................................................................................................ ....

4. John only understood very little what the teacher said. → John could hardly....................................................................................................................

5. Tom will be twenty next week. →It’s Tom’s ..............................................................................................................................

6. She is fond of her nephew although he behaves terribly. → She is fond of her nephew in...................................................................................................

7. He prefers reading books to watching TV. → He would ...............................................................................................................................

8. He didn't hurry, so he missed the bus →If..............................................................................................................................................

9. The train takes longer than the plane. → The plane............................................................................................................................ ..

10.I don’t suppose you have change for 2 pounds, do you? → Do you happen......................................................................................................................

II. Use the promps provided to write full sentences to make a complete letter. (70 points) Dear Sir / Madam, 1.I/ like / express / concern / increasing number / karaoke bars / city.

2. There be / lot / reason /I object / places.

3. Firstly, / owners / take / much money / those / come / sing.

4. Secondly, / they cause / much noise / neighborhood.

5. Thirdly, / there / number / pupils / play truant / just / go / those places / sing.

6. Last / least / these bars / do harm / appearance / city / because / their / ugly flashing lights.

7.I want / say /I / not / old fashioned person.

8.I hope / authority / take / matter / careful consideration.

9.I / not mean / ban them / but / there should / effective way / control / this kind / entertainment places.

10.I/ look / see / city council / do / this master.

Yours truly, Thomas Cruise.

D. ĐỀ THI NĂM HỌC 2010 - 2011 ĐỀ SỐ 27 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Quang Trung, Bình Phước) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS I. Choose a word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. (0.5 points) B. violent C. benefit D. blanket 1. A deposit 2. A. locate B. label C. casual D. sale 3. A. pagoda B. grocery C. control D. government 4. A. baggy B. deny C. noisy D.scenery 5. A. unique B. run C. compulsory D. publish II. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences. (0.5 points for each correct answer) 6. The…………..second language in Malaysia is English.

A. primary B. tradition C. compulsory D. instruction 7. The Ao Dai is the…………..dress of Vietnamese women.

A. modem B. convenient C. traditional D. most fashionable 8. Mrs. Hoa will stay in London…………..Monday…………..Friday.

A. between / to B. from / to C. on / until D. on / to 9. It doesn’t rain…………..the dry season.

A. on B. at C. in D. between 10. Nobody can finish that test on time,…………..?

A. can’t they B. can she C. can he D. can they 11. Mrs. Baker has taught English in Hanoi…………..half a month.

A. for B. at C. since D. during 12.I wish I…………..in your position.

A. was B. will be C. were D. have been 11. He asked me if I…………..able Io start the journey early the following day.

A. would be B. were C. will be D. am 14. This summer resort is absolutely wonderful and I’d………….. it to any one.

A. recommend B. talk C. accommodate D. praise 15. We had to walk since we couldn't…………..to take a bus.

A. afford B be wealthy C. supply D. furnish 16. Our life would be very difficult without…………..

A. luxury furniture B. water C. savings-labor machines D. electricity 17. After retiring, my aunt spent her luxury on…………..an expensive holiday.

A. dollars B. accounts C. saving D. cheques 18. A lot of people left school at 16 and they now …………..leaving so early.

A. sorry B. regret C. confuse D. worry 19. Remember…………..the door before going to bed.

A. locking B. to lock C. locked D. not locking

20. Nancy talks as if she ………….. everything.

A. knows B. knew C. had known D. not know 21. Many tilings which we can do now couldn’t …………..years ago.

A. do B. done C. being done D. be done 22. When I first visited Moscow, I couldn’t get used to…………..the cold weather.

A. with B. to C. for D. in 23. They insisted that she …………..the party.

A. attended B. attends C. to attend D. attend 24. We can’t go wrong if we…………..the instructions.

A. follow B. take C. guide D. keep 25. If you…………..mentioned it, nobody would ever have known.

A. shouldn’t B. didn't C. hadn’t D. wouldn’t have 26. A large number of inhabitants have made…………..on how to protect theenvironment.

A. suggest B. to suggest C. suggested D. suggestion 27. Mary put a ………….. on the letter.

A. five-cents stamp B. five-cent stamp C. stamp of five cents D. five-cent stamps 28. We quarrel…………..the choice of a house.

A. on B. over C. for D. to 29. There were a lot of people at my friend’s wedding party last Sunday, only a few of ………….. I had met before.

A. who B. whose C. whom D. which 30. You should have known that Anne could not keep a secret. Never again…………..her anything.

A. will tell B. will I tell C. I tell D. I will tell 31. It rains so …………..that we can’t go out now.

A. very hard B. hard enough C. hard D. hardly 32. She had changed so much that…………..anyone recognized her.

A. almost B. hardly C. not D. nearly 33. Would you like a beer? - Not while I’m…………..

A. in the act B. in order C. on duty D. under control 34. Malaysia is divided…………..two regions.

A. to B. into C. in D. on 35. The reason I left is………….I was bored.

A. why B. that C. while D. for 36. I came………….an old friend while I was walking along the street.

A. across B. into C. up D. for 37. Everyone………….Tom was invited to the party.

A. as B. from C. but D. for 38. The chemistrybook………….was a little expensive.

A. I bought B. that I bought it C. I bought that D. what I bought 39. If you…………..tomy advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in this mess now.

A. listen B. will listen C. listened D. hed listened 40. I am late because my alarm clock didn’t……………..this morning.

A. come on B. ring out C. go off D. turn on 41. We have decided to……………the money for the local secondary school.

A. beg B. collect C. raise D. rise 42. She didn’t get……………well with her boss, so she left the company.

A at B. on C. through D. up 43.I think you need to have……………

A. your fridge repaired B. repair you fridge

C. fridge repaired D. repair your fridge 44. She used to work as a typist,……………she?

A. did B. didn’t C. use D. wouldn’t 45. There isn't……………foreign news in the paper.

A. a lot B. lots C. many D. much 46. A person who can’t speak and hear is called…………..

A. a character B. a deaf C. a blind D. a deaf-mute 47. Her room seemed warmer with nice ………… on the wall.

A. booth B. poster C. shelf D. curtain 48. My parents will…………their wedding anniversary next month.

A. make B. celebrate C. remember D. promise 49. The meeting was…………in the park last week.

A. revived B. held C. developed D. joined 50. If you don’t understand many words, you can…………them up in thedictionary on that table.

A. look B. get C. find D. finish 51. The …………..in Vietnam usually begins in December and ends in July.

A. football match B. football team C. football fan D. football season 52. He is a person who loves parties. He is always the first ………… and the last………….

A. to come / to leave B. to come / living A. coming / leaving D. coming / to leave 53. There are ………… methods and inventions to m solar energy A energy- saving B. energy-saved C. saved-energy D. energy-save 54. Hello. Is that 21045? Please put me…………. tolhe manager.

A. across B. through C. over D. up 55. So little………….that the neighbors could not settle their differences.

A. they agreed B.agreed did they C. did they agree D. they did agree 56. Which do you wank this pen or that one? -I want…………..

A. both B. all C.them D. other 57. " The last time I saw him was in 1999” means…………….

A. I have usually seen him since 1999.

B. I have not seen him since 1999 C. I have not seen him tor 1999 D. I saw him since 1999 58. It's difficult to pay one's bill when price keep…………

A. raising B. growing C. gaining D. rising 59. After …………to make a speech at the ceremony, John stayed up late to write it down.

A. telling B. having told C. being told D. has told 60. The dentist told him to open it mouth…………..

A. broad B. wide C. broadly D. widely 61. Venice,………..has a lot of old houses built on water, is a city in Italy.

A. where B. which C. that D. whose 62. Twenty miles…………..a long way to walk.

A. are B. was C. is D. were 63. The children enjoy…………..soccer after school.

A. to play B. play C. played D. playing 64. Jenny said that she had to leave…………..

A. the following day B. tonight C. this afternoon D. now 65. My sister has just bought a small house ……… of the town.

A. in the district B. in the edge C. in the suburb D. on the outskirts 66. She forgot ………… off the gas before going out.

A. turning B. to turn C. turn 67. My youngest brother always wanted to be an actor when she ………up.

A. grew B. brought C. settled 68. If you like skiing, there’s ski………under an hour’s drive from Madrid.

A. station B. resort C. place 69. The word “jeans” comes from a kind of……….. that was made in Europe.

A. furniture B. tool C. material 70. I’d like to live somewhere by the Mediterranean ………I love the sun.

A. because B. because of C. however 71. Bob told me he…………that book.

A. read already B. have just read C. had read 72. Danny was out when I came,………I left a message.

A. so B. so that C. such 73. The guard told the prisoner……….

A. not to smoke B. to not smoke C. not smoking 74. Some of my friends are taking extra classes in English………becometourist guides.

D. turned D. came D. port D. clothes D. but D. already read D. such that D. no smoking

A. so that B. so as C. in order to D. so long to 75. Easter is a joyful festival which is………in many country.

A. celebrator B. celebrate C. celebrating D. celebrated 76. She could find the book………at the library………at the bookstore.

A. rather/than B. so/as C. such/as D. neither/nor 77. After I………the grass, it………to rain.

A. have water/ will begin B. water/ began C. had watered/ began D. had watered/ will have begun 78. He is the most effective………in the city.

A. action B. act C. activist D. activity 79. I am………of making excuses for your rudeness to our friends.

A. annoyed B. worried C. tired D. angry 80. Please don’t disturb me……… there is something urgent.

A. if B. or C. otherwise D. unless B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Supply the correct forms or tense of the verbs in the brackets. ((1 point for each correct answer) 81. English…………(speak) all over the world.

82. She asked me what my hobbies…………(be).

83. Yesterday while she…………(have) a shower the telephone rang.

84. Mrs. Hoa really needs a computer for her work. She wishes she…………(have) one.

85. Look! The little boy…………(cross) the busy street.

86. There …………(be) fewer road accidents since the government forced thepublic to wear helmets.

87. You always…………(complain) about my cooking.

88. He…………(go) fishing when he was a little boys.

II. Identify which one of the underlined parts of the following sentences is incorrect, then correct the mistake.(1 point for each correct answer) 0. Do you think friends are necessary for us or it’s only a waste of times to have friends.

A B C D Example: 0.C (a waste of time) 89.I wishmy relativedon’t live too far from me AB C D 90. Would you mind if I takesome photoson the way to the city center.

ABC D

91. What is impressed you most at the exhibition you went to last Sunday.

A BCD 92. They never understand what their teachersays, don’t they.

A BCD 93. The stamp collector said he was collecting stamps because he would attend astamp contest next year.

AB CD 94. If there will be too much exhausted fume in the air, our breath will be badly affected.

A B C D 95. By whomwasthe famous song “white Christmas” write?

A BC D III. Fill in each blank in these sentences with the suitable form of the words ill brackets. (1 point for each correct sentence) 96. The increase of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere has………….greatly on theearth climate recently. (effect) 97. Recycling of wastes is one of the………….solutions for pollution. (practice) 98. ………….countries such as the United States and Japan should help poorcountries in many aspects, (development) 99. Most ………….at the international workshop in Tokyo focused on theincrease of the earth temperature, (environment) 100. Road accident is one of our serious ………….problems nowadays. (society) 101. Sir Isaac Newton was an English………….scientist. (stand) 102. The………….for modern school takes a lot of money. (equip) 103. It seems………….to inhabit on the dark side of the moon. (possible) 104. The internet has………….developed in Vietnam. (surprise) 105. I like watching the news best because it is very………….. (inform) 106. They have………….the Ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it. (modern) C. READING I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (1 point for each correct answer) One of the (107) ……….. things that can happen on our earth is anearthquake. When an earthquake happens near large cities, many people may be (108)………..and many buildings are knocked (109)………...

Fire may startand do more damage than the quake (110)………….

Earthquake comes from (111)………….. a shaking of the rocks under thesurface of the earth. Force within the earth pushes against the rocks until they break. Sometimes, the earth above the break will split open.

We can not tell (112)………… an earthquake is coming, but we can knowplaces on the earth (113)………….they happen most often, much damage isstopped by building stronger buildings in these place.

107.A. bad B. badly C. worse D. worst 108.A. kill B. killed C. killing D. to kill 109.A. down B. up C. to D. under 110. A. myself B. himself C. itself D. themselves 111. A. in B. down C. from D. to 112. A. when B. what C. who D. whom 113. A. what B. which C. when D. where II. Read the passage and answer true (T) or false (F) for each of the following statements. (1 pointfor each correct answer) A lot people like to play theừ records as loudly as possible. The result is that the rest of the family and the neighbors often complain if they don’t like the music. One answer to this problem is to wear headphones, but headphones are usually uncomfortable.

An armchair which as a record-player system built into has just been designed by a British engineer, Stephen Court. The armchair looks like an ordinary armchair with a high back, however, each of the two sides of the chair has three loudspeakers inside to produce middle and high sounds

Low sound are produced by a pair of loudspeakers in a hollow space under the seat. Anyone who sits in the chair fears sounds coming from all round his/her head.

Because we can’t tell exact source from which sounds come, it doesn’t matter they come from underneath or behind. It is the higher sounds coming from the sides of the chairs that create a stereo effect.

These sounds travel only a few inches to reach the listener’s ears. Consequently, it takes only a little power to make the music sound very loud. Only a small amount of sound leaks out from behind the chair into the room to disturb others.

STATEMENTS 114. Some people like to play their records as loudly as possible.

115. If you don’t want to disturb other people in the family while you are listening to music you can wear headphones.

116. If you sit in the armchair, you can hear sounds coming from all round your head.

117. It is higher sound coming from the underneath of the chair that create a stereo effect.

118. Other people are completely not disturbed when you listen to music on the armchair.

119. Stephen Court who has just designed the armchair lives in Great Britain.

D. WRITING I. Rewrite each of the following sentences in a such way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to theoriginal one.(2 points for each correct answer) 120. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it. → The cake...............................................................................................................................

121. When she is asked about her exam result, she hate it. → She hates..............................................................................................................................

122. It’s a pity her brother can’t speak English as fluently as a native speaker. → Her brother wishes..............................................................................................................

123. He said: “Do you know the name of the person who invented radio. → He asked..............................................................................................................................

124. It was a four-hour flight from Ho Chi Minh to Bangkok. → It took..................................................................................................................................

125. Practice speaking English everyday or you can’t improve your English. → If.........................................................................................................................................

126. Mr. Tan is going to decorate our house tomorrow. →We ......................................................................................................................................

127. My mother doesn’t usually go to work without having breakfast. → My mother isn’t used..........................................................................................................

II. Write meaningful sentences basing on the words and phrases given (1 point for each correct answer) 128. The telephone / be / invent / Alexander Graham Bell / 1876.

129. She / get up / late / this morning / she / miss / her first train.

130. Lan / ask / me / what /I / do then.

131. The children / play / soccer / three o’clock.

132. She / suggest / go / for / walk.

ĐỀ SỐ 28 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hoàng Văn Thụ, Hoà Bình - Đề chung) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from therest. (l.0 p) B. champ C. church D. champion 1. A. chemistry 2. A. hour B. honor C. host D. honest 3. A. hit B. like C. fit D. mix 4. A. books B.cooks C. stops D. cleans

5. A. washed B. played C. stopped D. looked B. LEXICO - GRAMMAR I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D to complete the followingsentences. (2pts) 1. I do not like iced tea, and…………….

A. either doesn’t she B. neither does she C. she doesn’t, too D she doesn’t, neither 2. I wish you…………….us someday.

A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit 3. Let’s…………….somewhere for a drink.

A. go B. went C. going D. goes 4. It rains heavily,…………….I cannot go to the movie with you.

A. and B. but C. because D. so 5. My mother…………….teaching in a small village 12 years ago.

A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting 6. Lan suggested…………….chess this afternoon.

A. play B. plays C. to play D. playing 7. The man…………….your mother is talking to is my English teacher.

A. which B. where C. whom D. who 8. The examination will be held…………….June, 2011.

A. in B. on C. at D. to 9. The boy was greatly proud …………….his success at school.

A. on B . of C. at D. in 10. He read his article on the website last night,…………….?

A. doesn’t he B. didn’t he C. did he D. hasn't he 11. “Hello! Jane’s…………….. How can I help you?”

A. speaking B.saying C. talking D. calling 12. When will Mr. Ba retire? He began…………….for the company thirty years ago.

A. to be worked B. working C. will work D. works 13. If Ba were rich, he ……………. around the world.

A. should travel B. traveled C. could travel D. must travel 14. They are still playing on the field ……………. it is raining heavily.

A. though B. because C. but D. despite 15. Peter: “ I enjoy listening to pop music.” - Maria: “…………….”

A .I’m too B. I don’t C. Neither do I D. So am I 16. I’m learning English ……………. I want to get a better job.

A. or B. but C. therefore D. because 17. After drinking a big bottle of …………….,he got drunk.

A. wine B. milk C. water D. orange juice 18. Michael: “ It’s hot in here”.

Tom: “ …………….I open the window?”

A. Did B. Do C. Would D. Shall 19. Vietnamese people are very……………. and hospitable.

A. friend B. friendless C. friendly D. friendship 20. It's very kind…………….you to say so!

A. in B. to C. for D. of II. Put the correct form of the words in brackets. (l.0 p) 1. Hanoi is not…………….from Kuala Lumpur. (Difference) 2. Many …………….come to Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum every day. (Visit) 3. The gas from the chemical factory is extremely…………….. (Harm) 4. We enjoyed the…………….atmosphere in Hanoi. (Peace)

5. The……………. language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia. (Nation) III. Put the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (l.0 p) 1. They (1. practice)…………….their music lesson at 7 o'clock last night.

2. Ba and Phong (2. know)…………….each other quite well for years.

3. Be quiet! The kids (3. sleep) ……………. .

4. Where your new friend (4. live)……………., Nga? - She (5. live)…………….on Hang Bac Street.

IV. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate prepositions. (l.0p) 1. Translate this article…………….English for me, please.

2.Who did you talk…………….this morning?

3. Do you go to school by car or…………….foot?

4. How ……………. going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?

5. The child is afraid …………….going alone in the dark.

C. READING I. Fill In each of the blanks using the words given in the box. (1.0p) and some have who types Vitamins are very important for the body. There are more than thirteen (1)................of vitamins. They help the body take (2)................ energy from foods,help the body grow, (3)................help muscles work correctly.

Vitamin A is necessary for our eyes. People (4)................ don’t have enoughvitamin A often (5)................ night blindness ; that is, they can’t see well when it is dark. Foods such as liver, eggs, milk, and cheese have a lot of vitamin A. II. Read the passage and choose one correct answer: A, B, C, or D. (1.0p) A computer is a wonderful machine. It is the most important invention in our modern time. Computers have had a great effect on science, industry, business, machine, and education. Soon it will touch the lives of everyone, even people in distant villages. It is a revolutionary invention.

Imagine that you go and study English at a college where the local newspaper rarely has news about home town, but this does not bother you at all. You can sit comfortably in your room, turn on your personal computer, and search the news you want on the Internet. The screen is immediately filled with news from all over the world.

Computers can do all kinds of work. When someone buys something in a department store, a clerk puts information about the sale into a computer. During the night, the computer system works on the information from all the sales that day. In the morning, the manager can print out a report on everything that was sold and on everything that must be reordered.

1. Computers are………….in our modem time.

A. wonderful machines B. the most important invention C. a revolutionary invention D. all are correct 2. Choose the correct sentence.

A. People from distant places cannot use a computer B. Computers will touch the lives of everyone.

C. Computers are not related to science.

D. Teachers and students can use computers.

3. We can get all the news we want from…………..

A. a computer screen B. our local newspaper C. the Internet D. a college 4. A computer .

A. cannot be used in a department store B. helps a clerk with a report C. cannot be used in business

D. cannot work at night 5. The manager of a department store…………..

A. can get a report on sales from a computer B. cannot get a report on sales from a computer C. cannot use a computer D. does not want his clerk to use a computerk WRITING I. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it has exactly the same meaning as the one printed before it. (1.0p) 1. Shall we go to the cinema tonight? →Let’s……………………………………………………………………………………….

2. A woman wrote to me. She wants my advice. →The woman ……………………………………………………………………………….

3. Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure. →My brother enjoys…………………………………………………………………………

4. France presented the Statue of Liberty to the United States in 1876. The Statue →The Statue……………………………………………………………………………….

5. “Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father. →My father asked…………………………………………………………………………

II. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each of the sentences that need correcting. (i-Op) 1. They did it on Sunday between 3 o'clock.

AB CD 2.Either my mother nor my father wants me to bean engineer.

A BCD 3. The earthquake in Kobe in 1995has caused great damage.

A BC D 4. Solar energycan be usedincloudy days.

A BCD 5 Scientists says that something very serious is happening to the earth.

ABC D

ĐỀ SỐ 29 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên Hoàng Văn Thụ, Hoà Bình – Đề riêng) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently. Write your answers in the space provided. (0.5p) B. book C. took D. look 1. A. soon 2. A. tease B. heat C. meat D. dead 3. A. author B. other C. there D. they B. character C. chat D. chalk 4. A. chin 5. A. bagage B. village C. stage D. manage B. LEXICO - GRAMMAR I. Choose one answer among A, B, C, or D that best completes the following sentences. Write your answers in the space provided. (l.Spts) 1. “Believe, dream, hope” was………….the writer wanted to tell the children.

A. how B. when C. what D. where 2. Thomas Edison had very little…………..

A. learning B. schooling C. studying D. graduating

3. He quitted school………….fourteen to become a sailor.

A. on B. in C. at D. from 4. She spoke quietly to him………….nobody else could hear a word.

A. because B. if C. although D. so that 5. As children, we were………….to respect our elders.

A. brought up B. kept up C. grown up D. held up.

6. I didn’t come to the party because I…………..

A. don’t invite B. am not invited C. was not invited D. didn't invite 7. His parents are old and he doesn’t want to rely………….themforhis expenses A. with B. for C. on D. to 8. The van had turned the comer when one of the back wheels .

A. broke away B. turned round C. came off D. rolled down 9. I wish Mark would………….a little better when we have visitors.

A. affect B. compose C. conduct D. behave 10. Walt Disney had done a number of jobs before he………….the film industry A. made B. came C. entered D. worked 11. Despite the fact…………., Lisa went on stage.

A. she was ill B. that she was ill C. which she was ill D. she being ill 12. They would………….go by air than spend a week traveling by train.

A. always B. rather C. prefer D. better 13. He was nervous. He felt…………..

A. angry B. bad- tempered C. annoyed D. anxious 14. “She is an excellent professor.” - “Yes, she is better than………….teachers we have.

A. some other B. some C. any other D. any 15. Everyone burst out laughing. There was a lot of………….

A. laughs B. laughter C. laughings D. laugh II. Put the correct form of the words in brackets. Write your answers in the space provided. (l.0p) 1. My father often talks about the………….of studying and hard work. (Important) 2. Every………….in this country has the right to vote. (City) 3. Our company helps………….people to find new jobs. (Employ) 4. This city has over half a million………….. (Inhabit) 5.I can’t sit on this chair. It’s really………….. (Comfort) 6. The conditions in the man’s prison were………….. (Human) 7. The police are interested in the sudden………….of the valuable painting. (Appear) 8. There are still thousands of people living in…………. . (Poor) 9. We can’t depend on him; he’s a………….person. (Rely) 10. Due to the increasing number of visitors we have decided to………….the carpark. (Large) III. Give the right forms of the verbs in the brackets. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.0p) 1. You (1-not tidy) this room for weeks.

2. As soon as 1 graduate, I (2- return) to my hometown.

3.I (3-sit) down for a rest while the shoes (4- repair).

4. She dislikes (5-ask) to do something by others.

5. How long ago you (6- not see) him?

6. Stay here till the light (7- turn) green.

7. When I first met him, he (8- work) in a restaurant.

8. The last time he (9- see) in public, he (10- wear) a grey suit.

C. READING I. Complete the passage by filling In each space with one suitable word. Write your answers in the space provided. (l.0p)

THE IMPORTANCE OF COMPUTERS Many of the things we do depend on receiving information from other people.Catching a train, making a phone call and going to the cinema all involve information (1).................. is stored, possessed and communicated. In the past thisinformation used to (2)..................kept on paper in (3)..................form of, for example,books, newspapers and timetables. Now more and more information is put (4)..................computers.

Computers play an important (5).................. in our everydaylives. Consider the use of computers in both shops and offices. Big shops, especially chain stores with branches all over the country, have to deal with very large amount of (6)...................They have to make (7).................. there are enough goodson the shelves for customers to buy, they need to be (8)..................to re-order beforestocks (9)..................out, to decide which things are selling well and so on. All theseprocesses (10)..................performed quickly and efficiently by computers.

II. Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C, or D. Write your answers In the space provided. (1.0p) ENERGY RESOURCES There is now increasing concern about the world’s energy resources, particularly about those involving fossil (1)................... In less than a hundred years we shallprobably (2)..................all the present (3)..................of oil and gas. The world’s coal(4).................. should last longer, but, once used, these cannot be (5)................... It isimportant, therefore, that we should develop such (6)..................sources of energy assolar energy and nuclear energy as well as water and wind (7)..................classed as(8)..................energy. Until these energy (9)..................are widely used, it is importantfor the developed counfries to reduce energy (10)..................as much as possible.

1. A. fuels B. powers C. forms D. energies 2. A. end B. complete C. total D. run out of 3. A. findings B. productions C. amounts D. sources 4. A. reserves B. stores C. mines D. contents 5. A. update B. repeated C. renewed D. produced 6. A. traditional B. alternative C. revolutionary D. surprising 7. A. force B. strength C. power D. motion 8. A. repeatable B. continual C. renewable D. continuous 9. A. goods B. supplies C. provisions D. materials 10. A. exhaustion B. destruction C. waste D. consumption III. Answer the question by choosing the best answer A, B, C or D. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.0p) During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to. They often seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal development at this age, though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is a part of becoming independent, of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up. Young people are usually more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them.

Parents should do their best to talk to their son or daughter about school work and future plan but school should not push them to talk if they don’t want to. Parents should also watch for the danger signs; some young people in trying to be adult may experiment with drugs, alcohol or smoking. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behavior which may be connected with these and get help if necessary.

1. This is from a ...............

A. parents’ handbook B. school timetable C. teenage magazine D. children’s book 2. What is the writer trying to do?

A. to be amusing B. to be argumentative C. to be helpful D. to be apologetic 3. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult?

A. Because teenagers are quiet.

B. Because teenagers don’t want to talk to their parents.

C. Because teenagers think adults are not honest.

D. Because most teenagers hate adults.

4. When can you expect a young person to be more talkative than usual?

A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them.

B. When adults give them a lot of money to spend.

C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school.

D. When adults talk to them about drugs, alcohol and smoking.

5. Some teenagers experiment with drinking or smoking because A. they regard it as a mark of adulthood.

B. women like smoking and drinking meh.

C. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap.

D. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere.

D. WRITING I. Rewrite each of the following sentences using the suggested words given So that it has exactly the same meaning as the one printed before it. (l.0p) 1. “Have you had enough for lunch?” the landlady asked me. → The landlady asked............................................................................................................

2. It is thought that the accident was caused by human error. → The accident is....................................................................................................................

3. “Would you like to go to the concert with us tonight?” They said to me. → They...................................................................................................................................

4. I can’t understand him because he speaks so quickly. → If he...................................................................................................................................

5. Please do not smoke in this area of the restaurant. → Customers are requested....................................................................................................

6. I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City. → I haven’t............................................................................................................................ .

7. John only understood very little what the teacher said. → John could hardly...............................................................................................................

8. She prefers books to television. → She’d rather.......................................................................................................................

9. I expect that he will get there by lunch time. → I expect him.......................................................................................................................

10. No one has explained why our flight is delayed. → No one has ........................................................................................................................

II. Choose the incorrect part in the following sentences among A, B, C or D and correct them. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.0p) 1. After living in London for two months, my brother got used to drive on the left.

A B C D 2. Even though being ill, Mary still went to school last Monday.

A B C D 3. Kangaroos, that can be seen everywhere in Australia, have long tails.

A B C D 4. Your brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he?

ABCD 5. We looked tohundreds of books before we found what we were looking for.

AB CD

6. She couldn’t come in time because of she missed the bus.

ABC D 7. John has feltmuch better when he took the pill.

AB CD 8. Who do you use a fax machine for?

A BC D 9.The Brownsboughtthe most expensive car than we did.

AB CD 10. Either John or his brothersis going to help her.

A B CD III. Use the suggestions to make complete sentences. (l.0p) 1. Eiffel Tower/ design/ French/ engineer/ 1889.

2. Please give me/ ring/let/ me/know/you/come or not.

3.I/ be/ write/ tell/ you/ my holiday/ here/ Ha long.

4. One/ advantages/ own/ a car/ be/ its comfort.

5. She/ looking forward/ see/ boyfriend/ again.

6. The Internet/ be/ very/ fast/ convenient way/ me/ get/ information.

7. We/ decide/ go/ short walk/ before/ sit down/ lunch.

8. The price/ the holiday/ depend/ when/ you/ want/ travel.

9. The graph/ show/ total number/ foreign tourists/ visit Malaysia/ over/ past few years.

10. Use/ banana leaves/ instead/ paper/ plastic/ wrap food/ be/ good way/ protect/ environment.

ĐỀ SỐ 30 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hồng Phong, Nam Định) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

1. A. stays B. plays C. lays D. says 2. A. chorus B. cherish C. chaos D. scholarship 3. A. wrecked B. looked C. booked D. cooked B. refuse C. fuss D. future 4. A. abuse 5. A. touch B. enough C. cousin D. doubt II. Pick out the word which is stressed differently from the other three.

6. A. violence B. dinosaure C. gorille D. pharmacy 7. A. economics B. occupation C. sentimental D. traditional 8. A. discussion B. character C. expansive D. assistant 9. A. obedient B. confidence C. mischievous D. reference 10. A. pleasure B. believe C. pursuit D. describe III. Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

11. It’s vital that our children’s handwriting should be …………..

A. illiterate B. legible C. legitimate D. literate 12. She’s doing…………..into the spread of Mesopotamian culture.

A. an examination B. a poll C. a research D. a survey 13. It looks…………..it’s going to rain.

A. as B. like as C. as if D. if 14. The festival this years contains awell…………..program of classicalmodern music.

A. balanced B. formed C. thought D. meant 15. Babies have to learn how to…………..before they can walk.

A. creep B. crawl C. stride D. stroll 16. The…………..of Turner’s paintings finishes at the end of the week.

A. demonstration B. spectacle C. exhibition 17. The critic gave them a very…………..review of the film.

A. favorite B. favorable C. preferable 18. I have had a…………..of misfortunes.

A. success B. continuation C. repetition 19. The music aroused an…………..feeling of homesicknessin him.

A. intense B. intentional C. intensive 20. I’m not sure, but…………..I know he has decided to accept the job in London.

A. according B. on the whole C. as far as 21. It was over 30 feet in length. That how…………..it was.

A. length B. tall C. large 22. He set up a new world record. He …………..a new record.

A. did B. played C. created 23. John promised us he would finish by…………..day.

A. previous B. before C. tomorrow 24. My brother has…………..in the military.

A. joined B. entered C. served 25. I knew him…………..I was a child.

A. until B. when C. since 26. The nurse was on…………..in the hospital last night.

A. work B. alarm C. duty 27.I suggest we…………..outside the cinema tomorrow at 8.30.

A. meeting B. meet C. met 28.…………..playing professional basketball, she also enioys tennis.

A. Besides B. Moreover C. Apart 29. He was happy to be…………..friends again.

A. among B. in C. near 30. The teacher said, with a smile…………..his face, that the pupils all passed th exam.

A. over B. in C. above 31. Do you know the beautiful girl…………..?

A. sit in the car B. sat in the car C. sitting in the car D. who sit in the car 32. It’s…………..hot.

A. too much B. much C. much too 33. I haven’t seen that film…………...

A. for I was a student B. at the age of a student C. since I was a student D. when I was a student 34. We were so late, we…………..had time to catch the train.

A. nearly B. hardly C. almost 35. Give her a telephone number to ring…………..she get lost.

A. whether B. in case C. unless 36. He has been waiting for the letter for days, and at…………..it has come.

A. last B. the end C. present 37. It’s…………..price to pay for the violin lessons.

A. so a high B. a so high C. a such high 38. Yesterday he made a(n)…………..to see the dentist.

A. request B. appointment C. offer 39. The United Nations…………..about 160 nations.

A. composes of B. concludes C. consists of 40. I remember…………..you before, but I have forgotten your name.

D. show D. preferred D. succession D. intended D. as long as D. long D. found D. the following D. participate D. during D. service D. will meet D. together D. off D. on

D. very too

D. simply D. perhaps D. the finish D. so high a D. comment D. is made up

A. meet B. to meet C. meeting 41. …………..busy with his homework, he didn’t come to the party.

A. Being B. Having been C. He was 42. Our business is…………..well.

A. taking B. doing C. making 43. This is such an important question that we can’t…………..thinking it over.

A. point B. use C. help 44. He cannot buy that bicycle because he has…………..money.

A. lots of B. few C. quite a little 45. …………..parents are doctors.

A. My neither B. Either of C. Neither of my 46. Excuse me. is anybody sitting here? - …………..

A No. thanks.

B Yes.I am so glad.

C. Sorry. the seat is taken.

D. Yes, yes. Just sit here.

47. Before she applied for her present job, she …………..for a small firm.

A. had worked B. was working C. was worked 48. Doctors…………..an answer to AIDS yet.

A. have found B. found C. haven’t found 49. We spent half a year…………..this hotel A. to build B. built C. building 50. There is a…………..on the table.

A. lamp reading B. read lamp C. reading lamp 51. She is bored…………..getting up early.

A. with B. of C. in 52. You’d better…………..at night. It’s dangerous.

A. not go out B. don’t go out C. to go out 53. He feels like…………..in a big city.

A. live B. to live C. living 54. They are trying to look…………..new jobs.

A. after B. at C. for 55. This is the store…………..you can buy almost everything from.

A. which B. where C. what 56. He is the most intelligent student…………..I've ever taught at school.

A. who B. whom C. which 57. Uncle Ho was born…………..Kim Lien village.

A. in B at C. from 58 That man can tell us where…………...

A. does John live B. is John living C. John lives 59.I found history very…………..

A. amusing B. amused C. amuse 60. English tends towards…………..

A. simple B. simplicity C. simpler 61. Mark Twain is a famous…………..

A. American writer B. American playwright C. English writer D. English playwright 62. I bought a new jacket last week but I……………it yet.

A. didn't wear B. not wearied C. haven't wear 63. It's not worth…………... a tax home.

A. taking B. to take C. take 64. Teenagers don'tlike………….. by others people.

D. being met D. Because of his D. getting D. stand D. little D. One of my

D. working D. hasn't found D. with building D. reading lamps D. to D. not to go out D. lives D. forward D. in which D. that D. on D. John living D. to amuse D. simply

D. haven’t worn D. took

A. be questioned B. questioned C. question D. being questioned 65. It's his recommendation that she…………..that English course.

A. takes B. taking C. take D. to take 66. The people protested…………..the new legislation A. over B. against C. to D. from 67…………….had Oswald reached school when the bell rang.

A. No sooner B. Although C. Hardly D. Rarely 68. Despite all their effort,………...

A. they could not score another goal B. however they could not score another goal.

C. yet they could score another goal D. but they could not score another goal 69. There was no news;…………, she went on hoping.

A. moreover B. in other words C. otherwise D. nevertheless 70. -“You were late for your dental appointment" -“I know, I shouldn't………….so long at the library" A. have been staying B. have stayed C. had stayed D. be staying 71. She………..the examination again since she had already passed it.

A. needn’t have taken B. didn't need to take C. needn’t take D. mustn't take 72. The two bombs exploded simultaneously.

A. accidentally B. all of a sudden C. violently D. at the same time 73. If that firm wants to attract workers it must………….the pay.

A. lower B. raise C. spread D. rise 74.Iobject to………….like this.

A. be treating B. treating C. being treated D. have been treated 75. Don't take any………….of Mike. He’s always rude to everybody.

A. look B. attention C. notice D. sight 76. I think it a bit………….to hope that we can beat them easily. They are muchyounger and better.

A. reality B. really C. realized D. unreal 77. It is recommended that he………….this course.

A. took B. takes C. take D. taking 78. Tet holiday is the most important………….for Vietnamese people.

A. culture B. celebration C. custom D. religion 79. It surprised me………….John would do such a thing.

A. what B. which C. that D. how 80. The more………….we walk, the longer it will take us to get home.

A. slowest B. slower C. slowly D. slow IV. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

1. The vase broke when it (81. move) ........................to the other room.

2. When I entered his room, I saw him (82. sleep)........................in a chair.

3. If only I (83. have) ........................money with me, I (84. lend)........................you some.

4. Why are you under the table? You (85. look)........................for something?

5. David (86. wash)........................his hands. He just (87. repair)........................ theTV set.

6. The radio (88. play)........................, since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.

7 "Where is Jane?" "Down stairs sir" ."She (89. greet) ........................the guests."

8. How you (90. get) ........................on at school?

V. Fill in the gap with the correct form of the word in capital letters.

Apart from television, the cinema is the most popular form of (0) entertainment (ENTERTAIN) for most people because it is still relatively (91)........................(EXPENSE)

Hollywood is, of course, the capital of the (92) ........................ (NATION)cinema industry.

Hollywood movies make up (93)........................(ROUGH) 75% of all the films We watch at our local cinemas.

Although we may find it difficult to remember the names of (94) ........................(ITALY) and French film stars, Hollywood stars, such as Sylvester Stallone and Meryl Streep are (95) ...................... (HOUSE) names all around the world. Moreover, only Hollywood seems to make certain kind of films (96)........................(SUCCESS). (97)........................(MUSIC) are one example but we can also include westerns although for a time “spaghetti westerns” were quite (98) ................... (FASHION) with cinema goers.

But cowboys and Indians are really a Hollywood (99) ........................ (SPECIAL) and they are still going strong after all these years.Such films, however, have not remained (100) ...................(TOUCH) by time and changes in attitudes, the cowboys are no longer always the goodies as they were in the 1940s.

VI. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

There has been a revolution in the world of newspapers. Not many years (101)..............., newspapers were still being produced using techniques unchanged for( 102) .................. hundred years.

The journalists gave their stories to a typist, who prepared them for an editor who passed them on (103).............the printer. The printer, who was a (104)............ skilled man, set up the type. (105).............. was then collected to make the pages. When the pages were complete, the printing machines could be (106)........................

Nowadays what (107)...............? The journalists type their stories into a computer. The (108).............. checks their spelling, plans the page, shapes the articles. When the pages are ready, another computer may control the printing. (109)................. can be no doubt about it, producing a newspaper is an entirely different (110)...............now.

VII. Read the text then choose the best option to complete the sentences.

In the United States and Canada, it is very important to look a person directly in the eyes when you are having a conversation with him or her. If you look down or to the side when the other person is talking, that person will think that you are not interested in what he or she is saying, This, of course, is not polite. If you lookdown or to the side when you are talking, you may appear to be hiding something; that is, it might seem that you are not honest. However, people who are speaking will sometimes look away for a few seconds when they are thinking or trying to find the right word. But they always turn immediately back to look the listener directly in the eyes. These social “rules” are the same for two men, two women, a man and a woman, or an adult and a child.

111. In the US and Canada, when you are having a conversation withsomeone,………….

A. do not look directly in the eyes B. it is impolite to look at the eyes of the speaker or hearer C. you should look him or her directly in the eyes D. look down or to the side 112. If you look down or to the side when the other person is talking, you…………

A. will be thought to be not interested in the conversation B. are very interested in what is being said C. are very polite D. are the interesting person 113. If you look down or to the side when you are talking,………….

A. the Americans are interested in you B. you are thought to be dishonest C. you are very polite D. you are interested in the conversation 114. The speaker will sometimes look away because ………….

A. he or she wants to end the conversation B. he or she thinks that the hearer is not honest C. the hearer is interested in what is being said

D. because they are thinking or finding the right word 115. These social “rules” are…………

A. for men only B. for women only C. for children only D. die same for everybody VIII. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it meam exactly the same as the sentence printed before.

116. They knew little about the job of theừ choice. → They had ...................................................................................................................................

117. I got on a train. I wanted to go to a station. The train didn't stop there. → The train I....................................................................................................................................

118. “When did you get to know him”, My mother said to me. → My mother ..............................................................................................................................

119. Without a passport she couldn’t have left the country. → If she ...........................................................................................................................................

120. That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. → It‘s such.......................................................................................................................................

121. I thought this meal would cost more than it did → This meal didn’t...........................................................................................................................

122. Can you give me a lift? I’ll be late otherwise → Unless .........................................................................................................................................

123. I haven’t been to the cinema for two months → The last time................................................................................................................................

124. Immediately after his arrival, things went wrong. → No sooner.....................................................................................................................................

125. She urged her husband to write the letter. → She urged that..............................................................................................................................

IX. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences: 126. boy/ whose work/ I/ show / you/ yesterday/ cleverest/ school.

127. After/ walk / three hours / we/ stop/let/ others/ catch / up/ us.

128. It / about/ time/ you/ have/ hair/ cut.

129. When/ you/ see/ me/ airport/ this morning/ see off/ friend.

130. She/come/ home early/ so as/ plenty/ time / cook /dinner/ yesterday.

ĐỀ SỐ 31 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Nguyễn Bỉnh Khiêm, Quảng Nam) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (4,0 pts) I. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to finish each of the following sentences. (1,0pt) 1. Do you know any………….people who might have a reason to do this?

A. others B. other C. another D. the other 2. She in very hurry………….she hasn’t eaten all day.

A. so B. because of C.since D. although 3. Tom: “I low about going to the movie tonight?” Mary: “…………..”

A. That’s a good idea.

B. It’s very near here.

C. No, I don't D. It’s very nice of you to say no.

4. If you travel at very high…………..,you increase the risk of having an accident.

A. speed B. haste C. rush D. hurry 5. I found the ring when I…………..in the garden.

A. was walking B. had walked C. had been walking D. have walked 6. Jack: “…………..do the planes take off?” - John: “Every ten minutes”.

A. How often B. What time C. How far D. How many 7. A lot of people…………..flu during the winter.

A. hold B. fetch C. put D. catch 8. Mai: “Did you like the novel that I gave you last week?”

Nam: “…………..the novels that I’ve read, I enjoyed this one the most.”

A. All of B. Of all C. For all D. From all II. Circle the letter A, B, C or D to show the underlined part that needs correction. (0) is an example.

(1,0 pt) 0. My son is the boy whose is wearing a while T-shirt.

A B C D 1. The Internet has increasing developed and become part of our everyday life ABC D 2. If we go on waste water, there will be a shortage of fresh water in a few decades.

A B C D 3. In the afternoon, they went boating in the river and have a pinic on the river bankbefore going home late inthe evening.A B CD 4. She went to the park which she first met her husband.

ABC D 5. When I arrived at the station, the train has already left.

AB C D 6. Nam doesn’t care how muchdoes the car cost because he is going to buy it anyway.

ABC D 7. The film was so bored that all of ushad gone home before it ended.

ABC D 8. Oranges are often pick when they are green because they are transportedthousands of miles.

A B CD III. Make suitable ADJECTIVES from the words given in the box to complete each the following sentences. There are two extra words w hich you don’t need to use. (0) has been done as an example. (1,0 pt) inform depend reason pollution afford care waste fashion pride science

0. He lost the game because he was very careless .

1. He was very ………… of the work he had done.

2.…………methods of farming have helped to increase rice production a great deal.

3. People who don’t reuse plastic bags are being…………, and the environment issuffering because of them.

4.I often watch the news on TV because it’s very…………

5. Sports like volleyball and rugby are more…………than golf, which can cost a lot.

6. We serve a range of vegetarian dishes at very…………prices.

7. Skateboarding has become…………again and more teenagers are trying it.

8. Panda is…………to China only.

IV. Complete each of the following sentences with ONE suitable preposition. (1.0 pt) 1. Hurry up, or you’ll be late…………school.

2. The streets were crowded…………people.

3. You ought to be ashamed…………yourself!

4. We have a good working relationship…………the local authority.

5. “Would you like a drink, officer?”

“Not while I am…………duty, sir” 6. Sara goes everywhere…………her bike.

7. If there are any personnel problems, the boss always asks his deputy to deal …………them.

8. A: “Can I pay for this…………credit card?

B: “I’m afraid you can only pay…………cash”.

B. READING (3.0pts) I. Read the passage and fill in each gap with ONE suitable word only. (0) has been done as an example.

(1,0 pt) STORMY WATERS My elder sister, (0)....who…... has done a lot of traveling, had advised me not to go (1)..................ship in February, but of course I (2)..................paid any attention to whatshe said. I hadn’t taken any notice, (3).................., of the warning from the passengerscoming off the ship, who said it had (4).................. the worst voyage they had(5)..................experienced.

The watet in the harbors looked calm enough and the ship was big and solid, so I decided not to take any anti- seasickness pills. As (61)..................as I was on board Ibegan (7)..................a hu e meal, which I finished just as we came out of the harborand into ocean. Immediately we were hit by enormous waves, (8)..................threwthe ship around in the water as if it were a toy boat in the bath.

II. Use the word given in bold in brackets to finish the second sentence so that it that has the similar meaning to the first one. Don’t change the forms of the given words. (2,0 pts) Example: I last saw him at my 31st birthday party. (since) → I haven’t seen him since my 31st birthday party.

1. We have to improve all the schools in the city. (improved) → All...........................................................................................................................................

2. They couldn’t go to the beach because of the heavy rain. (so) → It .........................................................................................................................................

3. Did anyone hear the explosion last night?”, said the boss. (asked) → The boss.................................................................................................................................

4.I advise you to think carefully before accepting his offer. (better) → You ........................................................................................................................................

5. Your house needs to be repainted before Tet holiday. (necessary) → It.............................................................................................................................................

6.I do not intend to tell you my plans, (no) →I..............................................................................................................................................

7. They left early because they didn’t want to get caught in the traffic. (getting) → In...........................................................................................................................................

8. I offered to help her but she said: “No, thanks”. (turned) → She .........................................................................................................................................

ĐỀ SỐ 32 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hùng Vương, Gia Lai) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS. I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest.

1. A. aren’t B. aunt C. can't B.shoot C. foot 2. A. boot 3. A. song B. one C. long 4. A. eight B. freight C. height B. passion C. tissue 5. A. issue

D. want D. suit D.gone D. weight D. vessel

II. VhocKMt the word whose stress syllable Is different 1. A. atmosphere B. expensive C. January D. yesterday 2. A. familiar B. necessary C. enjoyable D. irregular 3. A. purpose B. harvest C. necessity D. contribute 4. A. originate B. concentrate C. encourage D. congratulate 5. A. ancestor B. creature C. police D. television B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete each sentence with a word formed from the word in capitals.

1. This hook is terrible. It's completely................ (READ) 2. The result was very strange. In fact, it was ................ (BELIEF) 3. Recendx health foods have increased in................ (POPULAR) 4. I find computers rather cold and................ (PERSON) 5. The cold lady hid all her...............under her bed. (SAVE) II. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence.

1 The swimmers..............., forward as they waited to begin the race.

A. fell B. crawled C. rolled D. leaned 2. -What does "shove off' mean?

- It means "go away” but it's...............Don’t use it!

A. wrong B. slang C. friendly D. incorrect 3. The fans climbed over the fence to................ paying.

A. avoid B. prevent C. abandon D. refuse 4. I don't think that purple skirt................with your yellow shirt.

A. suits B. fits C. goes D. wears 5. You look hot in that coat. Why don't you................?

A. put it on B. take it off C. put it away D. take it out 6. My TV,................, has broken down twice already.

A. which I thought only last year B. that I bought only last year C. I bought only last year D. which I bought it only last year 7. My friend Jonathan has a gold earring in.................

A. his two ears B. each ear C. every ear D. the ears 8. When Henry arrived home after a day at work,.................

A. his wife was sleeping B. his wife slept C. his wife has slept D. his wife has been sleeping 9. He gave..................

A. to the class a difficult exercise B. the class a difficult exercise C. a difficult exercise for the class D. an exercise very difficult to the class.

10. Linda................. scores high marks in grammar tests but quite low marks incomposition writing.

A. traditionally B. consistently C. customarily D. routinely 11. I can’t help you with your homework tonight..................football in ten minutes.

A. I play B. I’ll have played C. I’m playing D. I’ll play 12. There’s a new suspension bridge over.................at Dart ford.

A. Thames B. River Thames C. the Thames D. Thames River 13. Vietnam Airlines regrets.................passengers that the flight to HCM City willbe 30 minutes late.

A. informing B. to inform C. inform D. for informing 14. Everyone congratulated Mai on her suggestion, but actually I thought of it.................

A. first B. firstly C. at first D. at the beginning 15. When I arrived at the station, there were a lot of people .................for the train.

A. who are waiting B. waited C. were waiting D. waiting

C. ERROR RECOGNITION I. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs to be corrected.

1. Stuart stopped to write his letter because he had to leave for the hospital.

A BCD 2. Mrs. Stevens, along with her cousins from New Mexico, are planningto attendthe festivities.

A B CD 3. Mary and her sister just bought two new winters coatsat the clearance sale.

A B CD 4. Even though she looks very young, she is twice older than my twenty-year-old sister.

AB CD 5. The teachers and the administrators are having such difficult time agreeing on aconfract for the A B forthcoming year that he teachers may go on strike.

C D II. Read Mary’s letter to Paul about her new job. If a line is correct, put a tick (✓ ✓) in the space. If a line has an unnecessary word, write the word in the space. There are two examples at the beginning (0) and (00).

Dear Paul, I am writing to tell you that I have been appointed for Operation

(0) for

Manager at the City Zoo. The zoo is a major tourist attraction, with Over a million visitors a year. T shall be the responsible for looking

(00)... √...

After the visitors and the zoo by itself. They were looking for

2 ...........

Candidates between twenty-eight and forty-five. They also wanted that someone with managerial ability and relevant experience.

3 ..............

4…. ..........

Surprisingly, I got the job! Accommodation is also provided, so we

5. ............

won’t be need to look for somewhere to live. My starting salary will

6 ....... ......

be around $25,000. which isn’t bad! I’m really looking forward to starting out work there. I hope I’ll really looking forward to

7. .............

8 ...............

I involved! I must admit I’m a little nervous about it at all!

I hope to see you sometime soon. Love to the family.

Best whishes

9 ........... …

10. ...........

1 ...........

Mary

D. READING I. Read the text carefully and then choose the correct answers.

EXTENDING THE TEEN YEARS Three decades ago, children were considered adults at around twenty years of age. This was an age to make important life decisions. Kids were no longer kid.They found places to live, goy jobs, and planned to get married. In the 1970s, the average age for marriage was twenty-four. Now the average age is close to thirty.

Many big decisions are happening later than before.

Is it really just a case of not growing up? Are people really just making their “teen” years stretch into their twenties? Are they still dependent upon their parents? Certainly, many in their twenties live with their parents after college. They like the comfortable lives they had before. They want to be able to pay off the money they borrowed to pay for college. They also want to have fun at the same time.

But this is not enough to explain the trend. People are living longer and want to put these big decisions

off until later. They see that older people are retiring later. The working years have increased. The young generation believes they will take care of very old parents and their own children for many years. They do not wish to hurry into this stage of life.

1. Why does the author mention that kids were no longer kids?

A. To make the passage interesting to read.

B. To describe what kids do while young.

C. To emphasize the concept of adulthood.

D. To stage the age of important life decisions.

2. The author uses the money they borrowed to pay for college as an example of which of the following?

A. Why children stay at home in their twenties.

B. How children should behave in theừ twenties.

C. What parents suggest their children do.

D. Why college costs so much in the United States.

3. Why does the author mention that older people are retiring later?

A. To state that older people will retire.

B. To prove that this is the only cause.

C. To justify why we should not care for our parents.

D. To explain the trend of young people leaving home later.

4. “Three decades” in line 1 refers to a period of………….

A. 100 years B. 300 years C. 30 years D. 10 years 5. They want to be able to pay off money means…………..

A. they want to be able to pay their debt gradually.

B. they want to borrow some more.

C. they want to invest money.

D. they want to be able to pay the money in full.

II. Fill each gap with ONE suitable word.

The greatest enemy of forests is fire. Every year millions of acres of forests are (1).................by forest fires. Most of these (2)................. are started by man. Moreforest fires can be traced to campers and smokers than to any other (3)..................Some of the people (4)................. start forest fires do so because (5).................ignorance. (6).................do not seem to know that it is important to watch a campfires should be built in (8).................places, and that forest soil will often burn because it is so (9).................of plant materials.

In (10).................weather, such soilmay be set ablaze by a camp fire.

III. Are the statements below TRUE (T), FALSE (F) or NOT GIVEN (NG) according to the paragraph?

Circle T, F or NG. Widely popular in Asia, the guava is little known in Western countries, although it is both delicious and nutritious, with a very high Vitamin c content. Its pear-like crunchy flesh is best eaten unripe.

1. The guava is widely popular in Asia.

2. Guavas must be eaten unripe.

3. Guavas are unknown in Western countries.

4. Guavas are usually eaten for breakfast.

5. Guavas are often eaten with a bit of salt.

E. WRITING I. Rewrite each sentence so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before. Use the given word.

1. The doctor said to me, “If I were you, I wouldn’t smoke”. (advised) →The doctor....................................................................................................................................

2. The forest outside the town started burning last night. (caught) → The forest ...................................................................................................................................

3. Nothing you do will change anything. (difference) → Nothing........................................................................................................................................

4. Haven’t you found a house yet? (still) → Are .............................................................................................................................................

5. I wasn’t interested in the film, so I turned the TV off. (find) → I didn’t.........................................................................................................................................

II. Complete the letter, using the given words.

Dear Aunt Mary, 1. I/ write/ thank/ cheque/ you/ send/ me/ my birthday.

2.I/ decide/ save/ money/ because/ want/ buy/ motorbike.

3. Although I/ not old/ yet/ have/ license/ I/ be able/ take/ year’s time.

4. It/ difficult/ live here/ country/ without/ kind of ưansport/ because/ be so few/ buses.

5. So/ I/ look forward/ day/ when/ not have/ rely/ friends/ lifts.

I hope to see you at Christmas when I go to London Best wishes David

ĐỀ SỐ 33 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lóp 10 THPT Chuyên Quốc học – Huế) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (30 points) I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. Circle your choice. (10 points) 1. Why don’t you go to the park……………?

A. in the car B. with the car C. with car D. by the car 2. Give her a telephone to ring……………she gets lost.

A. if B. whether C. although D. in case 3. She……………himof lying to her.

A. threatened B. blamed C. accused D. criticised 4. Losing my job was a great shock, but I think I’m……………it.

A. seeing to B. putting up with C. standing for D. getting over 5. No one’s got to stay late this evening,……………?

A. is it B. have they C. isn’t it D. don’t they 6. I was in a such hurry that I left one of my bags……………

A. out B. behind C. on D. aside 7. On the first day of our holiday we just……………by the hotel pool.

A. enjoyed B. calmed C. comforted D. relaxed 8. Jane likes watching films but she is not……………keen on any kind.

A. specially B. certainly C. largely D. particularly 9. My hands were so cold that I couldn’t……………my coat buttons.

A. open B. remove C. undo D. put out 10. Mary looked up the fastest train to Glasgow in the……………

A. catalogue B. timetable C. dictionary D. programme II. Complete each sentence with a word from the box. (10 points) call draw fall get take come face fill go turn 1.I think we should……………over our plan again before we tell the managing director.

2. Have you……………up with any ideas for advertising the new products?

3. Our deal with the Chinese company may……………through, but we can sell themachinery to the German firm if necessary.

4. You have to in……………this form, and return it to the manager.

5. She didn’t……………on with her boss, so she left the company.

6. If they don’t give us a better price, we’ll……………downtheir offer.

7. I’m afraid we have to……………upto the fact that we are losing money.

8. Our lawyers are going to……………up a new contract tomorrow.

9. A multinational company is trying to ............ over our firm, but we want to stay independent.

10. We had to ........... off the office party because of the economic situation.

III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in the same line. (70 points) EVENING CLASSES Recently I decided to go to evening classes twice a week. During the day I work 1. SECRETARY 2. OCCUPY in a (1)................ agency as atelephonist. It is not a very interesting (2)....................... and I get bored. I also got tired of coming home every evening, 3. FREEZE putting a (3) ................meal in the oven and then watching TV. So I decided to 4. CARPENTER 5. EXPLAIN take up (4) ................ as a hobby.Perhaps I should give you an (5) ................for my choice. Learning a skill is a good (6) ........................ to the problem of boring 6. SOLVE work. Also, I felt I was a (7) ................because any time I tried to put up a shelf, 7. FAIL for example, it always fell down! Now I am quite a (8) ................. wood- worker! 8. SUCCESS 9. CONSTRUCT I am working on the (9).................. of some furniture at the moment. And 10. EMBARRASS although there are only two other girls in the class, I don’t feel any (10)........................I’ve just turned out to be the best student in the class!

B. READING COMPREHENSION (35 points) I. Decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. Circle your choice. (15 points) LEARNING HOW TO LEARN There is usually one important (1)............. missing from most school(2)............. Very few Students are(3)…………… how to organize their learning andhow to (4)............... the best use of their time. Let’s take some simple (5).............Do you know how to (6)................up works inn the dictionary?, and do you understand all the (7).............thedictionary contains? Can you (8)........... notes quickly, and can you understand them (9)................?For some reason, manyschools give learners no (10)................withthese matters. Teachers ask studentsto (11)………….. pagesfrom books, or tell them to write ten pages, but don’t explain (12)................ todo it. Learning by (13)................ can be useful, but it isimportant to have a genuine (14)................of a subject. You can (15)................. a lot oftime memorizing books, without understanding anything about the subject!

1. A. theme B. book C. subject D. mark 2. A. agendas B. timetables C. terms D. organizations 3. A. taught B. learnt C. educated D. graduated 4. A. take B. give C. get D. make 5. A. sentences B. results C. rules D. examples 6. A. find B. look C. research D. get 7. A. information B. advice C. subjects D. themes 8. A. do B. send C. take D. revise 9. A. after B. afterwards C. lastly D. at last 10. A. teaching B. ability C. instruction D. help 11. A. concentrate B. remind C. forget D. memorize 12. A. how B. what C. why D. it 13. A. the way B. heart C. now D. law 14. A. information B. success C. understanding D. attention 15. A pass B. waste C. tell D. use II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (15 points)

COMPUTER Recent years have seen the appearance of different (1) .................. of communication. More and (2) ..................peoplehave a computer (3)..................homeand they use it to play games, find information (4)................ the Net and also to communicate. You can send e-mails, write your own blog and (5)................-. to other people. It is amazing how easily you can communicate (6) ..................someone on the other side of the world. It has brought happiness (7)..................reassurance to many, knowing that a friend or member of their family is only a click of the mouse away. Some people say it has become (8) ................ aid in education and even brought more equality, as most children become computer literate. But it has also (9) .................. concern.Who takes the responsibility ofmaking (10) .................. that the Net doesn’t give false facts? (11) ...................there enough protection from fraud and misinformation? Do young people rely too much (12).................. computers for their entertainment? (13).................... it destroy our creativity? The experts (14).................. now trying to find answers tothese (15)..................

III. Read the following passage and choose the best answer among A, B,C or D. Circle your choice.

(5points) STUDYING ABROAD Before applying to a foreign university, one should consider the disadvantages of studying abroad.

First, a student may feel lonely by being far from home and friends. Also, difficulty in understanding a foreign language can be very disappointing and can affect the student’s grades. It can be very expensive to pay the costs of travel and housing in a different country. Finally, if there is an emergency at home, it will be hard to get home in a hurry.

However, studying in another country is advantageous in many ways. A student is exposed to a new culture. This culture teaches him or her about other people and other ways of thinking, which can promote friendships among countries. He can learn a new language which may be beneficial for keeping up with research after the student has finished studying. He can learn experience not available in his country. The student may also get the opportunity to study at a university where a leading expert in his field may be teaching. The leading expert can introduce the student to the most up-to-date findings of the top researchers in the field. Exposure to such available knowledge and insights into the field can aid the student in becoming an expert as well.

1. …………. to study abroad.

A. There are only disadvantages B. There are only advantages C. There are both advantages and disadvantages D. There are neither advantages nor disadvantages 2. When studying abroad, a student…………..

A. is homesick and feels lonely B. spends a lot of money for accommodation and transportation.

C. cannot go home immediately in an emergency D. All are correct.

3. When studying abroad, a student is exposed to a new culture that………….

A. has no advantages B. enriches his knowledge about people and other ways of thinking C. has no effects D. causes some trouble 4. At a foreign university, a student…………..

A. can learn a foreign language B. cannot learn a foreign language C. has to learn his mother tongue D. doesn’t have to learn a language 5. At a foreign university, a student may…………..

A. meet his neighbor .

B. travel a lot C. meet a leading expert in his field D. All are correct.

C. WRITING (35 points)

I. Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first one, by using the word given. (Do not change the word given) (10 points) 1.I haven’t decided yet whether to move or not. (mind) → I haven’t ......................................................................................................................................

2. The weather is fine, but my flowers haven’t come out. (of) → My flowers ...................................................................................................................................

3.I probably forgot to mention that the deadline is Tuesday. (may) → I.....................................................................................................................................................

4.I like going sailing more than swimming. (rather) →I’d .................................................................................................................................................

5. “You’ve passed your driving test, Ron. Well done!” said Carol. (on) → Carol congratulated.......................................................................................................................

6.I was never allowed to walk barefoot when I was a child. (let) → My parents ...................................................................................................................................

7. They have collected the tests and checked the answers. (been) → The tests.........................................................................................................................................

8. No one gave us instructions and showed us what to do. (not) → We ...............................................................................................................................................

9. The boy said that he hadn't done anything wrong. (denied) →The boy..........................................................................................................................................

10. Amanda has improved a lot this term. (progress) →Amanda..........................................................................................................................................

II. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines arc correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (√) by the number. If a line has a word which should not be there, write the word by the number. (15points) 0 The stadium is only a few minutes away from where I live so I usually go to the 0 √ 00 matches on the foot. I put on my team's colours and set off with a couple of friends 00 the 1 from work. I always feel a sense of excitements as I turn to the corner and the tall 1.

2 floodlights come into view at the top of the main stand of the stadium. By the time we 2.

3 will get to the stadium, there are big enough crowds, all heading in the same 3.

4 direction. As soon as we get inside, the chanting begins and the suspense builds up. I 4.

5 have been to a lot of games which were utterly boring: the weather was such cold and 5.

6 drizzly and the game finished in a goal-less draw. After going games like that, some 6.

7 fans express their disappointment through acts of violence but I just look ahead 7.

8 to the next game. Violence on and off of the pitch is the biggest problem in football, 8.

9 but the behaviour of some of the stars also gives the game a bad name.

9.

10 Take Maradona of Argentina: he was, as everyone knows it, a great player but he got 10.

11 involved with drugs and was excluded from the 1994 World Cup after he failing a 11.

12 drugs test. Another of the greatest players was the Englishman George Best, but again 12.

13 the pressure of being a star was too great for him.

13.

14 He turned up to drink and retired when he was only twenty-six.

14.

15 15.

III. Write an essay of at least 200 words on ONE of the following topics. (10points) Topic 1.

The difficulties of learning English and how to overcome them.

Topic 2.

If you could change one important thing about your hometown, what would you change? Use reasons and

specific examples to support your answer

ĐỀ SỐ 34 (Đề thi tuyểh sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Lê Quý Đôn, Đà Nẵng) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (40 marks) I. Choose the best option to complete each sentence. Write either A, B, C or D in the box for answers.

(20 marks) 1.I do feel rather ashamed…………..having told a lie.

A. on B. up C. of D. with 2.I use my mobile to stay in touch…………..my friends.

A. in B. with C. about D. on 3. You should really take it…………..for a few days. You look tired.

A. easy B. off C. over D. relaxed 4. Are there enough apples for us to have one…………..?

A. every B. each C. individually D. self 5. They missed the beginning of the movie; they enjoyed it, ...............

A. although B. but C. though D. too 6. The flight from Jakata to New Delhi has been cancelled…………..the heavy fog.

A. as a result B. despite C. on behalf of D. on account of 7.I opened the door quietly…………..my father up.

A. to not wake B. so as not to wake C. so that I don’t wake D. not to waking 8. A jellyfish doesn’t have…………..a mouth or a sense of smell.

A. neither B. either C. so D. such 9. Do you think that speaking English will help you go…………..professionally?

A. far B. for C. at D. in 10. It looked dark and heavy…………..itwas going to rain.

A. although B. unless C. as if D. whereas 11. It was cloudy………….. thephotos came out very bad.

A. Result B. However C. But D. As a result 12. This problem is a very common one…………..you do. don't try to remove it yourself.

A. No matter B. Whatever C. However D. whoever 13. Jenny’s hopes were…………..whenshe wasn't selected for the team.

A. lowered B. smashed C. dashed D. dimmed 14. Her…………..is to teach in another country when she has finished her degree A. experience B. attention C. advantage D. intention 15. Peter ................ his father in many ways, but he has his mother’s sense of humor.

A. takes after B. comes across C. makes out D. gives in 16. The busy restaurant was always packed with hungry…………..

A. clients B. waiters C. guests D. customers 17. We’re really .............. because we have been walking more than 100km!

A. distinguished B. excited C. exhausted D. amused 18. He couldn’t ............ the huge rock in the path, so he went around it.

A. get over B. put off C. go in D. take off 19. Although he shouted, his words were ........... in the wind.

A. killed B. lost C. stopped D. drowned 20. She should have been here but she’s.............flu.

A. gone through with B. gone down with

C. come in for D. come up against II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets. Write your answers in the box provided. (10 marks) 1. Traveling in big cities is becoming more............ every day. (trouble) 2. You must keep these…………..documents carefully in the safe. (confidence) 3. The family has the important function of............children. (society) 4. Most people agree that Christmas has become too………….. (commerce) 5. The new airport will improve…………..between the islands. (communicate) 6. The best way to see the.........of Manhattan is from a ferry around the island. (see) 7. I’m going to see a wonderful programme…………..by a world-famous violinistat the Sydney Opera House tonight. (performance) 8. The end of the film really disappointed me. It was totally ............(believe) 9. This word is very difficult to say. I always ......... it. (pronunciation) 10. Not…………..on such a hot day, the beach was crowded. (surprise) III. For question 1 - 10, read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct but some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (√) in the space provided in the box for inswer. If a line has a word which should not be there, write the word in the space provided in the box for answer. There are two examples at the beginning (0 and 00). (10 marks)

0

We had left the house with plenty of time to spare, but

00

suddenly I realized we might have miss the plane. There had

1

been an accident on the motorway, and although that nobody

2

had been hurt, the traffic was at a complete standstill. By the

3

time when we started moving again, it was less than an hour

4

to take-off. When at last the taxi reached the terminal, we

5

had jumped out and ran quickly to the check-in, only to find an enormous queue. Everyone had a luggage, and we only

6 7 8 9 10

0.... √….. ...have....

............... ............... ............... ............... ...............

............... ............... ............... ............... worried by then and I asked to her if we were tod late.

She smiled at, gave me our boarding cards and said, “Your flight has ............... had fifteen minutes before we left. Eventually we reached the desk, and we gave the woman our tickets. I was very

been delayed by an hour”.

B. READING COMPREHENSION (35 marks) I. Read the text below and select the best option for each blank. Write your answers (A, B, C, or D) in the box provided. (10 marks) Here are some ways to help you to get a good night’s sleep. Firstly, don't try too hard to (1)..............asleep because this will make you anxious and keep youawake. Secondly, don’t go to bed until you (2) .............. sleepy. Sitting in bedawake just (3)..............you awake. If you cannot sleep (4)..............you goto bed, get up and do something relaxing for a while until you feel sleepy. (5)..............aboring book, watching TV or writing a letter can all help to relaxyou. You shouldn’t keep (6) .............. the clock, either. If you know howmuch sleep you have lost, you will become worried and less able to sleep. Turning the clock around (7).............. you cannot see it is better. Lastly, it is a good(8)..............to exercise during the day. A 20-minute walk (9).............. the morning will (10)..............you feel sleepier at bedtime.

1. A. make B. fall C. fell D. take 2. A. fall B. drop C.take D. feel

3. A. makes B. takes C. brings D. does 4. A. whatever B. wherever C. whenever D. how 5. A. Reading B. Seeing C. Watching D. Surfing 6. A. looking up B. looking after C. looking at D. looking for 7. A. so B. therefore C. in order to D. so that 8. A. idea B. opinion C. information D. view 9. A. on B. in C. of D. during 10. A. take B. provide C. help D. support II. Multiple matching reading (10 marks) You are going to read a magazine article in which various musicians are interviewed. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. There is an example at the beginning (0).

0. ..B..

- I didn’t listen to others’ advice.

1..

2. .........

- I thought I’d be famous one day.

3………..

- My taste in music was different from everyone else’s.

4………..

- I regretted a decision I made.

5.............

-I sometimes found it difficult to concentrate.

6. ...........

- The more confident I became, the better I performed.

7……. ...... 8………...

- I performed my own material.

9………….

- My family was more important to me than music.

10………...

- I’d like to live a more stable life.

MAKING MUSIC Getting into the music business isn 't easy. We asked four different musicians to tell us about their experiences.

A. Martin - Country and western singer “17 years old I always used to sing along to my granddad's old country and western records, and when I got a guitar for my eighth birthday, they were the first tunes I played.My mates were all into Madonna and Michael Jackson so, of course, they thought I was a bit strange. At the age of ten I began writing songs and when I was 13,I started taking part in talent contests. Things didn’t go too well at first, partly because audiences didn’t know the words to the song I’d written, but mostly because of nerves. I gradually lost them, though, as I got used to being on stage, and so my playing and singing improved. I won my first contest when I was 15 and I’ve just signed a record deal.

B. Natasha - Violinist - 34 years old When I was just seven, I was accepted into a music conservatory in Moscow and had to spend four or five hours a day practising. That’s a long time for someone of that age to keep their mind on something as intense as that, and I didn’t always succeed. Friends and family tried to put me off becoming a professional musician because it’s such a hard life. They’re right of course but I’m glad I ignored them. Now, as I get older, I want to move away from performing and the constant tours, and start composing my own music. It’ll also be easier to start my own family if I have a more permanent home.

C. Pete - Guitarist and singer - 50 years old When I was 16, I played the lead guitar in a band, doing versions of songs by The Beatles and The Stones. The other guys in the group seemed to think our chances of success were slim, but I took no notice. I was confident I’d make a name for myself one day, with or without the rest of the band. I left when I was 20 to become a session musician, which was a mistake, I realized afterward, as it took me away from the one place I wanted to be - the stage. Then my wife and I had two children and I decided to put them first and got a more stable job in a bank. Now they are both grown up, I’ve started performing again - songs I write myself, this time. I play the local pubs and clubs at weekends only, which is enough for me at my age!

D. Jake - Rap singer - 19 years old I remembered when I was five and I sang a couple of songs on the karaoke machine at my uncle’s 30th

birthday party. When I finished, everyone cheered and came up and gave me hugs and kisses. ‘This is good,’ I thought, I could get used to this!’ Then at school, I performed ỉn plays and musicals - always the lead part, of course - and once again, the audience’s reaction made me feel good. I think 1 knew at that stage I was going to be a star. It was just a question of time.

III. Read the text below and fill each blank with ONE word. (10 marks) HOMESTAY When studying a foreign language abroad, a large majority of students choose ‘homestay’ accommodation, living with a(l) .................family while they attendclasses in a nearby language school. Very (2)................. however, once lessonshave finished, students speak their mother tongue with other class members of the same nationality. On a Homestay Language International study trip, we ensure total immersion in the target language environment by arranging accomodation and one-by-one tuition in your teacher’s home, so that you (3).................surrounded by the language during every moment of your stay.

As you are the only student, you can learn (4).................your own pace, and thelessons are made to suit your individual interests and objectives. You will also have the chance to (5).................fully in your host teacher’s activities, includingtrips to places of (6).................in the local area. All of our teachers have a university degree and a relevant (7) qualification, and most have spentmuch time abroad and they can understand the needs and concerns of then (8).................guests. Homestay Language International offers a wide range ofgeneral or business courses for young and old (9)................., with a choice of over 80 destinations throughout the world. Whether it’s English in New Zealand. French in Canada or German in Austria, you can expect a (10).................welcome ina relaxed home environment and an unforgettable study experience.

IV. Read the text and choose the best part (A, B, C, D or E) to complete each sentence. (5 marks) EXAM STRESS 1. Symptoms of exam stress According to Professor Turnbull, a neurologist, more than 25% of America teenagers feel stressed at least once a day. And nothing gets students down than exams. Nearly 90% of teenagers suffer from sfress at least once. “They come down with migraines, and many have problems eating and sleeping.”

2. Extra stress Fear of failing exams is understandable. However, pressure from parents and teachers adds to the stress. “My parents expect me to be good at everything - academic subject, sport, and music! It’s ridiculous,” says Macy, 16, from Pittsburgh. Pennsylvania.

3. Prepare your environment “You should make a revision plan that is realistic and that gives you enough time to study,” recommends Prof Turnbull. “Students should eat healthy meals - oily fish and green vegetables contain chemicals that help you memory. The revision environment is important. Student ought to find a quiet place to revise. They mustn’t leave things on their desk that can distract them, such as a cell phone. And they should see their friends just a few times a week - and if possible, no testing and no emails.

4. How to revise “Make a list before you start revising each day. Study the most difficult things early in the day, when your memory is fresher. After you have finished revising, check the list - and then rest. Exam stress wears off when you read a magazine, listen to music, or do sports.”

5. On the big day “If you start to feel nervous, breathe deeply for a minute. Then skim all the exam questions. Read all the instruction carefully. How many questions do you have to answer? Are there any sections that you don’t have to answer? Be prepared - then you won’t get any nasty surprises halfway through the exam.”

6. When it is all over “Well done! You’ve done the best you could. Don’t look at the questions with your friends, as this can make you worry more. Concentrate on your next exam. But take a rest first.

1. According to Professor Turnbull, .............................................

A. more than 90% of students are stressed

B. most American teenagers have problems with eating C. stress is worse than taking an exam D. more than 25% of American teenagers suffer from daily stress E. about 25% of teenagers are stressful.

2. Students find exams stressful because ...... ..................

A. parents and teachers demand a lot B. they have to do too much revision C. they can’t take exams a second time D. schools don’t care about students’ schedules E. failing can result in a terrible punishment 3. To create a good environment for revising, Professor Turnbull suggests………………

A. selling your cell phone B. not working in your bedroom C. not eating fish D. removing disưactions E. finding quite a nice place 4. Before you revise each day,………………………….

A.rest for a few hours B. make a list of fish and vegetables to eat that day C. make a list of what you want to study that day D. read a magazine or play volleyball E. text or email your friends first 5. After an exam,………………………..

A. concentrate for five more minutes B. think about the answers that you got wrong C. relax for a while D. call your friends E. help the teacher collect the exam papers C. WRITING (25 marks) I. Rewrite the second sentence in such a way that it has the same meaning as the one before it. Write your answer in the box provided. (6 marks) 1. I can’t help laughing at his funny face. → I find it difficult.............................................................................................................................

2. Although he couldn’t speak Dutch, Tom decided to settle in Amsterdam. → In spite .........................................................................................................................................

3. Kate is the only real friend that Dolly has. → Except...........................................................................................................................................

4. His real identity will always remain a secret. → No one..........................................................................................................................................

II. Complete the second sentence In such a way that It has the same meaning gj the one before it, using the word given in brackets. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD. (7 marks) 1. Chocolate can be good for you but you must not eat too much of it. (provided) →Chocolate.....................................................................................................................................

2. “Does your brother want to go to the cinema with us?” asked my friend. (felt) → My friend asked me if................................................................................................................

3. She has always had a good relationship with the children. (got) → She has.......................................................................................................................................

4. A child cannot sit still for 15 minutes. (impossible) →It..................................................................................................................................................

5. The Pacific Ocean is on average deeper than the Atlantic Ocean. (greater) → The average................................................................................................................................

6. After being in Australia for a year, I still find driving on the left difficult. (get) → After being in Australia for a year, I still can’t ....................................................... on the left.

7. Nobody could possibly believe the story he told us. (beyond) → The story.......................................................................................................................................

III. Composition (12 marks) Imagine you are Phuc. You are planning to buy a new bike. You see one advertised in a magazine. Write a letter to the shop to ask for more information. Include the following information and use indirect questions: • say where you saw the advert, and why you are writing • explain what you need the bike for • ask your most important question • ask your other questions

ĐỀ SỐ 35 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên, TP. Hổ Chí Minh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Choose the correct answer to fill in the blank. (40 pts) 1. They seemed to be……………to the criticism and just carried on as before.

A. disinterested B. indifferent C. sensitive 2. He spoke……………all the families who had lost relatives in the disaster.

A. with a view to B. in respect C. on behalf of 3. They are very good friends but in terms of sports they are worlds ……………

A. away B. separate C. apart 4. The operation was doomed to failure from the word…………….

A. go B. start C. begin 5. Her penknife came in very……………when they were on their picnic.

A. useful B. handy C. practical 6. The doctor was unable to go away for the weekend because she was……………duty.

A. at B. by C. in 7. She is too……………to hide what she thinks about them.

A. quiet B. outspoken C. apologetic 8. The little boy……………into tears when he thought that he was lost.

A. burst B. fell C. broke 9. The film……………a lot of attention.

A. generated B. manufactured C. promoted 10. All the engineers were happy because they finally made .……………

A. a breakthrough B. an outburst C. a viewpoint 11. Tom: Jane’s daughter is very rude Mary: You’re right; she has no manners A. however B. whatsoever C. whenever 12. Because of her recent poor form, she is only expected to come fourth……………

A. at least B. at best C. at worst 13. I’m in no……………this evening to listen to his silly jokes.

A. feeling B. tendency C. mood 14. …………… was lhe effect more powerfully felt then in the suburbs.

A. Nowhere B. Somewhere C. Anywhere 15. ……………the choice, I would definitely not go.

D. uncaring D. on aid of D. different D. now D. convenient D. on D. broadminded D. dripped D. brought D. an outcome

D. evermore D. at will D. opinion D. Everywhere

A. Giving B. Having given C. Given 16. Tom: The building s nearly finished, isn’t it?

Mary : Yes. but it’ll be……………we can move in.

A. to much time till B. a long time before C. hardly time when D. very soon that 17. Tom: Is your government salary good?

Mary: Yes. but I don't make as much……………worked in private industry.

A. as I B. if would have C. I would if 18. Tom: Betty didn t win the beauty contest of Singapore.

Mary: She would have……………some talent.

A. had she have B. have she had C. had she had 19. Tom: I saw you studying at the library last night.

Mary: You……………; I wasn’t there.

20. Tom: What’s all the noise about?

Mary” We had a bad accident ……………at the factory.

A. happened B. happening C. happen 21. Tom: Can you wait while I run into the library?

Mary: OK,……………you hurry.

A. even though B. as long as C. when 22. Tom: Can you wait while I run into the library?

A. may it B. as it may C. like it may 23. Tom: Who did you invite to dinner?

A. rather B. except C. besides 24. Tom: A lot of money goes for AIDS research.

Mary: Yes, because it’s……………the government is spending a lot to find a cure.

A. a so serious disease B. so serious a disease C. so a serious disease D. such serious that 25. Tom: Which is more important: luck or effort?

Mary: Luck is……………effort A. on the same importance B. the same importance as C. of the same importance D. as the same importance as 26. This is the latest news from Timbuktu. Two-thirds of the city……………in a fire.

A. was destroyed B. have been destroyed C. has been destroyed D. were destroyed 27. There was no alternative……………wait until the rescue team came.

A. but B. but to C. than to 28.……………his invaluable work, the project would never have succeeded.

A. For all B. In view of C. But for 29. This is the only party…………… in my life.

A. I never enjoy B. I ever enjoy C. I’ve never enjoyed D. I’ve ever really enjoyed 30. “So long!” is another way of saying…………….

A. Hello!

B. Cheer up!

B. I’m very happy 31. Tom: Take care of yourself. - Mary:…………….

A. I will B. Yes, I do C. Not bad 32. Tom: Can I have your order, please? - Mary:…………….

A. Two chickens, please.

B. Shouldn’t have behaved C. Shouldn’t behave D. ought not do behave 33. Tom: You really disappointed me with your behavior Mary: I know, I…………… so immaturely yesterday.

D. Being given

D. as I would if I

D. have she have

D. has happened D. unless D. does it.

D. other

D. than D. Provided with

D. Goodbye D. You’re welcome

A. mustn’t have behaved B. shouldn’t have behaved C. shouldn’t behave D. ought not to behave 34. It was in the countryside…………….

A. where John was bought up B. John was grown up C. that John was brought up D. which John was grown up at 35.I don’t know how you manage to……………on only £50 a week.

A. get by B. take in C. cut down D. look down 36. The plumber came yesterday to……………the burst pipes.

A. turn off B. look into C. get over D. see to 37. I’m afraid I haven’t got time to……………the matter right now.

A. go into B. look for C. turn over D. clean out 38. Our school doesn’t break……………until the end of July.

A. out B in C. off D. up 39. The government is to bring……………the necessary laws to deal with the problem.

A. down B. to C. up D. in 40. Do……………your shoe laces, or you will tumble over them.

A. with B. up C. about D. on II. Choose the suitable word to fill in each blank. (30pts) Research has shown that over half the children in Britain who take their own lunches to school do not eat (1)................... in the middle of the day. In Britainschools have to (2)................... meals at lunchtime.

Children can (3)...................to bringtheir own food or have lunch at the school canteen.

One shocking (4)................... of this research is that school meals are much healthierthan lunches prepared by parents. There are strict (5)................... for the preparation ofschool meals, which have to include one (6)................... of fruit and one of vegetables,as well meat, a dairy item and starchy food like bread or pasta. Lunchboxes (7)................... by researchers contained sweet drinks, crisps and chocolates bars.Children (8)................... twice as much sugar as they should at lunchtime.

The research will provide a better (9) ...................of why the percentage ofoverweight students in Britain has (10)................... in last decade. Unfortunately, thegovernment cannot (11)................... parents, but it can remind them of the (12)……………value of milk, fruit and vegetables. Small changes in their children’s diet can(13)................... their future health. Children can easily develop bad eating(14)................... at this age, and parents are the only ones who can (15)................... it.

1. A. appropriately B. properly C. probably D. possibly 2. A. take B. provide C. make D. do 3. A. prefer B. offer C. prepare D.choose 4. A. finding B. number C. figure D. outcome 3. A. standards B. procedures C. conditions D. regulations 6. A. piece B. portion C. helping D. amount 7 A. examined B. eaten C. taken D. investigated 8. A. take B. contain C. consume D. use 9. A. view B. knowledge C. understanding D. opinion 10. A. increased B. expanded C. raised D. added 11. A. criticize B. instruct C. order D. tell 12. A. nutritional B. healthy C. mental D. physical 13. A. kill B. effect C. destroy D. affect 14. A. behaviors B. styles C. attitudes D. habits 15. A. prevent B. cancel C. stop D. delay III. Identify the mistake in each sentence. (20 pts) 1. They asked me what did happenthe last night, but I was unable totell them A B C D 2. The test administrator ordered that we not to open our books until he told us to do so.

A BC D 3. Our new neighbors had been living in Arizona for ten years before movingtheir present house.

AB CD 4.I would attendthe meeting last week, but I had to make a speech at still another meeting AB CD 5. We are supposed to read all of chapter seventh and answer the questionsfor tomorrow’s class.

A B CD 6. Mexican jumping beans are actually seeds in which contain moth larvae whose activity causes the ABC D seeds to jump.

7. Science fiction is any fiction dealing with the future or with so imaginative A B subjects as interstellar travel, life on other planets, or time travel.

C D 8. Approximately fifty percent of the packageutilized in the United States are forfoods and beverages.

A BC D 9. studies of either vision and physical optics began almost as early as civilization itself.

A BCD 10. Because the expense of traditional fuels and the concern that they may run out, A B C many countries have been investigating alternative source of power.

D IV. Supply the appropriate forms of words in the brackets. (30 pts) 1. Such a kind man would never...................hurt his friend’s feelings. (INTEND) 2. The scenery along the coast was.................... (BREATHE) 3. Because of a car..................., she didn’t get to the airport in time for her flights. (BREAK) 4. The ................... need assistance from he whole society. (POVERY) 5. Her bedroom is...................decorated with her favorite souvenirs from her trips.(PLEASE) 6. We are offering many special price...................in printers this month. (REDUCE) 7. Students hate their classmates who get ................... treatment from their teachers. (PREFER) 8. Explosives are...................weapons. (DIE) 9. Three of the...................tried to escape through the window. (CAPTURE) 10. We were all surprised at her...................to help. (REFUSE) 11. Health care was...................in ancient time. There was no hospital or doctorthen. (EXIST) 12. What the teacher does first is to check ................... of the students. (ATTEND) 13. The company went bankrupt on account of inefficient.................... (MANAGE) 14. ................... are built to entertain and educate people about marine life.(MANAGE) 15. The educational program we are launching is to ................... teenage girls in rural areas. (POWER) V. Read the following passage and choose the best answers to the question. (20 pts) 1] The development of jazz can be seen as part of the large continuum of American popular music, especially dance music. In the twenties, jazz became the hottest new thing in dance music, much as ragtime had at the turn of the century and as would rhythm and blues in the fifties, rock in the fifties and disco in the seventies.

5] But who characteristics distinguish jazz from other dance music. The first is improvisation, the changing of a musical phrase according to the player’s inspiration. Like all artists, jazz musicians strive for an individuality style, and the improvise or paraphrase is a jazz musician’s main opportunity to display his or her individuality. In early jazz, musicians often improvised melodies collectively, thus creating a kind of polyphony. There was little soloing as such, although some New Orleans players, particularly comet player Buddy Bolden, achieved local fame for their ability to improvise a solo.

13] Later the idea of the chorus-long or multi chorus solo took hold. Louis Armstrong’s instrumental

brilliance, demonsfrated through extended solos, was a major influence in this development. Event in the early twenties, however, some jazz bands had featured soloists. Similarly, show orchestras and carnival bands often included one or two such “get-off’ musicians. Unimproved, completely structured jazz does exist, but the ability of the best jazz musicians to create music of great cohesion and beauty during performance has been a hallmark of the music and its major source of inspiration and change.

21] The second distinguishing characteristic of jazz is rhythmic drive that was initially called “hot” and later “swing”. In playing hot, a musician consciously departs from strict meter to create a relaxed sense of phrasing that also emphasizes the underling rhythms. (“Rough” tone and use of moderate vibrato also contributed to a hot sound). Not all jazz is hot, however, many early bands played unadorned published arrangements of popular songs. Still, the proclivity to play hot distinguished the jazz musician from other instrumentalists.

1. The passage answers which of the following questions?

A. Which early jazz musicians most Influenced rhythm and blues music?

B. What are the differences between jazz and other forms of music?

C. Why is dancing closely related to popular music in the United States?

D. What instruments comprised a typical jazz band of the 1920’s?

2. Which of the following appeared before jazz as a popular music of dancing?

A. Disco B. Rock C. Rhythm and blues D. Ragtime 3. According of the passage, jazz musicians are able to demonstrate their individual artistry mainly by?

A. creating musical variations while performing.

B. preparing musical arrangements C. reading music with great skill D. being able to play all types of popular music 4. Which of the following was the function of “get-off” musicians line 17?

A. Assist the other band members in packing up after a performance B. Teach dance routines created for new music C. Lead the band D. Provide solo performances in a band or orchestra 5. Which two types of music developed around the same time?

A. jazz/ rock B. dance/ rhythm & blue C. rock/ rhythm & blue D. jazz/ dance 6. Louis Armstrong was mentioned as an influential musician of A. “hot” or “swing” jazz B. chorus-long jazz C. structured jazz D. soloing jazz 7. The word “consciously” in line 22 is closest in meaning to A. carelessly B. easily C. periodically D. purposely 8. The word “unadorned” in line 26 is closest in meaning to A. lovely B. plain C. disorganized D. inexpensive 9. Which of the following terms is defined in the passage?

A. “improvisation” (line 6) B. “polyphony” (line 10) C. “comet player” (line 11) D. “multichorus” (line 13) 10. The topic of the passage is developed primarily by means of A. dividing the discussion into major areas B. presenting contrasting points of views C. providing biographies of famous musician D. describing historical events in sequence VI. Supply each blank with one suitable word. (3Ớ pA) Illiteracy is the condition of being (1).................to read and write. Illiteracy also(2)................. to describe the condition of being ignorant or unknowledgeable in a particular subject or field. Computer illiteracy is (3).................inability to use acomputer programming language.

Most of us (4)................. use computers know how to send emails, or how to create a new folder. But we know (5)................. about programming languages, the artificial languages used to write instructions that can be executed by a computer. Even in technologically (6)................. countries, a very small percentage of computer users are at the (9)................. of software manufacturers. Our societybecomes more dependent on information (10)................., and in a few years(11)................., reading and writing a computer language will be as essential(12).................using a human language. Computer users will not be able to survive (13)................. they know the code - the set detailed instructions that tell acomputer what to do. In the (14)................., survival and professional success willpresuppose knowing everything about the machines we (15).................with.

VII. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. In some questions you have to use the given words without changing their forms io any way. (30 pts) 1. Thanks to her mother’s encouragement, she entered the beauty contest → Had it....................................................................................................................................

2. She’ll probably pass the high school entrance examination. (STANDS) →...............................................................................................................................................

3. She was just as good as they had thought → She quite definitely came....................................................................................................

4. The “environmentally” label on this product us misleading. → Despite what is printed........................................................................................................

5. She was afraid to scream because she didn’t want to wake up the neighbors. (FEAR) →...............................................................................................................................................

6. When you arrive, you will be met by the Head of the Sales Department. → On.......................................................................................................................................

7. People estimate that the company manufactured more than 5,000 small planes last year. →More than 5,000 small planes..............................................................................................

8. There have been fewer people who consume Chinese products. (DECREASE) →.............................................................................................................................................

9. They bought me who laptops, but neither worked satisfactorily. (WHICH) →...........................................................................................................................................

10. Do phone us when you arrive at the airport, even if it’s very late. → However ........................................................................................................................

E. ĐỀ THI NĂM HỌC 2011 - 2012 ĐỀ SỐ 36 (Đề thi tuyến sinh vào lớp 10 Chuyền THPT Thoại Ngọc Hầu, An Giang) (Thời gian: 120 phút) I. Tim Jones's Mexican pen pal, Carlo, is visiting the USA. Listen to their conversation twice and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). (1m) 1. Tin suggests going to a restaurant in a park2. The park is close to Tim's house.

3. Carlo thinks the park is not very beautiful.

4.Tim and Carlo want to catch the 130 bus.

5. Carlo doesn't like American food.

II. Put the verb in brackets into the correct tense or form. (Im) 1. We………….(talk) to another man when I………….(see) him yesterday.

2. Last night my father………….(arrive) home at half past ten. He………….(have) abath and then ………….(go) to bed.

3. They were trying………….(persuade) him………….(change) his mind.

4.I can remember………….(be) very proud when I graduated.

5. Look! A boy………….(run) after a doy. He………….(want) to catch it III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in brackets, (ỉm) 1. You can’t help admiring him for his kindness and …………. (honest) 2. I’d love to see you next week, but…………., it won’t be possible. (fortunate) 3. He has worked well and produced some………….essays. (interest) 4. The government is very concerned about the………….of the rain forest. (destroy) 5. What’s your………….? (nation) IV. From the four underlined words or phrases (A, B, C or D), identify the one that is not correct, (ỉm) 1. My sister broke the vaseas of her carelessness.

ABC D 2.I asked them if they teach other foregn language besides English.

AB C D 3. Paul will cometo Vietnam next summer, doesn't he?

AB C D 4. Between 1980 to 1990, the area was hit by five disastrous tornadoes.

ABC D 5. The road to our village should be wideningsoon.

AB CD V. Read the text beep and then choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best fits each space. (1m) COUNTRY LIFE Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in reality, it has ....(1).... its advantages and disadvantages.

There are certain many advantages of living in the country. First of all, you can enjoy peace and quiet.

Moreover, people ...(2).... to be friendlier and more open. There is less traffic, so it is ...(3).... for children.

On the other hand, there are certain ...(4).... to life outside the city. First, because there are fewer people, you are likely to have few friends. In addition, entertainment is hard to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services mean that it is harder to find work. As a result, you may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely ...(5)....

1. A. many B. both C. some D. all 2. A. tend B. have C. need D. ask 3. A. less B. happier C. noisier D. safer 4. A. funs B. facilities C. drawbacks D. advantages 5. A. expensive B. surprising C. cheap D. exciting VI. Fill in each blank with ONE appropriate word. (Im) Dong Nai province is at the Eastern approach to Ho Chi Minh city. Its provincialcity is Bien Hoa city.

The King people account for 82% of its total .....(1)…….Theethnic minority .....(2).... are Tay, Kho-Mu, Nung, Dao and Ma. This area isfamous ….(3)....the Eastern part of South Vietnam for its picturesque .....(4)….This is an ideal .....(5).... for Saigonese to have some short picnics.

VII. Read the passage and the questions or unfinished sentences. Then choose the option (A, B, C or D) that you think fits best (1m) The computer age is producing an army of robots - machines that are directed by electronic brains and which replace human labour in industrial operations. Many are artificial arms which reach into areas man enters only at his peril, such as the inside of a nuclear reactor.

Already in 2000 there were 90,000 such robots working in industrial plants throughout the world. The big change over to robots, however, is likely to come only when their costs go down while worker’s wages continue to rise.

1. Sentence 1 indicates that robots are used mainly...........

A. to fight wars B. to operate computers C. to direct electronic brains D. to take the place of human workers 2. An observer today is most likely to see robots in operation in………….

A. military battles B. modern factories C. business offices D. scientific laboratories 3. The shape of many robots already in use is somewhat similar to that of a human.

A. brain B. hand C. arm D. foot 4. The passage makes clear that a very valuable use of many robots is to...........

A. act as a teacher B. replace the human brain in producing computers C. aid doctors in medical operations D. do tasks extremely dangerous for human to do 5. Which of the following statements about the last sentence in the passage is certainly true?

A. The cost of the average robot is higher than that of human worker.

B. The cost of a human worker is higher than that of the average robot.

C. Robots are becoming more and more expensive.

D. Robots are becoming cheaper all the time.

VIII. Read the following passage carefully, and then choose the best option (A or B, C, D) to complete the sentences or to answer the questions below. (1m) The Americans are keen to win the race to send human beings to Mars. In 1992, the new boss of NASA, Dan Goldin, called on the American people to be ther first to send explorer to another planet in the solar system. He reminded them of the symbolic gift carried to the moon and back by the Apollo 11 mission. It bears a message intended for the crew of the first spaceship to visit Mars. Goldin think it is time to begin the preparation for this history journey. His speech echoed the words of the President, who promised that in 2019, 50 years after Neil Armstrong became the first man to set foot on the moon, the first astronaut would stand on Mars.

By the end of the twentieth century, various unnamed spaceships will have thoroughly investigated the surface of the planet. But, however clever a robot may be, it cannot mathc the type of information which can be gained from direct human experience. The first geologist on the moon, Harrison Schmitt, was capable of interpreting the story of the landscape on the spot. Until humans walk on the red deserts of Mars, we will not be able to determine the history of this frozen world in any detail.

1. Who called on the Americans to be the first to send explorer to another planet in the solar system?

A. The president B. Dan Goldin C. Neil Armstrong D. Harrison Schmitt 2. A symbolic gift was carried to the moon and back by……………

A. Apollo 14 B. Apollo 13 C. Apollo 12 D. Apollo 11 3. According to the American President, when would the first Australia probably stand on Mars?

A. 2050 B. 1992 C. 2019 D. 1969 4. By the end of the twentieth, many……………willhave thoroughly investigatethe surface of the planet.

A. manned spaceships B. astronauts C. robots 5. According the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?

A. clever robot and a human being can provide the same information from Mars.

B. The first geologist on the moon was Schmitt.

C. We will not be able to determine the history of Mar in any detail until humans walk on it.

D. The Americans are keen to win the race to send human beings to Mars.

IX.Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. (Im) 1. The last time she saw her sister was in 1999.

She hasn’t………………………………………………………………………………….

2. No one can answer this question.

This question ……………………………………………………………………………..

3. It is rainy, so the children can’t go swimming.

The children could………………………………………………………………………….

4. Walking in the rain gives him pleasure.

He enjoys…………………………………………………………………………………..

5. “Go on, apply for the job,” Jim said to me. ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

X. Use these sets of suggested words to write a letter. (2ms) Dear Mom and Dad, 1.I/ arrive/ Hanoi/ 5 o’clock yesterday morning.

2.I/staying/ nice hotel.

3. It/ not/ far/ city center.

4.I/ already see/ Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum/ some places/ interest here.

B. Tomorrow/ going on a trip/ Ha Long Bay. 6.I/ never/ be/ there before.

7.I/ be excited/ trip/ not sleep.

8.I/ be back/ Sunday, Nov 10th.

9.I/ tell you/ more/ trip/ when/be/ in Hue. 10.I hope/ you well.

Yours, Ba

ĐỀ SỐ 37 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Cao Bằng) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. READING I. Read the passage and answer the questions. (2 pts) The family is having a party when the phone rings. Dr Long answers it. He listens carefully for a moment, and then says “I’ll come right away.”

“Do you have to go out?” his wife asks, “If it is an urgent case, I have to go.” Dr Long answers “I should be late, please don’t wait up for me.” Dr Long drives into the night. “If I don’t hurry,” he thinks, “I might be too late”. The thought makes him drive faster. After driving for an hour, he arrives at a house. All the lights are on. “If all the family is up,” the doctor thinks, “the situation must be serious.” A woman opens the front door immediately. “Thank God, you’ve come, doctor,” she cries. “It’s my daughter”. A sleepy child of about six appeared in a nightdress. “I told her,” her mother said, “Go to bed or I’ll fetch the doctor.” “See,” She shouts at the child. “I’ve done it. Here’s the doctor!”

1. When does the doctor come to the house?

2. Why does he think the situation is serious?

3. Who is having the problem? What is it?

4. Why does the woman call the doctor?

II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word. (1 pt) Television is an important invention of the 20th century. It has been(1)................. popular that now we can’t imagine what life would be like if(2).................were no televisions.

Television is a major means of communication. It (3).................pictures andsounds from around the world into millions of home. Through television, (4)................. can see and learn about people, places and things faraway lands.Television widens our knowledge by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations.

B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY I. Give the correct form or tense of the verbs in brackets. (2 pts) 1. Nothing (do)...................since I move here.

2. Who (carry) ...................our bags when we climb the mountain?

3. My father (serve)...................the army for four years in the last war.

4. If I were you, I (travel)...................around the world.

5. I (not see)...................your brother recently.

6. He had a bad fall while he (repair).................... his roof.

7. She enjoys (listen)....................... to the radio.

8. I had my brother (clean)...................my bike.

II. Fill in each blank with a correct preposition. (J pt) 1. We will provide you ......................... plastic bags.

2. He’s very brave. He's not afraid....................anything.

3. I’m surprised....................the amount of traffic today. I didn’t think it wouldbe so busy.

4. You remind me .................... somebody I knew a long time ago. You look just like her.

III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital. (7 pt) 1. The Internet is a very useful means of....................... COMMUNICATE 2. We can see many....................onTV everyday. ADVERTISE 3. The..................situation in that country is getting worse and worse. ECONOMY 4. They live in a ......................area in the north-east of the country. MOUNTAIN C. WRITING I. Rewrite each sentence, beginning the words given, so that the meaning stays the same. (2 pts) 1. They have just sold that house.

That house...........................................................................................................................................

2. We don’t have enough money, so we can’t buy that house.

If we....................................................................................................................................................

3. She lives in a small house.

She wishes..........................................................................................................................................

4. “Where do you live?” I asked her.

I asked her..........................................................................................................................................

5. Let’s put garbage Iins around the school yard.

I suggest..............................................................................................................................................

6. It was a two-hour flight from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City.

It took ................................................................................................................................................

7. I fell asleep because the film was so boring.

The film was so..................................................................................................................................

8. He was tired, but he went to school, Although............................................................................................................................................

II. Make up sentences using the words given. (7 JW0 1. They / just / open / fashion shop / Be Van Dan street.

2. They / not permit / students / wear / jeans / school.

3. Let me / congratulate / you / success.

4. They / wish / can / go camping / next week.

ĐỀ SỐ 38 (Đề thi vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Nguyễn Bỉnh Khiêm, Quảng Nam) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (1.0 point) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently fr others by circling A, B, C or D. (0.5 point) B. stays C. says D. plays 1.A. cakes 2. A. opens B. photographs C. performs D. pays 3. A. raised B. picked C. laughed D. watched B. plough C. weigh D. though 4. A. cough 5. A. turn B. burn C. curtain D. bury II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the(0.5 point)

1. A. possession B. property C. industry D. element 2.A. actual B. pesticide C. mineral D. pollute 3. A. continue B. important C.resource D. natural 4. A. depot B. depend C. describe D. delight 5. A. decorate B. fertilizer C. engineer D. socialize B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (3.5 points) I. Circle the best answer to complete each of the sentences below. (1.0 point) 1. He thinks it's time we .................... away with the monarchy.

A. did B. do C. have done D. will do 2. I’ve known him .................... I left college.

A. until B. during C. since D. when 3……………. playing professional basketball, she also enjoys tennis.

A. Moreover B. Besides C. Addition D. Together 4…………..from Bill, all the students said they would go.

A. Except B. Only C. Apart D. Separate 5. John's flat, ……………is in the same block as mine, is much larger.

A. which B. whom C. that D. who 6. Did you have your photograph ………….. last Sunday?

A. take B. took C. taking D. taken 7. The film was so…………..that I felt…………..and sleepy during the show.

A. bored / boring B. boring / boring C. boring / bored D. bored / bored 8. What.................... you do if you .................... a king?

A. will / are B. would / were C. would / had been D. would have / are 9. Your mother never goes on holiday by car,…………..?

A. never she B. doesn't she .

C. does she D. does your mother 10. She said she…………..her grandmother the following day, A. visited B. visit C. will visit D. would visit II. Give the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. (1.0point) 1. That proposal (consider)…………..by the members of the Party right now.

2. The only thing I haven't got is a garden. If I (have)…………..one, I wouldgrow a lot of flowers.

3.I think your gate needs (paint)…………..before Christmas.

4. She avoided (see)…………..in public without her make-up on.

5. It's worth (make)…………..an appointment before you go.

6. He often goes to work by car, but today he (go)…………..to work by bus.

7. Were I your age, I (do)…………..itdifferently.

8. My father has gone away. He (be)…………..back in a week.

9. If I had had breakfast this morning, I (not be)…………..hungry now.

10. My sister is used to (take)…………..to the zoo every Sunday.

III. Give the correct forms of the words in brackets. (1.0 point) 1. He was too (shame)…………..to tell his teacher about the stupid mistake.

2.I saw your school’s (advertise)…………..in today's edition of the Vietnam News.

3. Artists are (create)…………..people.

4. If it doesn’t rain soon, there will be a great (short)…………..of water.

5. We congratulated him on the (success)…………..completion of the project.

6.I would like to book a (fly)…………..toParis.

7. They're going to announce the (arrive)…………..ofthe Prince to her.

8. Peter took the (decide)…………..toturn painting into a full-time career.

9. During his (child)…………..the family lived in California.

10. The newly-built cinema shows a wide (vary)…………..offilms.

IV. Circle the underlined partin each sentence (marked A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. (0.5 point) 1. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

A B C D 2. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework.

A B CD 3. Nora has feltmuch better when he took the pill.

AB CD 4. My eldest brother is in love to the girl whose name is Alice.

A B CD 5. The girl talked to me last night was reallybeautiful.

AB CD C. READING (2.5 points) I. Complete the following passage with only ONE word for each gap. (1.5points) WHERE DOES POLLUTION COME FROM? Air pollution comes from factories and (1)............... plants that bum coal andoil. (2)............... from factories and power plants can mix (3)............. water in the(4)............... tomake acid rain. Air pollution also comes from cars and(5)............... vehicles that burn gasoline.

Soil pollution can come from chemicals used (6)............... farms to kill insects and other pests.

Pollutants can also seep from (7)............... dumps into the nearby soil and water.

Water pollution comes from factories that dump (8))...............chemicals intolakes and rivers. Water pollution can also come from farms. Farmers put chemicals on the ground to help crops (9)................ and to kill insects. (10).............. can wash these chemicals into lakes and rivers.

Big ships called oil tankers can (11))................ theocean if the oil leaks out(12)...............the tankers.

There can be a huge oil (13)............... ifa tanker hasan accident and sinks at sea.

A special kind of pollution comes from nuclear power plants. Nuclear power plants (14)................ radioactive waste. This waste lasts four thousands(15)............... yearsand can cause cancer and other deadly illnesses if it is notproperly stored.

II. The reading is followed by several questtons about it. There are four possible answers (A, B, C, or D) for each question. Circle the best one. (1.0 point) STUDYING ABROAD Before applying to a foreign university, one should consider the disadvantages of studying abroad.

First, a student may feel lonely by being far from home and friends. Also, difficulty in understanding a foreign language can be very disappointing and can affect the student’s grades. It can be very expensive to pay the costs of travel and housing in a different country. Finally, if there is an emergency at home, it will be hard to get home in a hurry.

However, studying in another country is advantageous in many ways. A student is exposed to a new culture. This culture teaches him or her about other people and other ways of thinking, which can promote friendships among countries. He can learn a new language which may be beneficial for keeping up with research after the student has finished studying. He can learn experience not available in his country. The student may also get the opportunity to study at a university where a leading expert in his field may be teaching. The leading expert can introduce the student to the most up-to-date findings of the top researchers in the field. Exposure to such available knowledge and insights into the field can aid the student in becoming an expert as well.

1……………to study abroad.

A. There are only disadvantages B. There are only advantages C. There are both advantages and disadvantages D. There are neither advantages nor disadvantages 2. When studying abroad, a student……………

A. is homesick and feels lonely

B. spends a lot of money for accommodation and transportation C. cannot go home immediately in an emergency D. All are correct 3. When studying abroad, a student is exposed to a new culture that……………

A. has no advantages B. enriches his knowledge about people and other ways of thinking C. has no effects D. causes some trouble 4. At a foreign university, a student……………

A. can learn a foreign language B. cannot learn a foreign language C. has to learn his mother tongue D. doesn’t have to learn a language 5. At a foreign university, a student may…………

A. meet his neighbour B. travel a lot C. meet a leading expert in his field D. All are correct D. WRITING (3.0 points) I. Rewrite the second sentences beginning with the words given. (2.0 points) 1. They think the owner of the house is abroad. →The owner ................................. ..............................................................................................

2. Because he studies well, he can easily pass the exam. →Being ................................. .....................................................................................................

3. He couldn't afford to buy the car. → The car................................. ...................................................................................................

4. Tom is the most intelligent student in my school. → No student................................. ..............................................................................................

5. I am sorry I was rude to you last week. → I apologize................................. ...............................................................................................

6. The last time I went skiing was when we were in Switzerland. → I haven’t................................. ..................................................................................................

7. “Can I borrow your cell phone, Thuy?” asked Hung. → Hung asked if................................. ..........................................................................................

8. Although he had a bad cold, he went to work. → In spite................................. .....................................................................................................

9. We didn’t hurry, so we missed the train. → If................................. ...............................................................................................................

10. I’m always nervous when I travel by air. → Traveling ................................. .................................................................................................

II. Use the cues given to make complete sentences. (1.0point) 1. he/ surprised/ us/ go/ away/ without/ ‘‘good bye”/.

2. before/ give/ evidence/ you/ must/ swear/ say/ truth/.

3. no matter/ cold/ he/ have/ a swim/ lake/ every morning/.

4. my wife/ not/ accustomed/ wander/ dark/ corridors/.

5. I/ used/ work/ people/ I/ not/ like/.

ĐỀ SỐ 39 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Thái Bình) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. NGỮ ÂM I. Chọn từ có cách đọc khác ở phần gạch chân. (0,5 điểm) 1. A. refer B. summer C. teacher 2. A. mountain B. southern C. mouth

D. mother D. count

3. A. daughter B. laughter C. taught D. caught B. naughty C. button D. fence 4. A. hymn 5. A. typed B. washed C.coughed D. crooked II. Chọn từ có trọng tâm chính khác với từ còn lại. (0,5 điểm) 1. A. expectation B. introduction C. volunteer D. foundation 2. A. successful B. wonderful C. beautiful D. plentiful 3. A. university B. understand C. geography D. biological 4. A. distance B. glorious C. exciting D. journey 5. A. curtain B. enclose C. contain D. remember III. Có bao nhiêu cách đọc cho các phần gạch chân của mỗi dòng. (0,5 điểm) B. sugar C. Christmas D. usual 1. A. thanks 2. A. thank B. stranger C. want D. many 3. A. bus B. love C. uncle D. come 4. A. residential B. talented C. question D. mature 5. A. city B. capital C. cancel D. cell B. NGỮ PHÁP - TỪ VỰNG I. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc. (1,0 điểm) 1. Lan: Why you (1 - laugh)? My face (2 -be) dirty?

Mai: Yes. Lan: I (3 - wash) it right now.

2. There are a lot of black clouds in the sky. It look as if it (4 - rain).

3. He (5 - usually see) walking with his girlfriend in the park on Sundays.

4.I would rather you (6 - tell) me what you (7 - do) over the last two weeks.

5. Scarely he (8 - put) the receiver down when the phone (9 - ring) again.

6. This course means (10 - learn) Phonetics and Grammar.

II. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc. (1,0 điểm) 1. You can buy waste (produce) made form this factory.

2. Why was she standing (face) the wail.

3. She is a studious pupil. She always listens (attention) to her teacher’s.

4. There are very few (explore) places left on the earth. Man has been nearly everywhere.

5. Mary is very (consider) person. She always thinks of others and whatthey want, instead of thinking of herself most of the time.

6. It was very (think) of you to play the radio so loud so late at night.

7. Mary is the (tall) of the two sisters.

8. Thank you very much. Without your (encourage). I can ’t over some all the difficulties.

9. The flowers (wrap) in plastic cost $10.

10. Why didn’t you pay attention to my (explain)?

III. Khoanh vào đáp án thích hợp nhất để hoàn thành câu. (1,0 điểm) 1. What…………your brother like? - He is humorous and intelligent.

A. does.

B. was.

C. is.

D. did.

2. I never wear yellow because it doesn’t…………me A. match.

B. fit.

C. like.

D. suit.

3. “I’m sorry about that!”. “…………”.

A. That’s right.

B. It’s OK. C. Of course!

D. You are welcome!

4.He is the singer …………..I think will win the first prize in the contest.

A. which.

B. who.

C. whom.

D. whose.

5.We suggested that a meeting…………..as soon as possible.

A. be held.

B. Is held.

C. were held.

D. will be held.

6. Don’t be late for the interview;…………..peoplewill think you are adisorganized person.

A. unless.

B.or so.

C. if not.

D. otherwise.

7. These are my………….three children.

A. brother John’s.

B. brother John.

C. John's brother.

D. brother is John.

8. You don’t think he is right, …………..?

A. isn’t he.

B. is he.

C. do you.

D. don’t you.

9. After the explosion, only two people were left………….

A live.

B. living.

C. alive.

D. lively.

D. I’d like…………one-way ticket to London, please?

A. an.

B. a.

C. the.

D. no article.

IV. Điền những giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau.(1,0 điểm) 1. Iwas happy to be (1)...................friends again.

2. The bride ran away from home (2)...................the morning of the wedding.

3. (3)...................her relief, her farther has got (4)..................his illness.

4. This is my cousin. He very much takes (5)...................his father.

5. They had to call (6)...................the soccer match last Sunday because of the heavy rain.

6. He looked passionately at the girl (7)...................blue.

7. Hello. Is that 210347? Please put me (8)...................to the manager.

8. Children have a natural inclination to look (9)...................their parents.

9. I’m sorry. I took your coat (10)...................mistake.

V. Tìm và sửa lỗi sai trong các câu sau. (0,5 điểm) 1. Many people believe that writing letters are way of keeping in touch.

2. After questioning for a while, the man finally admitted having stolen the money.

3. Would you like a glass of beer? - No, I wouldn’t.

4. The city where they visited last summer vacation has small population.

5. They didn’t seem to take any notice of that teacher said.

C. ĐỌC HIỂU I. Tìm một từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau. (1,0 điểm) Water is our life source. It make (1)................70 percent of (2)................bodiesand the average person actually spends 18 months of his life (3)................the bathor shower.

But we are only now learning how to look (4)................ water. Acid rain(5)................ polluted as many as 18 lakes and our seas and rivers are polluted(6)................waste products. It is now very expensive to try to repair the damagewhich has (7)................(done. We have some hope for the (8)................, though, because new sources of water have been discovered. People living in the Sahara Desert lake underneath London. If we have learnt anything (10) ................ ourmistakes, we will try to keep these new areas of clean.

II. Đọc đoạn vãn sau và trả lời câu hỏi bên dưới. (0,5 điểm) Every day, many road accidents happen in Hong Kong. Some accidents cause injuries but some lead to death. Everyone, especially children, must learn how to cross the road. A simple code to remember is “STOP, LOOK and LISTEN BEFORE YOU CROSS”.

The Transport Department organizes road safety campaigns every year in order to reduce traffic accidents. Parents and teachers should educate children on road safety. Most schools have their own School Road Safety Patrols. The School Road Safety Patrol is a uniformed group. I recruits secondary school students as members. Students who are senior form help bellow students cross the road correctly and safely on their way to and from school.

When you go uot alone, however, what is the best way to cross road? First, you must find a safe place to cross. There may be subways, footbridges, zebra or grenn man crossing. Of course, it is safer to be directed by a policeman. Then you should stand on the pavement where you can see clearly all the directions. Look round for the traffic and listen. If a car is coining, you ought to let it pass. When there is no traffic near, walk straight across the road. Do not run as you may fall!

Roads are dangerous. However, if everyone takes care crossing the road, there will be fewer traffic accidents. Our transport system will then become safer and more efficient.

1. Who must learn how to cross the road safety?

2. What does the Transport Department organize road safety campaigns for?

3. You don’t need to wear a uniform if you cross the roads correctly and safely on your way to and from school, do you?

4. Who are recruited to become members of the School Road Safety Patrol?

III. Đọc đoạn văn sau và làm các bài tập bên dưới. (0,5 điểm) Everyone wants to reduce pollution but the pollution problem is as complicated as it is. It is complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people, exhaust from automobiles causes large percentage of air pollution but the automobile provides transportation to millions of people. Factories discharge much of the material that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment to a large number of people.

Thus, to end or greatly reduce, pollution immediately, people would have to stop using many things that benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be gradually reduced in several ways. Scientists and engineers can work to find ways to lessen the amount of pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause. Governments can pass and enforce laws that require businesses and individuals to stop or cut down on certain pollution actives. a) Giải thích các từ sau bằng tiếng Anh theo nội dung bài đọc.

1. to do that:……………………………………………………………………………….

2. pollution activities: ……………………………………………………………………. b) Điền vào chỗ trống  đúng (T) hoặc sai (F) cho các câu dưới đây.

1. Most people want to reduce pollution.  2. Pollution problem is neither complicated nor serious.  3. People have to sacrifice what they have to stop or reduce pollution.  D. VIẾT I. Viết lại các câu sau bắt đầu bằng các từ gợi ý, giữ nguyên nghĩa của câu đã cho. (1,0 điểm) 1. He never suspected that the money had been stolen. →At more time....................................................................................................................

2. She sings so well that everyone admires her. →She is................................................................................................................................

3. When I picked up my pen I found that the nib had broken. →On.....................................................................................................................................

4. Jack is at the same age as Jill. →Jack and Jim were.............................................................................................................

5. It is time for her to bring home some money. →It is ..................................................................................................................................

6. “I would be gratefid if you show me to use this machine”. Jane said to the mechanic. →Jane asked.......................................................................................................................

7. You are tired now because you didn’t sleep well last night. →If you..............................................................................................................................

8. That meal excellent! →What....................................................................................................................... ........

9. My brother in a factory which has more than a thousand employees. →There are.........................................................................................................................

10. I thought that house would be more expensive that it was. →That house didn't.............................................................................................................

II. Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh. (1,0 điểm) 1.I/ want/ study/ English/ because/ international/ language.

2. Teachers/ usually/ have trouble/ remember/ student’s names.

3. Why/ not/ you/ consider/ come/ over/ my house.

4. If/ you/want/ phone/ her/ you/ have/ look up/ number/ phone book.

5. This picture/ start/ paint/ week/ ago.

6. San Francisco/ place/I/ grow up/ between/ ages/ two/ ten.

7. No matter/ hard/I try/I couldn’t/ persuade/ him/ come/ her birthday party.

8. John/ live/ Briton/ three years/ before/ he/ move/ London.

9. It/ impossible/ you/ speak English/ well/ without/ practice/ it/ regularly.

10. You/ better/ avoid/ drink/ beer/ because/ bad/ for/ liver.

ĐỀ SỐ 40 (Đề thi tuyến sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Nguyễn Trãi, Hài Dương) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS Choose the word that has a different stress pattern from the others In each group. (5 points).

1. A. chemical B. terrify C. satisfy D. behavior 2. A. material B. atmosphere C. explosion D. divide 3. A. entertain B. machine C. available D. development 4. A. inhabitant B. geography C. maintenance D. arrested 5. A. similar B. industry C. passenger D. entirely B. GRAMMAR - VOCABULARY - LANGUAGE FUNCTIONS I. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. (20 points).

6. Everyone congratulated Peter…………..winning the tournament.

A. for B. on C. about D. with 7. He prefers staying at work late…………..work home with him.

A. than taking B. than take C. to taking D. to take 8. Be patient…………..you won’t succeed.

A. or B. because C. though D. when 9. We live in a friendly community and everyone gets…………..each other very well.

A. up to B. on with C. down to D. out of 10. …………..have you been able to play the piano?

A. When B. How many times C. Since when D. Why 11. Jack always offers…………..my bags when I go shopping, but I always refuse…………...

A. to carry/ to help B. carrying/ helping C. to carry/ to be helped D. carrying/ to be helped 12. …………..students in my school have a good command of English.

A. Most B. The most C. The most of D. Almost 13. She was unable to warn her mother that she would be late because thetelephone was…………..

A. off work B. out of order C. off duty D. out of work 14. Peter and I have much pleasure…………..accepting the invitation to Mary'sbirthday party.

A. on B. about C. for D. in 15. Her guest apologized for causing her so much…………...

A. trouble B. complication C. damage D. problem 16.I regret…………..my friend Hoa to my birthday party.

A. not to invite B. not invite C. not inviting D. I didn’t invite 17.…………..all the teachers, I would like to wish you a happy new year.

A. Instead of B. On behalf of C. In place of D. On account of 18. Will you empty the basket for me, please?

A. Yes, certainly.

B. Yes, please.

C. No, thanks.

D. No, I don’t.

19. Don't worry. This is nothing that…………..you.

A. matters B. causes C. concerns D. influences

20.I think this book will be bought by people………….. in Asian history.

A. who they are interested B. are interested C. interested D. they are interested 21. I don't agree with…………..you have just said.

A. what B. who C. which D. that 22. This reference book is…………..as expensive as the one over there.

A. double B. twice C. much D. a lot 23. What do you think about the parks in Paris? Are they bigger………….. in Hanoi?

A. than that B. than those C. as that D. as those 24. …………..I have these postcards please?

A. Should B. Do C. Will D. Can 25. Florida is famous for its tourist attractions. Its coastline offers excellent white sand beaches.………….., it has warm, sunny weather.

A. Otherwise B. Furthermore C. Nevertheless D. On the other hand II. Provide the correct form of the words in brackets in the sentences. (10 points) 26. When the police found the thief, they also found the (STEAL) merchandise .

27. Water pollution has (DANGER) animals' life.

28. John looked in silent (ADMIRE) at the wonderful scenery of the countryside.

29. Traveling in a plane for the first time was a (MEMORY) experience.

30. We don’t understand why many people are still (AWARENESS) that our neighbors are doing great damage to the surroundings.

31. There are (VARY) ways of doing this exercise.

32.I could never be a teacher. I’m far too (PATIENT).

33. I was kept (WAKE) last night by the noise.

34. My uncle is a keen amateur (NATURE).

35. We could see some strange (EXPRESS) on her face.

III. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting. (5 points) 36.I borrowed some milk from a neighbor of ussince we didn’t have enough for breakfast.

A BC D 37. You really must be more careful when you do your exercises because you didsix elementary mistakes inthis one.

A B C D 38. My brother is going to work fora company which name is not familiar to everyone.

ABC D 39. There are thirty chairs paintinggreenin the room.

A BCD 40. Because of the light, the city seemed differently from the way I had remembered it.

A BCD C. READING I. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each space, (to points) UNICEF means the United Nations Children’s Fund. It serves children in (41)...................all over the world. It helps children of (42)................... races,nationaiitlea. religions. and political system’ in more than 140 worldwide countries. The (43)...................of UNICEF Is to help provide a better life for children and theirmothers. UNICEF (44)...................both long-term assistance and emergency.

UNICEF was (45)...................in 1946 to help bring food and medicine to children who suffered during World War II in Europe. It began (46)...................a temporary agency, but became a permanent part of the United Nations in 1953 (47)...................the need for Its services around the world. UNICEF’s primary concern is to help governments of developing countries improve the (48)...................of life for almost one billion children. UNICEF’s main office is in the UnitedNations, New York City, (49)...................it also has more than 40 offices and 100programs worldwide. In 1965, UNICEF won the Nobel Peace Prize (50) ................... its work helping children and building brighter futures.

41. A. communities B. organizations C. groups D. society 42. A. every B. all C. some D. few 43. A. view B. purpose C. opinion D. intention 44. A. receives B. gets C. takes D. gives 45. A. found B. produced C. created D. built up 46. A. like B. with C. for D. as 47. A. due to B. in spite of C. since D. for 48. A. cost B. level C. character D. quality 49. A. and B. besides C. but D. moreover 50. A. as B. with C. for D. in II. Read the following passage and fill each numbered blank with one suitable word. (10 points) Most of people think of computers (51)............... very modern inventions,products of our new technological age . But actually the idea for a computer was worked out over two centuries years ago by a man (52)...............Charles Babbage.

Babbage was born in 1791 and (53)...............up to be a brilliantmathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines (54)...............he called "engines ". But despite the fact that he (55).........building some ofthese, he never finished any of them. (56)............... the years people have arguedwhether his machines would ever work. Recently, (57)..............., the science museum in London has finished building an engine (58)............... on one ofBabbage's designs. It has (59)............... six years to complete and more than four thousand parts have been specially made. (60)...............it works or not, themachine will be on show at a special exhibition in the Science Museum to remind people of Babbage's work.

III. Read the following passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (10 points) Computer programmer David Jones earns $ 35,000 a year designing new computer games, yet he can not find a bank prepared to let him have a cheque card. Instead, he has been told to wait another two years, until he is 18. The 16- year-old works for ạ small firm in Liverpool, where the problem of most young people of his age is finding a job, David’s firm releases two new games for the expanding home computer market each month.

But David’s biggest headache is what to do with his money. Despite his salary, earned by inventing new programs within tight schedules, with bonus payments and profit-sharing, he cannot drive a car, take out a mortgage, or obtain credit cards. He lives with his parents in their council house in Liverpool, where his father is a bus driver. His company has to pay $ 150 a month in taxi fares to get him the five miles to work and back every day because David cannot drive.

David got his job with the Liverpool-based company four months ago, a year after leaving school with six o levels and working for a time in a computer shop. “ I got the job because the people who run the firm knew I had already written some programs,” he said.

“I suppose $ 35,000 sounds a lot but actually that’s being pessimistic. I hope it will come to more than that this year.” He spends some of his money on records and clothes, and gives his mother $ 20 a week. But most of his spare time is spent working.

“Unfortunately, computing was not part of our studies at school,” he said. “But I had been studying it in books and magazines for four years in my spare time. I knew what I wanted to do and never considered staying on at school. Most people in this business are fairly young, anyway.”

David added: “I would like to earn a million and I suppose early retirement is a possibility. You never know when the market might disappear.”

61. Why is David different from the other young people of his age?

A. He is well paid.

B. He is not unemployed.

C. He does not go out much. D. He lives with his parents at home.

62. David’s greatest problem is A. making the banks treat him as an adult.

B. inventing computer games.

C. spending his salary.

D. learning to drive.

63. He was employed by the company because A. he had worked in a computer shop.

B. he had written some computer programs.

C. he works very hard.

D. he had learnt to use computer at school.

64. He left school after taking o levels because A. he did not enjoy school.

B. he wanted to earn a lot of money.

C. he was afraid of getting too old to start computing.

D. he wanted to work with computers and staying at school did not help him.

65. Why does David think he might retire early?

A. You have to be young to write computer programs.

B. He wants to stop working when he is a millionaire.

C. He thinks computer games might not always sell so well.

D. He thinks his firm might go bankrupt.

D. WRITING I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points) 66. “Why don’t you decorate your room with wallpaper?” Thanh said to me. →Thanh suggested.....................................................................................................................

67. I met Elton John in London while I was going on holiday last summer. →London...................................................................................................................................

68. It is often said that that writer never revised anything he wrote. →That writer ...........................................................................................................................

69. One of the students agreed to post my letters for me. → I got .......................................................................................................................................

70. The librarian will lend you up to five books at any time. →You can..................................................................................................................................

II. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences of a passage. (10 points) 71. There/ be/ more/ and/ challenges/ school children today/ early age.

72. For example/ elementary pupils/ have/ work harder/ finish many types/ homework.

73. Teachers/ parents can help/ many ways.

74. Teachers/ be/ more ready/ give timely comments/ feedbacks/ encourage/ pupils.

75. At home/ parents also need/ care more/ place/ time/ children/ do homework.

76. There/ be enough space/ work comfortably/ good light/ no distraction/ such/ television/ phone calls.

77. Take/ tests/ another challenge/ school children.

78. Some parents worry/ children/ become stressed/ tests.

79. However/ teachers can help/ prepare more carefully/ tests/ be/ more confident/ pass them.

80. Teachers try/ make sure/ pupils really enjoy/ experience/ that/ they/ able/ do/ best.

III. (10 points) There are some environmental problems in your school. They are the throwing of trash, lack of greens and noises from traffic on the road nearby. You think something needs to be done about this situation. Write a letter to the headmaster to complain about this. Your letter should include: - The reason for writing - The environmental problems in your school - Your suggestions and the actions you wish to be taken.

- The appropriate ending Begin and end your letter as follows: 15 Tran Phu Sheet Hai Duong City

June 30th, 2011 The Headmaster Nguyen Trai Junior High School 45 Tran Hung Dao Street Hai Duong City Dear Mr Minh, …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Yours sincerely, Nguyen Van An

ĐỀ SỐ 41 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên, TP.HỐ Chí Minh) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Choose the correct answer to fill in the blank. (40 pts) 1. All of the proposals we have made are still under………….

A. repair B. control C. surveillance D. examination 2. That is an interesting book which can………….many children’s imagination.

A. take B. capture C. hold D. form 3. It is undeniable that modem industry………….our life.

A. makes difference B. puts effect in C. has impact on D. does influence over 4. A rise in salary in this very difficult stage, I think, is…………..

A. in the clouds B. out of the question C. on approval D. at short notice 5. She managed to………….with some people during the time when she was isolated.

A. retain relationship B. make contact C. offer relations D. bring touch 6. Not many foreign university students opt………….home-stay because theyprefer independence.

A. to B. for C. on D. with 7. When the candidates learned the satisfying results, they jumped………….joy.

A. in B. at C. for D. on 8. Though Japanese and Korean cultures appear similar to the outsider, they arequite…………..

A. diverse B. shadow C. cover D. protection 9. We sat in the………….of the big oak Wee, avoiding the boiling sun.

A. shade B. shadow C. cover D. protection 10. There has been a(n)………….of the disease in several villages in the north ofthe country.

A. breakout B. outbreak C. breakdown D. breakup 11. I'll leave by Monday. I don’t want to…………my welcome.

A. outrun B. outgo C. outdo D. outstay 12. Harry’s refusal to answer the policemen’s question…………the suspicion ofmost colleagues.

A. arise B. raise C. arouse D. rise 13. When she switched the bathroom light on, she was horrified to a…………glimpse og cockroaches creeping around.

A. hold B. draw C. catch D. make 14. Robert is among very few local people who adhere…………traditional and customs.

A. to B. of C. on D. with 15. It is too late to congratulate the players…………their success, isn’t it?

A. to B. on C. about D. over 16. If the Item we have sent arc not to your…………, please feel free to return them, A. agreement B. acceptance C. acquisition D. satisfaction 17. Sarah and I…………reaeverd rooms in the same hotel, She was reallylurprlsed to ace me there.

A. practically B. intentionally C. coincidentally D. deliberately 18.I had never expected to experience such a(n) ………… arduous A. arduous B. ambiguous C. evasive D. insufferable 19. Hilary was very disappointed, for she was…………again for the post.

A. put off B. turned down C. caught on D. brought in 20. The effect of the painkiller is…………and I begin to feel the soreness again.

A. doing without B. fading away C. wearing off D. turning out 21. No sooner…………. down the receiver than the phone rang again.

A. I put B. had I put C. have I put D. I had put.

22. It is vital that the petition…………by all of the resident in the area.

A. signed B. is signed C. will be signed D. be signed 23. We spent nearly 3 hours waiting outside the station, then out………….

A. the star came B. did the star come C. came the star D. be the star coming 24. My father is getting old and forgetful.…………, he is experienced and helpful A. Be that as it may B. Regardless C. Inasmuch as it is D. Consequently 25. Such…………of the festival that every tourist takes a chance to enjoy it.

A. attraction is it B. is the attraction C. is it the attraction D. attraction it is 26. Were…………their hospitality, we would not have stayed on.

A. there not to be B. not there to be C. it not for D. not it for 27. At this very time tomorrow, we………… the final test.

A. will do B. will be doing C. are doing D. are going to do 28. The manager as well as the clerks…………when the cashier turned up toreveal the truth.

A. were questioned B. were being questioned C. was questioned D. was being questioned 29. We could not help…………..Mom about the trip on Easter Day Dad………….to us.

A. telling/ had promised B. to tell/ promising C. to tell/ promised D. telling/ has promised 30. If only I…………..the speech so abruptly. Everybody was astonished.

A. didn’t end B. were not to end C. was questioned D. was being questioned 31. You…………..the traffic jam so abruptly. Everybody was astonished.

A. could avoid B. could have avoided C. should have avoided D. did not avoid 32. Who in our company deserves…………. the title “The Best Employee of the Year”?

A. to give B. giving C. to be given D. being given 33. Many a…………it difficult to avoidthe interference of mass media in their life A. pop star finds B. pop star find C. pop stats find D. pop stars finds 34. It was Barry Pen…………..hacked into our company server and destroyed all our files.

A. whose B. who C. whom D. which 35. It is advisable to insure your house………….. theft and fire.

A. for B. about C. in D. against 36. Who shall I make this check………….

A. out to B. out for C. on for D. into 37. Twenty percent of the world’s people living in the richest countries have 82times the………….of the

poorest.

A. profit B. income C. bonus D. benefit 38. Ever since I lost my job at the bank, money has been…………..

A. scarce B. few C. broke D. tight 39. The Chancellor is said………….the road tax last month.

A. to bring in B. that he bought in C. to have bought in D. to be bringing in 40. Of the two discussions held last month, the second one was…………..

A. more fruitful B. the more fruitful C. the most fruitful D. most fruitful II. Choose the word or phrase that best fits each space in the following passage. (30 pts) (41)………….every town in Britain has a public library, funded by the local authority, where local people may borrow books (42)………….of charge.

Most libraries divide their books (43)………….two main sections, lending andreference. The lending section normally offers a good (44)………….of fiction andnon-fiction, while the reference section contains encyclopedia, dictionaries, atlases, etc. Books from the lending section can be borrowed, usually for a period of two or three weeks, while books in the reference section may normally be (45)………….only in the library.

Libraries are usually open daily from Monday to Friday, including some evenings, as well as on Saturday mornings.

Other (46) ………….besides books usually include: a selection of newpapersand magazines, desks for private reading and study, a children’s book section,access (47) …………. current catalogues and many other (48) …………. ofinformation by means of a computer terminal; a coin-(49)………….photocopier, music scores, records, audio-cassettes and videos that may be borrowed. Most libraries also (50)………….exhibitions of local interest, for example paintings bylocal artists or displays about local history.

Many libraries aslo contain a local tourist information desk.

Borrowers are normally allowed to have up to ten or even more books out at any one time. A system of (51) …………. operates when books are not returned by the end of the borrowing (52)………….. People living in the rural areas can usea’mobile library, a van that (53) …………. these areas regularly with a selection of books from the local library.

(54)………….public libraries, there are several important private libraries in Britain. Many of them are London, such as the London Library. (55)………….belong to famous universities.

41. A. Most B. Almost C. Mostly D. Utmost 42. A. exempt B. except C. independent D. free 43. A. into B. for C. as D. to 44. A. variation B. difference C.range D. scale 45. A. consulted B. referred C.range D. scale 46. A. equipment B. tools C. facilities D. conditions 47. A. for B. in C. on D. to 48. A. resources B. sources C. places D. suppliers 49. A. run B. functioned C. operated D. led 50. A. put on B. take uo C. get by D. fines 51. A. fees B. fares C. punishments D. fines 52. A. period B. duration C.span D. limit 53. A. roams B. wanders C. tours D. surrounds 54. A. Beside B. Despite C. Intead of D. Apart from 55. A. Another B. Other C. Others D. The othersthe L III. Identify the mistake in each sentence. (20 pts) 56. Harmony, melody and rhythm are important elements inalmost forms of music.

A B C D 57. Automobiles began to equip withbuilt-in radios around 1930.

A B C D 58. However type of raw materials is used in making paper, the process is essentiallythe same.

A B C D 59. Needles are simple looking tools, but they are very relatively difficult to make.

ABC D 60. A musical comedy has a plot with songs and dances connecting to it.

A B CD 61. When clouds reach a point which they can no longer contain their moisture,the droplets fall to earth as rain or snow.A B CD 62. The marine botany Sylvia Earle spent over 6000 hours underwater exploringthe deep sea.

A B CD 63. It was not until cities became manufacturing centers could colonists survivewithout farming as their major.A B CD 64. In recent years, researchers study how molecules organize themselves to form crystals.

A B CD 65. Fiona refused to join the school swimming team, this was not good news at all.

A B CD IV. Read the passage and choose the best answers to the questions (20 pts) Jupiter is the largest and most massive planet and is fifth in order of distance from the sun. It is well placed for observation for several months in every year , and on average is the brightest of the planets apart from Venus, though for relatively brief periods Mars may outshine. Jupiter’s less than 10-hour rotation period gives it the shortest day in the solar system insofar as the principal planets are concerned. There are no true seasons on Jupiter because the axial inclination to the perpendicular of the orbital plane is only just over 3° less than that for any other planet.

The most famous mark on Jupiter is the Great Red spot. It has shown variations in both intensity and color, and at times it has been invisible, but it always return after a few years. At its greatest extent it may be 40.000 kilometers long and 14.000 kilometers wide, so its surface area is greater than that of Earth. Though the latitude of the Red Spot varies little, it drifts about in longitude. Over the past century, the total longitudinal drift has amounted to approximately 1200°. The latitude is generally very close to -22°. It was once thought that the Rea Spot might be a solid or semisolid body floating in Jupiter’s outer gas. However, the Pioneer and Voyager results have refuted that idea and proven the Red Spot to be a phenomenon of Jovian meteorology.

Its longevity mau well be due to its exceptional size, but seen occasionally but have not lasted.

66. What is the main idea of the passage?

A. How long Jupiter lasts B. The comparison between Jupiter and other planets C. Life on Jupiter D. Some features about Jupiter 67. According to the passage, Jupiter has the shortest day among the principal planets because A. its rotation period is shooter than 10 hours.

B. the axial inclination is only just over 3°.

C. it is on the average the brightest of all the planets.

D. there is the interference of the Great Red Spot.

68. According to the passage, Mars outshines Jupiter A. on a regular basis B. from time to time C. every several D. less often than any other planet.

69. The author’s tone in the passage is A. argumentative B. supportive C. enthusiastic D. neutral 70. The passage would be of most interest t A. students of anthropology B. geologists C. mathematicians D. neutral

71. It can be inferred from the passage that Jupiter’s Great Red spot.

A. will become brighter with time B. will one day disappear C. will continue expanding D. is made of floating gasses 72. The world “intensity” in line 6 could be replaced by A. visibility B. density C. brilliance D. surface area 73. Which of the following statements is wrong?

A. Great Red Spot was thought to float in Jupiter’s outer gas.

B. Jupiter can be observed all year round C. Venus is the brightest among the planets D. Many small red spots have disappeared 74. What does the word “refuted” in line 11 mean?

A. known B. argued C. accepted D. disproved 75. According to the passage, which of the flowing statement is true about The Red Spot?

A. It can always be seen.

B. Is believed to be a phenomenon of Jovial meteorology C. It is increasing in size D. Its longitude rarely changes.

V. Supply the appropriate forms of words in the brackets (20 pts) 1. The clothes we wear, like a …………..language, can give out message. (SPEAK) 2. After months of surveillance, the police could take the criminals…………...(AWARE) 3. They won the case because of the…………..of the defendant. (APPEAR) 4. Some country lanes are…………..to cars in rainy seasons. (PASS) 5. The mechanic………….. fixed our car, which really upset us. (PROFESSION) 6. His…………..of his opponent led to his biggest failure. (ESTIMATE) 7. Most tourists are amazed at the…………..splendors of the Rocky Mountains.(SCENERY) 8. Circumstances have…………..a change of plan; otherwise, things would becomeworse. (COMULSORY) 9. On its………….., your passport may be renewed for a further five years. (EXPIRE) 10. The interior decoration of the hotel presents…………..which is just one of thedrawbacks. (TASTE) VI. Use the correct forms of the words in the box to fill in the blanks (20pts) As a food label is often nothing more than an (11) .............. to tempt you to buy the product, you should pay particular (12)..............to the choice of words use. Always watch out for the word “flavor”, as this, may mean that the product contains (13) ..............ingredients. Chocolate-flavor topping, for example, will notcontain chocolate, even though chocolate-flavored topping will contain a small percentage - so read (14)............... Many manufacturers also use a range ofmeaningless (15)............... Other words such as “farm fresh” and “country fresh”also (16)..............blur the true nature of a product’s source. “Fresh egg pasta”, for example, means that the pasta was indeed made with real and not (17)..............eggs, but maybe months ago.

Words that you can trust are “organic”, “wholemeal”, “natural mineral water”, “Fair Trade”, “free-range” and the “V”(18)..............symbol. Take particular care over low-fat and low-sugar products.(19)..............state that “low-fat” food must noy have more than five percent fat,while “reduced fat” means that the total fat (20)..............is 25 percent less than thestandard versions of the same product.

VII. Supply each blank with one suitable word (20 pts) (1) .............. nightmares are usually quickly forgotten, they can be verydisturbing, particularly if frequent, and if one dwells (2)..............them for severaldays. Whether or not we should (3)..............much reliance on trying to interprettheir meaning is a matter for debate, as dream (4) .............. is usually no more than inspired guesswork - with the interpreter fantasising more than the dreamer. It is normal in sleep for the brain to paralyse the sleeper in order to prevent the acting out of dreams. But sometimes, (5) ..............waking up suddenly out of a nighmare,this paralysis can continue and one cannot move or call out. This distressing state can (6)..............minutes to lift, all the sufferer can do (7)..............breathe, movethe eyes and possibly moan. (8) ..............contrast, and in rare circumstances,dreaming may occur without paralysis and then, if the dream is violent, the all (9) .............. mobile dreamer may (10)..............to harm or harm others.

VIII. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning. (30 pts) 1. There are very few rivers left unpolluted in the world. → Hardly.............................................................................................................................

2. We are surprised that the man can demonstrate such a mastery of Portuguese.(COMMAND). →To....................................................................................................................................

3. He could noy beat Raphael because he was not patient enough. →Had he.............................................................................................................................

4. He is irresponsible, so he cannot complete most of the assignments. → On ..................................................................................................................................

5. Frederick is such a talented artist that most critics respect him. (LOOK) → Frederick is so.....:...........................................................................................................

6. You should have visited your grandma when you were in town. (PAID) → I would rather..........................

7. The blockbuster Kungfu Panda II was expected by many children around the world. (WAIT) → Many children.....................................................................................................................

8. The little girl showed her disappointment when she received the news. →The little girl’s face.............................................................................................................

9. Their preparation was good although they lacked time. (DESPITE) → Theirs..................................................................................................................................

10. Her school novel is not as interesting as her first one. (COMPARISON) → Her......................................................................................................................................

ĐỀ SỐ 42 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT chuyên Quốc học - Huê) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PRONUNCIATION (10 points) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (5 points) 1. A. double B. blouse C. ground D. ounce 2. A. service B. decision C. scientist D. bride B. massage C. charriage D. voyage 3. A. dosage 4. A. good B. mood C. noon D. pool 5. A. advance B. access C. appliance D. acquaintance II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others.(5 points) 1. A. vacancy B. calculate C. delicious D. furniture 2. A. collection B. occasion C. government D. religion 3. A. explain B. reverse C. divide D. travel 4. A. atmosphere B. employment C. insurance D. interpreter 5. A. construction B. description C. television D. temptation B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (40 points) I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 points) 1. She burst into…………..when she opened the letter.

A. crying B. sadness C. misery D. tears 2. I felt extremely…………..when I couldn’t remember my neighbor’s name.

A. embarrassed B. embarrassment C. embarrassing D. embarrass 3. There is always…………..traffic in the city centre in the rush-hour.

A. full B. heavy C. strong D. big 4. My dad was …………..with me when I told him I had lost the camera he bought me A. scared B. guilty C. worried D. furious 5. I’ve …………..down on salt and fat in my diet because they’re not good for me.

A. cut B. put C. got D. gone

6. We had a perfect view from the aero plane because the sky was…………..

A. dull B. sullen C.dark D.clear 7.The path was very…………..because of the wet weather.

A. stony B. muddy C. sandy D. dusty 8. When a tropical storm ………….. 120 kilometers per hour, it can damage a lot of things A. reaches B. comes C. arrives D. runs 9. We listened…………..while the examiner gave us the directions.

A. attention B. attentively C. attentive D. attentiveness 10. Can you give me the…………..for tomato soup?

A. formula B. recipe C. order D. method II.Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in the same line. (10 points) 1. EXPECT Jealousy is a confusing emotion and it can make people behave in totally 2. VARY (1)............................ ways.

3. DISAPPOINT It can of course have a wide (2) ......................of causes and some people feel 4. CHAMPION jealous more easily than others.

5. CONGRATULATE It could be that you are (3) ......................that your team didn’t win the (4) 6. PERSON ...................... and you can’t bear to watch the other team receive the cup. The 7. ANNOY acceptable response is to offer them your(5)…………..and not to show your 8. REAL jealous feelings.Jealousy may also have its origins in other 9. EMBARRASS more(6)……………circumstances such as a friendgetting a job you wanted 10. APOLOGY yourself.

You should not show your (7)........................... as this can make you look (8)…………….small-minded. If you do express your view, it will be (9)…………….for die other person, who can’t doanything about their success, and you may even lose a friend unless you (10)…………….immediately.

III. Complete each sentence with a word from the box. Make any other necessary changes. (10 points) let turn break get give come take set go (x2) 1. Is Peter at the party? No, but I’m sure he.........................upsoon.

2. My father still hasn’t really .......................... over the death of my mother.

3. It’s not easy to ..................up smoking. I’ve tried to do it lots of times without being successful.

4. You can rely on her. She won’t..............................you down.

5. Don’t eat that sausage. I think it’s ................................off.

6. I’m sorry I’m late, but my car ..................... down on the way here, so I hadto phone for a taxi.

7. When they were cleaning out the attic, they................................across their grandmother’s old school books.

8. After she had finished loading the car, she.........................off on her holiday.

9. Sorry, I don’t mean to interrupt you. Please ........................... on and finish what you are saying.

10. What a lovely baby! He certainly ........................after his father, doesn’t he?

IV. Fill the gap in each of these sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets. (10 points) 1. On their next anniversary, Doris and Fred (be)....................married for twenty years.

2. He always talks as though he (address).................... a public meeting.

3. I’m sure the letter won’t arrived on time unless it (send)..................... by air.

4. The news about the storm (already broadcast)....................onradio severaltimes so far.

5.I don’t really like my maths teacher because he (always pick)....................onme.

6. He thanked me for what I (do) ........................ for him.

7. She is accustomed to (train) ............................... for long hours.

8. By the time I arrived, the football match (already start)....................

9. I’d rather you (not tell) .............................her the truth.

10. She (sleep)......................... for 10 hours! You must wake her up.

C. READING COMPREHENSION (25 points) I. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space.

(10 points) THE BENEFITS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY The pace of modem life is very fast, and most people have busy and demanding lives. So eating a balanced diet and doing physical activity can(1)...................a big difference to overall health. Regular physical activity is good(2)...................your whole body, from your brain to your bones. Yet many peopledo not get (3)....................exercise. The good news is that (4)...................is easier thanyou may think to fit physical activity (5)...................your day because you can doit at (6)...................time and almost anywhere. No matter (7)...................your age andstage of life there are plenty of ways to take exercise.

Your feet were made for walking, so use them (8)................... you get thechance. Walk around town.

Ignore lifts and escalators and build up your leg muscles by climbing stairs. Next, get out and play. Kicking a ball is fun and it is also a great way to spend time together (9)...................a family. Finally, try doing two things at once! While you talk on the phone or watch television, stretch, lift weights or (10)...................household chores.

II. Read the passage and choose the correct answers. (5 points) Some people believe that soon schools will no longer be necessary. These people say that because of the Internet and other new technology, there is no longer any need for school buildings, formal classes, or teachers. Perhaps this will be true one day, but it is hard for me to imagine a world without schools. In fact, we need to look at how we can use new technology to make schools better not to eliminate them. We should invent a new kind of school that is linked to libraries, museums, science centers, laboratories, and even corporations.

Corporations ought to create learning programs for schools in their area of expertise. Independent experts could give talks on video or over the Internet TV networks and local stations could develop programming about things students are actually studying ᝉn schools. Laboratories could set up websites to demonstrate new technology so students could view it on the Internet.

Is this just a dream? No. Already there are several towns where this is beginning to happen.

Blacksburg, Virginia, is one of them. Here the entire city is linked to the Internet, and learning can take place at home, at school, and in the office. Businesses provide programs for the schools and the community. The schools provide computer labs for people at home. Because everyone has Internet access, older people participate as much as younger ones, and everyone can visit distant libraries and museums as easily as nearby ones.

How will this new kind of school change learning? It is too early to be sure, but it is very exciting to think about. Technology will change the way we learn; schools will change as well; and we will all learn something in the process.

1. It can be inferred from passage that A. schools are not necessary.

B. schools are till necessary.

C. new technology will replace schools.

D.A and C 2. According to the author, the statements below are possible about schools except A. corporations should get involved.

B. everyone can visit distant libraries as easily as nearby ones.

C. new technology will replace teachers completely.

D. new technology will change the way we learn.

3. The future schools should be A. linked to all the capital cities the world over.

B. linked to libraries, museums, science centers, laboratories and even corporations.

C. for all young international people.

D. for old people only.

4. Which of the following statements is true about Blacksburg?

A. It's the biggest library.

B. It's the school with new technology.

C. It's the city where there are no teachers.

D. It's a city in Virginia where learning can take place at home, at school and in offices.

5. How does the author feel about the change of schools in the future?

A. Pessimistic.

B. Positive C. Depressed D. Indifferent III. Read the following passage and decide which answer(A, B, C or D) best fits each space. (70 points) NEW YORK CITY New York city has grown into the second largest city in North America. It is now a major business, cultural and shopping centre (1)...............millions ofvisitors each year. Most tourists stay in the (2)............... of the city, in Manhattan. It is easy to see the sights of Manhattan on foot or you can take a tour bus. There are cycle (3)............... in the city if you want to hire a bicycle but you need to be brave! The subway is the quickest means of public transport but you will want to avoid the (4)............... hour. And, of course, there are the famous yellow taxis. There are few taxis (5)............... - just wave your arm at a taxi with its light on. You will certainly want to visit Central Park, a huge open (6)...............which isideal for relaxing on a hot summer day. The city is rich in restaurants but remember that smoking is (7)............................... One of the many boat trips goes to EllisIsland where you may want to stop for a (8)...............to read about the history of immigration. The main residential areas are in the (9)............... of the city where, as in all large cities, some districts are quite run down. Many tourists visit Queens which is the location of some interesting art galleries and Brooklyn for cafes, shops and (10)............... nightlife.

1. A. appealing B. advancing C. arriving D. attracting 2. A. heart B. interior C. focus D. eye 3. A roads B. streets C. lanes D. ways 4. A. busy B. rush C. crowded D. hurry 5. A. ranks B. stalls C. kiosks D. stations 6. A. surface B. region C. space D. estate 7. A. banned B. excluded C.refused D. dismissed 8. A. period B. while C. length D. piece 9. A. outdoors B. outskirts C. outsides D. outlines 10. A. alive B. lifelike C. live D. lively D. WRITING (25 points) I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (5 points) 1. People always laugh at his face, and he dislikes it.

He hates...........................................................................................................................................

2. It is said that the thief stole everything in the house.

Every thing .....................................................................................................................................

3. Despite her injured ankle, Esther still won the tennis match.

Although..........................................................................................................................................

4. Most student can work very hard when they feel like it.

Most students are capable...............................................................................................................

5. Scientists have tried very hard to find a cure for this disease.

A lot of effort ................................................................................................................................

II. Read the text below and look carefully at each numbered line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the line is correct, put a (’V) by the number. If the line has a word which should not be there, write that word by the number. (10points)

A HOLIDAY DISAPPOINTMENT Things started to go wrong as soon as we got to the hotel. We were all being completely exhausted 0. √ 00. being after our long journey and looking forward to have a shower and a rest. However, we found that 1 ............... our room was not ready, which was very much annoying, although the manager was extremely 2... ............ apologetic. While we were waiting, we asked about the excursions to places of an interest which 4.. .............

5.. ............ we had read about in the brochure. Imagine how we felt when we were told they had all been 6 ..... ........ cancelled away! Apparently, the person responsible for organizing them had left suddenly and had 7.. ............. not been replaced. Then Sally saw a notice that pinned to the door of the restaurant, saying it was 8.. ..... .......

9.. ..... ....... been closed for redecoration, and Peter discovered that the swimming pool was empty. When we 10.. ..... .... eventually got to our room we were horrified to so find that it was at the back of the hotel, and we had a view out of a car park, which seemed to be used as a rubbish dump. We seriously began to wonder whether or not to stay.

III. Within 250 words, write a composition on ONE of the following topics.(10 points) Topic 1: It is better for children to grow up in the countryside than in a big city. Do you agree or disagree? Use specific reasons and examples to support your opinion.

Topic 2: What career Would you like to choose after leaving school?

ĐỀSỐ 43 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hưng Yên) (Thời gian: 120 phút) A. PHONETICS (1,0 point) I.Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounceddifferently from the rest.

Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (0,5points) 1. A. birthday B. mouth C. athletics D. gather 2. A. purpose B. consumer C. comprise D. collapse 3. A. ceremony B. necessity C. celebrate D. preparation B. decision C. revision D. provision 4. A. admission 5. A. locate B. decorate C. nominate D. private II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others.Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (0,5points) 6. A. celebration B. congratulate C. activity D. considerate 7. A supermarket B. entertainment C. competition D. anniversary 8. A. behave B. install C. predict D. damage 9. A. institute B. festival C. deposit D. resident 10. A. generous B. extreme C. lonely D. clothing B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (3,0 points) I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. Write A B, C or D on your answer sheet. (2,0 points) 1. Herbs………….in soups and sauces.

A. are used to be B. are often used C. often use D. get used to being 2. During the war, we………….many relatives.

A. set an example for B. took for granted C. Jost touch with D. made mention of

3. You are late again, please try to be………….in the future.

A. accurate B. punctual C. efficient D. reliable 4.………….every part of the world has experienced an earthquake in recent years.

A. Most B. Almost C. Each D. Nearby 5. I have known a person…………. hometown is famous for grapefruits.

A. who B that C. whose D. whom 6. I’ll come back………….New Year, exactly ………….the morning of January lst.

A. on/ in B. at/ in C. in/ on D. at/ on 7. She’d prefer to go out………….home.

A. than to stay B. than staying C. rather than stay D. rather than to stay 8. Mark is motivated to study …………. he knows that a good education canimprove his life.

A. therefore B. because C. because of D. so 9. My sister is interested………….poems.

A. to compose B. in compose C. in composing D. for composing 10. She gave me two mangoes but………….of them was ripe.

A. neither B. none C. both D. not all 11. What a busy day it’s been,………….?

A. hasn’t it B. isn’t it C. wasn’t it D. doesn’t it 12. It is very important that students have full ………….to all library facilities,including multimedia and group work room.

A. agreement B. license C. access D. update 13. Since the appearance of karaoke recorder, they…………..

A. have widely used B. were widely used C. are widely used D. have been widely used 14. His writing is so bad that I can’t………….what he writes.

A. make out B. make off C. make up D. make for 15. My husband often does………….with people from Japan.

A. business B. affairs C. economy D. finances 16. According to the weather…………., there will be rain tomorrow.

A. information B. program C. forecast D. news 17.I am standing at the window………….I can see the whole view of the city.

A. which B. at which C. in which D. from which 18. None of this cheese………….good.

A. were B. are C. is being D. is 19. The doctor asked me to…………. my shirt.

A. put off B. take off C. take out D. put out 20. The electric computer is the most………….invention since the steam engine.

A. reasoning B. reasonable C. dangerous D. significant II. Supply the appropriate form of the bold wordin the bracket. (1,0 point) 1. We should learn all the new words by heart in order to …………. our vocabulary. (rich) 2. He didn’t take my remarks………….In fact, he thought I joked. (serious) 3. Mr. John caused an accident yesterday. He drove very…………. (care) 4. After the earthquake, a lot of people suffered from …………. (home) 5. We must keep the environment………….(pollute) 6. This knife is very………….. I can’t cut anything. (use) 7. We are really impressed by the………….of these villagers. (friend) 8. There used to be a big tree at the………….to this village. (enter) 9. We prefer to wear modem clothing at work because it is more ………….(convenience) 10. Students feel………….when they are not in their favorite clothes. (comfort) C. READING (3,0 points)

I. Choose the word or phrase that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Write A, B, c or D on your answer sheet. (1,0point) ENERGY SAVING Saving energy doesn’t have to be expensive or time-consuming. But what can you do to save energy?

There is (1)..............that you can do to help the process ofenergy conservation. You can save energy by doing things like making sure that the kettle doesn’t (2)..............more water than that you need, always washing a fullload in the washing machine rather than a half load or turning down your central heating by l°C- this could cut your (3).............. bill by 10%. Making sure that hot water taps are not left (4).............. and replace washers if your taps drip. (5)..............work you can turn off (6)..............light and your computer if you are not usingthem. (7).............. to energy-saving light bulbs - these use around a quarter ofelectricity, and often last eight times (8)..............than an ordinary bulb. Close yourcurtains at (9)..............to keep the warm air from escaping through the windows.Switching off (10) ..............applianceswhen they are not in use makes a big contribution to energy-saving, too.

A. plenty B. lot C. little D. few A. consist B. contain C. compose D. include A. hot B. heat C. heating D. heated A. run B. ran C. running D. flowing A. By B. At C. In D. On A. any B. all C. those D. no II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer to complete the I sentences. Write A, B, c or I) on your answer sheet. (1,0point) The agricultural revolution in the nineteenth century involved two things: the invention of labor-saving machinery and development of scientific agriculture. Labor - saving machinery naturally appeared first where labor was scarce. “In. Europe,” said Thomas Jefferson, “the object is to make the most of their land, labor being abundant; here it is to make the most of our labor, land being abundant”. It was in the United States, therefore, that the great advances in 19thcentury agricultural machinery first came.

At the opening of the century, with the exception of a crude plough, farmers could have carried practically all of the existing agricultural implements on then backs; by 1860, most of the machinery in use today had been designed in an early form. The most important of the early inventions was the fron plough. As early as 1790 Charles Newbold of New Jersey had been working on the idea of a cast-iron plough and spent his entire fortune in introducing his invention. The farmers, however, were not interested in it, claiming that the iron poisoned the soil and made the weeds grow. Nevertheless, many people devoted their attention to the plough,until in 1869 James Oliver of Indiana turned out the first chilled-steel plough.

1. What is the main topic of the passage?

A. The need for agricultural advances to help feed a growing population.

B. The development of safer machines demanded by the labor movement.

C. Machinery that contributed to the agricultural revolution.

D. New Jersey as a leader in the agricultural revolution.

2. Which of the following can be inferred from what Thomas Jefferson said?

A. Europe was changing more quickly than the United States.

B. Europe had greater need of farm machinery than the United States did.

C. The United States was finally running out of good farmland.

D. There was a shortage of workers on the United States farms.

3. What point is the author making by stating that farmers could carry nearly all their tools on their backs?

A. Farmers had few tools before the agricultural revolution.

B. People in the United States were traditionally self-reliant.

C. Life on the farm was extremely difficult.

D. New tools were designed to be portable.

4. According to the passage, which of the following statements about Charles Newbold is true?

A. He was James Oliver’s assistant.

B. He spent his own money to promote his invention.

C. He was opposed to scientific agriculture.

D. He was born in Europe.

5. Why did farmer reject Newbold’s plough?

A. Their horses were frightened by it.

B. They preferred lighter tools.

C. It was too expensive.

D. They thought it would destroy the land.

III. Read the following passage carefully and decide whether the statements are True or False. Write True or False on your answer sheet. (1,0point) Some recent research into conversation between men and women has produced results which will surprise few women. Men are always interrupting women when they talk. One researcher feels that men regard female talk as a kind of conversational housework. They expect women to play a supporting role. So a man interrupts ill a display of dominance or control. Men also have a much more unpleasant listening style.

Whereas a woman uses gestures or says “Mm”, a man will say such things as “right” or “OK”, thus, setting the stage for an interruption. Conversation of this kind is, then, hardly meaningful communication. Male talk is often argumentative while women are more tentative, asking more questions and tending to build up their replies on what the other person has said. The research would indicate that women are better listeners than men. Yet, listening secretly to conversations between groups of women, one has the impression of several simultaneous monologues into which no man would be able to get a chance to speak.

1. According the writer, men feel that women’s conversation is only a support to their own.

2. The conversation between men and women is not meaningful communication because men do not really listen to what women are saying .

3. The research shows that males are better at listening than females.

4. Men asked more questions and build up their replies on other people’s responses.

5. The writer says that when women talk together, they seem to talk at the same time.

D. WRITING (3,0 points) I. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. Write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (1,0point) 1. In case it will rain hard this afternoon, you should take the raincoat with you.

AB CD 2. Stop making so much noise or the neighbors will get angrily.

ABC D 3. If today is Sunday, I would go to the zoowith my fidends.

A B CD 4. We suggest to plant more trees along the street to have more shades and fresh air.

AB C D 5. Today’s cars are smaller, safer, cleaner and more economical than their predecessors.

A B but the cars of the future will be far more pollution-free as those on the road today.

C D 6. The four-days working week will certainly be a reality, so we will have more time forleisure activities.

A BCD 7. The new brochure describingall our services were delivered to uslate yesterdayand were shipped out AB CD early tomorrow morning.

8. Dairying is concerned not only with the production of milk, and also with themanufacture of milk products A B C such as butter and cheese.

D

9.There wasa terrible news on the radio this morning about the earthquake in Tokyo.

A B C D 10. If you like entertainment, you can relax by playing computer games or listen tocomputer-played music.

A B C D II. Using the word given in each bracket and other words to complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. You must use between three and five words. DO NOT CHANGE THE WORD GIVEN IN BOLD. Write your answer on the answer sheet (1,0 point) 1. It wasn’t necessary to meet me at the airport yesterday. (needn’t) → You………………………………………………….me at the airport yesterday.

2. It’s not possible to play tennis because of the rain. (makes) →The rain………………………………………………….to play tennis.

3.I don’t intend to tell you my plan. (intention) → I have………………………………………………….you my plan.

4. He is finding it easier to work on night shift. (used) → He is getting………………………………………………….night shift.

5. To Alan’s amazement, the passport office was closed when he arrived. (find) → Alan was………………………………………………….thepassport office was closed when he arrived.

III. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. Write your answers on the answer sheet. (1,0 point) 1. The secretary said she was sorry she was late for the meeting. →The secretary apologized.........................................................................................................

2. It was such an interesting novel that I read it again and again. →The novel.................................................................................................................................

3. The teacher started to write the lesson plan right after he returned home from work. →Hardly had................................................................................................................................

4. They didn't go camping yesterday because it rained heavily. → Because of................................................................................................................................

5. She never seems to succeed even though she works hard. →Hard..........................................................................................................................................

ĐỀ SỐ 44 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Phan Bội Châu, Nghệ An) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

1. A. precious B. preparation C. pretty D. repetition 2. A. architect B. parachute C. choir D. psychology 3. A. treason B. reason C.season D. jealous B. suggest C. energy D. garbage 4. A. aggressive 5. A. measure B. vision C. pleasure D. pension II. Identify the word whose stressed pattern is different from that of the others.

1. A. official B. literacy C. inventory D. stationery 2. A. diversity B. severe C. ecosystem D. courageous 3. A. prediction B. compulsory C. intelligent D. judgement 4. A. valuable B. entertain C. honesty D. mountain.

5. A. realize B. product C. mechanic D. separate B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in the blanks.

1. It is recommended that he…………..this course A. took B. takes C. take D. taking

2. Various societies define in many rather complex ways.

A. that is successful B. what success is C. that success is D. what is success 3.I could not turn in my paper on time because my word processor…………..

A. fell down B. turned down C. tore down D. broke down 4. “You must always…………..us the truth” the judge said to the man.

A. tell B. confess C. speak D. say 5. Her father is a…………..drinker. He is always drinking.

A. strong B. heavy C. addictive D. capable 6. Don’t set off fireworks too closely to your house,…………..

A. do you B. don’t you C. will you D. won’t you 7. Trains stop here in order to…………..passengers only.

A. pick up B. get off C. pull up D. pull in 8. In recent years, more and more people…………..for things with credit cards.

A. pay B. are paid C. are paying D. have been paying 9. He was the first person…………..the fire.

A. discover B. to discover C. discovering D. discovered 10. “Who was the man with you yesterday?” - “He was…………..”

A. the next door man B. the man next to the door C. the man next by the door D. the man next door 11. John: “I didn’t pass my driving test.” - Daisy: “…………..!”

A. Better luck next time B. So poor C. Congratulations D. That was nice of them 12. You can…………..your sister to our party tonight.

A. bring B. carry C. take D. get 13. You need more exercise, so you should…………..golf.

A. carry out B. take in C. turn up D. take up 14.1 like that photo very much. Could you make an…………..for me?

A. increase B. enlargement C. expansion D. extension 15. His roses won the first…………..in the local flower competition.

A. prize B. award C. cup D. reward II. There are TEN mistakes in the passage. Each numbered line in the right column has one. Find and correct them.

Everyone wants to reduce pollution. But the pollution problem is as (1)……….. complicated as it is serious. It is complicated because of much pollution is (2)……….. caused by things that benefit people. For example, exhaust of automobiles (3)……….. causes a large percent of all air pollution. However, the automobile provides (4)……….. transportation for million of people. Factories discharge much of material (5)……….. that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment to the large (6)……….. number of people.

(7)………..

Thus, to end or great reduce pollution immediately, people would have to (8)……….. stop using many things that benefit them. Most the people do not want to do (9)……….. that, of course. Nevertheless, pollution can be gradual reduced in several (10)……….. ways. Scientists and engineers cạn work to find ways to less the way of pollution that such things like automobiles and factories cause. Governments can pass and enforce laws that request businesses and traffic to stop, or to cut down on certain polluting activities.

III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the given word.

1. He feels sad about his………….result in the examination.

SATISFY

2. The………….of this factory are widely consumed in this country.

PRODUCE 3. You must keep on working with him no matter how much you………….

AGREE 4. Film festivals are………….divided into categories like drama, TYPICAL documentary or animation.

5. He enjoyed………….with friends and it cost nothing.

SOCIAL 6. I have just bought a replacement for one of my favorites which ………….

MYSTERY disappeared.

7. Gift exchange is………….expression of social relations.

SIGNIFY 8. I try not to remember this………….experience that only leavesme with FRIGHTEN unhappy thoughts.

9. The boy………….asked for permission to go out with his friends.

REPEAT 10. British Rail apologized for the………….of the 4.20 to Bath.

CANCEL C. READING COMPREHENSION I. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to fill in each numbered blank in the following passage.

NEW HUNT FOR LIFE IN SPACE British space scientists are planning to join the American in the race to find evidence of life on (1)................ planets. Alan Penny and his team at the RutherfordAppleton Laboratory have designed a telescope that is 40 times more powerful than Hubble. Known as ‘Darwin’, his telescope could tell if planets 50 (2)...............yearsaway have any kind of life on them. Two days (3)..............., NASA scientists had shown a proof that one of Jupiter’s moons could support life. Penny announced that his telescope may be included in a European Space Agency mission. The Darwin project, with a (4)............... of 500 million, is on a short list of two proposals. Ifapproved it will probably be (5)...............around 2015. its destination somewhere between Mars and Jupiter. The blueprint is actually for five telescopes positioned 50 meters apart in space, slowly circling a (6)...............processing station. The combineddata from these telescopes would build up a full picture of a planet, picking out faint images that have never been seen before. Darwin would not be able to take detailed photographs of the planets it (7) ..............., but Penny believes a second generation telescope could be sent up to do this. He claims it is worthwhile mapping the universe around our (8)...............galaxy, even though these planets lie (9)...............our reachfor the moment. The European Space Agency will make its decision (10)...............Darwinwithin three years.

1. A. another B. other C. others D. the other 2. A. light B. lighten C. lightening D. lighting 3. A. following B. after C. next D. later 4. A. price B. schedule C. charge D. budget 5. A. driven B. fetched C. launched D. taken 6. A. central B. centre C. middle D. heart 7. A. invents B. searches C. discovers D. looks 8. A. alone B. same C. one D. own 9. A. out B. toward C. beyond D. over 10. A. of B. on C. about D. with II. Read the following passage and choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to the questions.

A pilot cannot fly by sight alone. In many conditions, such as flying at night and landing in dense fog, a pilot must use radar, an alternative way of navigating. Since human eyes are not very good at determining speeds of approaching objects, radar can show a pilot how fast nearby planes are moving. The basic principle of radar is exemplified by what happens when one shouts in a cave. The echo of the sounds against the walls helps a person determine the size of the cave. With radar, however, the waves are radio waves instead of sound waves. Radio waves travel at the speed of light, about 300,000 kilometers in one second. A radar set sends out a short burst of the radio waves. Then it receives the echoes produced when the waves bounce off objects. By determining the time it takes for the echoes to return to the radar set, a trained technician can determine the distance between-the radar set and other objects. The word "radar", in fact, gets its name from the term “radio

detection and ranging". “Ranging" is the term for detection of the distance between an object and the radar set.

Besides being ofcritical importance to pilots, radar is essential for air traffic confrol, tracking ships at sea, and for tracking weather systems and storms.

1. What is the main topic of this passage?

A. The nature of radar.

B. History of radar.

C. Alternatives to radar.

D. Types of ranging.

2. According to the passage, what can radar detect besides locations of objects?

A. Shape B. Speed C. Size D. Weight 3. Which type of waves does radar use?

A. tidal B. heat C. sound D. radio 4. The word tracking in the passage most closely means………...

A. sending B. repairing C. ranging D. searching for 5. What might be inferred from the passage about radar?

A. It has improved navigational safety.

B. It was developed from a study of sound waves.

C. It takes the place of a radio.

D. It gave birth to the invention of the airplane.

III. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word in the following passage.

The idea that a blind person could drive a car sounds crazy. And the concept of someone who can’t see driving a car at almost 150 miles per hour sounds even(1)................ Miranda Naylor, a blind accountant from Southport, has done exactly that in an attempt to (2)................money for charity. Mrs. Naylor drove (3)................sports car for two miles in a straight line along the runway of a disused airfield. She was in radio contact with her husband Pete Naylor, (4) ................ was able to give her directions and advice in this way.

Her amazing achievement is expected to raise about £50,000, which will be donated (5)................a company that trains dogs for the blind.Mrs. Naylor has been blind (6) ................she was six years old and she still has somevisual memories of the world (7) ................ her. She admits that not having her sight makes her life awkward at times. She believes that if you are disabled in any way, you shouldn’t waste time (8) ................ sorry for yourself. “It makes a lot of sense to keep busy” she says. “Achieving (9)................can be a great source of self confidence”. Miranda is now looking for a new challenge and (10)................like to ride a motorbike.

D. WRITING I. Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.

1. I find his handwriting very hard to read. →I have...............................................................................................................................................

2. He got down to writing a letter as soon as he returned from his work. →No sooner.......................................................................................................................................

3. Success depends on your hard work. →The harder .....................................................................................................................................

4. “If I were you. I wouldn’t accept his marriage proposal", said Nam to Lan. →Nam .................................................................................................................................................

5. No matter how hard I tried. I could not open the window. →Try .................................................................................................................................................

II. Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one, using the given word. Do not change the given word.

1. The fridge is completely empty.

LEFT 2. It is pointless to have that old typewriter repaired.

WORTH 3. Frank never pays any attention to my advice.

NOTICE 4. John only understood very little of what the teacher said.

HARDLY 5. Her ability to run a company really impresses me.

IMPRESSED HL Write a composition on the following topic (about 150 - 200 words).

Do you agree Of disagree with the following statement?

It is better for children to grow up in dip countryside than in a big city.

ĐỀ SỐ 45 (Đềthì tuyến sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Hùng Vương, Phú Thọ) (Thời gian: 150 phút) A. PHONETICS (1.0 point) I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. There is an example at the beginning (0). (0.5pt) 0. A. thick B. think C. they D. through 1. A. change B. hungry C. stronger D. single 2. A. intention B. material C. mature D. intensity 3. A. rises B. houses C. raises D. promises 4. A. hand B. bank C. sand D. band 5. A. battle B. magic C. nag D. dismayed II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. There is an example at the beginning (0). (0.5pt) 0. A. active B. section C. appoint D. happy 1. A. national B. engineer C. interesting D. scientist 2. A. responsible B. environment C. importance D. residential 3. A. provide B. combine C. service D. account 4. A. difference B. difficult C. supporting D. beautiful 5. A. social B. reply C. contain D. appear B. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (4.0 points) I. Choose the best word or phrase to complete the following sentences. (2.0pt) 1. ……………is normally used to refer to the treatment and training of the childwithin the home.

A. Feeding B. Mothering C. Upbringing D. Educating 2. Several important methods were……………for preserving foodin the nineteenth century.

A.seen B. covered C. prepared D. invented 3. A man is walking towards me.……………man is carrying……………parcel.

A. A / the B.The/a C. Ø/the D.The/Ø 4. A few years after you buy it, a house is usually……………much more than itoriginally costs you.

A. expensive B. worth C. worthy D. valueless 5.I will do anything but……………the dishes.

A. wash B. washed C. washing D. will wash 6. I am so tired that I can't make……………what you are saying.

A. up B. in C. out D. on 7. I remember……………the letter some time ago but I can’t remember exactly when.

A. to post B. posted C. posting D. posts.

8. They warned us……………to the seaside in that month.

A. to not go B. not to go C. not to going D. not go 9. “I really like your new shoes.”- “And they cost less than I…………….

A. expect B. was expected C. had expected D. am expecting 10. Those kids are always ………….. trouble.

A. looking up to B. getting into C. finding about D. putting with 11. It is essential that he……………..that contract.

A. retuse B. refuses C. refusing D. is refusing 12. Either of these buses…………….past the university.

A. go B. goes C. have gone D. going 13.…………….the flight’s delay, they did not attend the conference.

A. Because B. Although C. Because of 14.It…………..that many people are homeless after the floods.

A. were reported B. reports C. is reported 15. This shirt is much prettier, but it costs ………….the other one.

A. so much as B. as many as C. twice as much as D. twice as many 16. Don't worry about her……………

A. complaintment B. com plantation C. complanation 17. Please forgive me. I didn't want…………..you.

A. to upset B. upsetting C. to be upset 18. Vitamin C…………..by the human body, it gets into the blood stream quickly A. absorbs easily B. is easily absorbed C. is being absorbed easily D. absorbed easily 19. What would you like to eat for lunch? -...................., I don't mind.

A. Nothing B Somethig C. Everything 20. 3/4 means…………..

A. third quarters B. three quarters C. three fourth II. Give the correct form of the words in capital letters. (1.0 pt) GETTING AHEAD IN BUSINESS Your chances of success can be greatly increased if you follow a few simple rules in your working life. First of all, remember that your (1) ............ wants you to do well- that's what you are being paid for. Many companies choose (2) ............young people to work for them and provide a lotof (3) ............ for their workers. Working for a large,international company may provide job (4) ............. Onthe other hand, a smaller company might give you the chance to use your (5) ............more.

Secondly, remember that any experience you gain will always (6) ............ your position in the company. Thecompany wants (7) ............ that you want to get to the top. Take any opportunity you get to go on (8) ............coursesrelated to your work. The more (9) ............you are, thebetter chance you have of being promoted. Finally, don't give up, even when you are (10)............. Stick with it andyou'll get there in the end.

D. As D. reporting

D. complaint D. being upset

D. Anything D. thirth fourth

1. EMPLOY 2. AMBITION 3.ENCOURAGE 4. SECURE 5. IMAGINE 6. STRONG 7. PROVE 8. TRAIN 9. QUALIFY 10. SUCCESS

III. The passage below contains 10 errors. UNDERLINE and CORRECT them. Write your answers in the numbered blanks provided. There is an example at the beginning. (1.0pt) After an absence in thirty years, I decided visiting my old school again. I had 0…..for……… expected to find changes, but no a completely different building. As I walked 1.. up the school ground, I wondered for a moment if I had come at the right 2.. address.

3..

The grimy, red brick fortress with their tall windows that had looked up grimly 4.. on the playground and playing fields had swept away. In its place stood a 5.. bright, modem block risen from the ground on great concrete stilts. A huge 6.. expanse of glass extending across the face of the building, and in front, there 7.. was a well-kept lawn where previous there had been untidy gravel yard.

8..

9..

10.

C. READING (3.0 points)

I. Read the passage below and fill each blank with ONE suitable word. (1.0pt) Speech is one of the most important (1) ............ of communicating. It consists of far more than just making noises. To talk and also to be (2) ............ by other people, we have to speak a language, that is, we have to use combinations of(3)............that everyone agrees stand for particular object or idea.Communication would be impossible if everyone made up their own language.

(4)............a language properly is very important. The basic (5)............ofEnglish is not very large, and only about 2000 words are needed to (6)............itquite well. But the more words you know, the more ideas you can (7)............and the more precise you can be about their exact meaning.

Words are the (8)............thing we use in communicating what we want to say.The (9)............we say the words is also very important. Our tone of voice can express many emotions and (10)............whether we are pleased or angry, for instance.

II. Read the text and decide which answer best fits each space given. (1.0 pt) THE BAT The bat may seem an ordinary creature, but in fact it is an amazing animal. The bat has wings and is the only animal (1)............of true flight. There are many(2) ............species of bat. In Britain (3)............there are fourteen types of bat,which ranges in sizes from a few inches to (4)............feet in wingspan.

Bats are nocturnal animals (5) ............ become active only at dusk. Manyspecies (6) ............ on a “radar” system to find their way around. The bat emits squeaks and then measures the echoes to “see” how far away any (7) .............

The (8)............of bats survive on a diet of insects while others eat fruit. Thereare two species which eat fish and there are even some bats which eat meat! Some vampire bats take blood (9) ............ their sleeping victims. These bats may carry the deadly disease rabies.

Bats are sociable creatures and form large colonies. Most bats (10) ............ throughout the winter months. Many people are afraid of bats without even seeing one Perhaps if we learn more about these wonderful creatures, we will no longerfear them.

1. A. capable B. able C. possible D. probable 2. A. differing B. contrast C. different D. conflicting 3. A. all B. alone C. lonely D. lonesome 4. A. various B. few C. little D. several 5. A. whose B. who C. which D.they 6. A. put B. rely C. stand D. confide 7. A. hindrance B. barrier C. obstacle D. blockage 8. A. majority B. population C. amount D. number 9. A. out B. off C. of D. from 10. A. hibernate B. sleep C. hide D. rest III. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (1.0pt) Reading to oneself is a modem activity which was almost unknown to the scholars of the classical and medieval worlds, while during the fifteenth century the term “reading” undoubtedly meant reading aloud. Only during the nineteenth century did silent reading become commonplace.

One should be wary, however, of assuming that silent reading came about simply because reading aloud was a distraction to others. Examinations of factors related to the historical development of silent reading have revealed that it became the usual mode of reading for most adults mainly because the tasks themselves changed in character.

The last century saw a steady gradual increase in literacy and thus in the number of readers. As the number of readers increased, the number of potential listeners declined and thus there was some education in the need to read aloud. As reading for the benefit of listeners grew less common, so came the flourishing of reading as a private activity in such public places as libraries, railway carriages and offices, where reading aloud would cause distraction to other readers.

Towards the end of the century, there was still considerable argument over whether books should be used for information or treated respectfully and over whether the reading of materials such as newspapers was

in some way mentally weakening. Indeed, this argument remains with us still in education. However, whatever its virtues, the old shared literacy culture had gone and was replaced by the printed mass media on the one hand and by books and periodicals for a specialized readership on the other.

By the end of the twentieth century, students were being recommended to adopt attitudes to books and to use reading skills which were inappropriate, if not impossible, for the oral reader. The social, cultural and technological changes in the century had greatly altered what the term “reading” implied.

1. Reading aloud was more common in the medieval world because…………..

A. there were few places available for private reading B. people relied on reading for entertainment C. few people could read to themselves D. silent reading had not been discovered 2. The word “commonplace” in the first paragraph mostly means “…………..”

A. most preferable B. widely used C. for everybody’s use D. attracting attention 3. The development of silent reading during the last century indicated…………...

A. an increase in the number of books B. a change in the nature of reading C. a change in the status of literate people D. an increase in the average age of readers 4. Silent reading, especially in public places, flourished mainly becauseof .…………..

A. the decreasing number of listeners B. the decreasing need to read aloud C. the development of libraries D. the increase in literacy 5. It can be inferred that the emergence of the mass media and specialized readingmaterials was an indication of…………...

A. a change in the readers’ interest B. a decline of standards of literacy C. an improvement of printing techniques D. an alteration in educationalists’ attitudes 6. The phrase “a specialized readership” in paragraph 4 mostly means “…………..”

A. a limited number of readers in a particular area of knowledge B. a reading volume for particular professionals C. a status for readers specialized in mass media D. a requirement for readers in a particular area of knowledge 7. The phrase “oral reader” in the last paragraph mostly means “a person who…………..”

A. is good at public speaking B. practices reading to an audience C. takes part in an audition D. is interested in spoken language 8. All of the following might be the factors that affected the continuation of theshared literacy culture EXCEPT…………..

A. the printed mass media B. the diversity of reading materials C. the specialized readership D. the inappropriate reading skills 9. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the passage?

A. Reading aloud was more common in the past than it is today.

B. The change in reading habits was partly due to the social, cultural and technological changes.

C. The decline of reading aloud was wholly due to its distracting effect.

D. Not all printed mass media was appropriate for reading about.

10. The writer of this passage is attempting to…………...

A. encourage the growth of reading B. explain how reading habits have developed C. show how reading methods have improved D. change people’s attitudes

D. WRITING (2.0 points) I. For each of the sentences below, write a new sentence as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence, using the words in brackets. These words MUST NOT be altered in any way. There is an example at the beginning (0). (l.0pt) 0. I haven’t phoned her since she left for Paris. (LAST) →Thelast time I phoned her was when she left for Paris.

1.I thought she bore a strong resemblance to her grandmother. (REMINDED) → She ......................................................................................................................................

2. Sarah wore dark glasses so that no one would recognize her. (AVOID) → Sarah.....................................................................................................................................

3. She intended to find out who is responsible for the accident. (INTENTION) → She .......................................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t decided yet whether to move or not. (MIND) →I haven’t................................................................................................................................

5.I don’t normally go into town by car. (USED) →I...............................................................................................................................................

6. She started working as a secretary five years ago. (BEEN) → She has.....................................................................................................................................

7.You might fall if you’re not careful. (OR) → Be careful.................................................................................................................................

8. “I’ve seen the films three times, Mary” said George. (TOLD) →George.....................................................................................................................................

9.I haven’t eaten this kind of food before. (TIME) → This is the...............................................................................................................................

10. When I get home, I’m going to have a shower straight away. (SOON) →I’m going to..............................................................................................................................

II. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. Write your answers in the spaces provided. There is an example at the beginning (0).

(1.0 pt) 0. We are looking forward to going abroad this summer. →We are excited about going abroad this summer.

1. That meal was excellent. → What………………………………………………………………………………………..!

2. I don’t really want to visit the museum. → I’d rather……………………………………………………………………………………

3. Please don’t smoke in this area of the restaurant. →Customers are requested……………………………………………………………………

4. Although he took a taxi, Peter arrived late for the concert. → In spite……………………………………………………………………………………….

5. I left without saying goodbye as I didn’t want to disturb the meeting. → Rather………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. The cost of living has fallen considerably in the past week. → There has 7. The only way you can become a good athlete is by training hard every day. → Only by………………………………………………………………………………………..

8. “Could you guard against my handbag while I go to the toilet?” →Could you keep an……………………………………………………………………………..?

9.He regrets having invited her to the party.

→He wishes……………………………………………………………………………………….

10. “I admit that I forgot to turn on the alarm system,” said Robert. → Robert confessed to…………………………………………………………………………….

ĐỀ SỐ 46 (Đề thi tuyển sinh vào lớp 10 THPT Chuyên Vĩnh Phúc) (Thời gian: 150 phút) I. Chọn phương án (A, B, C hoặc D) ứng với từ có phần gạch chân phátâm khác với phần gạch chân của những từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau.

1. A. looked B. stopped C. stayed D. watched 2. A. head B. bread C.ready D. meat 3. A. drive B. find C. outside D. give 4. A. flood B. book C.cook D. foot 5. A. pens B. walks C. cups D. students II. Chọn phương án đúng (A, B, C hoặc D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.

1. My friend is fond of………….to music in the evening.

A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. listened 2. When I was a child, I used………….up at 5.00 am.

A. to get B. to getting C. getting D. get 3. This pagoda ………….nearly one thousand years ago.

A. has built B. has been built C. was built D. built 4. If I were you, I………….to buy that house.

A. would forget B. will forget C. forget D. forgot 5. The doctor advised my father………….cigarettes any more.

A. smoke B. not to smoke C. not smoking D. not to smoking 6.I always wanted to be a great………….

A. science B. scientific C. scientist D. scientifically 7. Jack loves his parents’ house………….he was born.

A. which B. what C. where D. when 8.………….he wasn’t invited, he went to the party.

A. Although B. Because C. So D. As 9. Laura received a lot of presents………….her sixteenth birthday.

A. in B. at C. on D. to 10. He introduced to me the man………….support is necessary for my project.

A. who B. whom C. that D. whose 11. We are very proud………….our school.

A. in B. of C. at D. with 12. Jack plays soccer very well,………….?

A. doesn’t he B. does he C. didn’t he D. did he 13. My close friend isn’t here now. I wish she………….here.

A. was B. were C. is D. will be 14. I got up late,……………I didn’t have time for breakfast.

A. so B. because C. as D. although 15. It’s too noisy! Can you…………..the music?

A. turn over B. turn up C. turn on D. turn off 16. If you listen to the teacher attentively, you…………..how to do this exercise.

A. would understand B. will understand C. are understanding D. understood 17. The teacher asked us if we…………….to play games.

A. want B. are wanting C. will want D. wanted 18. Jack…………in the countryside for 5 years.

A. lives B. has lived C. have lived D. lived 19. My class…………..on a trip to TamDao last weekend.

A. go B. goes C. went D. have gone 20. My mother told me………….so much noise at night.

A. not to make B. to not make C. not making D. making not III. Chọn từ/ cụm từ gạch dưới (ứng vói A, B, C hoặc D) cần phải sửa trong mỗi câu sau.

1. This book was writingby a famous writer.

A BC D 2. If tomorrow it will rain, the match will be postponed.

A BC D 3. When she came into the room, our familywatch television.

A B CD 4. People know that they should save energy, so they still waste it.

A B CD 5. The school year usually begins at September 5thevery year A B C D IV. Đọc đoạn văn và chọn phương án trả lời đúng (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) cho mỗi câu sau.

I was born in Newcastle, a city in the North East of England. Newcastle is on the bank of the River Tyne. It is quite big, with a population of about 200,000 people. There is a cathedral and a university. There are five bridges over the River Tyne, which link Newcastle to the next town, Gateshead, where there is one of the biggest shopping centers in the world.

A few years ago, the main industries were shipbuilding and coalmining, but now the chemical and soap industries are important.

I moved to London ten years ago but I often return to Newcastle. I miss the people, who are very friendly, and I miss the beautiful countryside near the city, where there are so many hills and streams.

People who are born near the River Tyne have a special name. They are called “Geodies”. I am very pleased to be called a “Geodies”.

1. The writer was born…………...

A. near the North East of England B. in a town in the North East of England C. in a city near Newcastle D. in Newcastle, a city in the North East of England 2. What link Newcastle to the next town?

A. One bridge B. Gateshead C. Five bridges D. a shopping center 3. What are the main industries in Newcastle now?

A. chemical and soap industries B. coalmining and shipbuilding industries C. soap and coal mining industries D. shipbuilding and soap industries 4. Where does the writer live now?

A. Newcastle B. Gateshead C. North East of England D. London 5. “Geodies” are…………....

A. people who are bom in Newcastle B. people who are bom in England C. people who are bom near the River Tyne D. people who are bom in London V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng (ứng với A, B, C hoặc D) cho mỗi chỗ trống.

Alice is 18 years old (1)…………she comes from England. She is now in Hanoiand studying Vietnamese. She came to Hanoi in July so she (2)…………there forsix months. Alice says she likes Hanoi

very much. She likes (3)…………shoppingand cycling around the town. Next month she will go to Ho Chi Minh city (4)…………a friend of hers. Alice hopes she (5)…………many letters from England.

1. A. but B. so C. and D. since 2. A. has been B. is C. will D. was 3. A. to go B. going C. go D. went 4. A. meet B. meeting C. to meet D. will meet 5.A. receive B. has receives C. will receive D. received VI. Điền vào chỗ trống với dạng đúng của từ cho trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau.

1. Do you have a ……………costume in your country? (nation) 2. John drives very……………. So far he has never had any accidents. (careful) 3. He is a……………writer. His books are always loved by children. (success) 4. That factory is producing more and more……………. (pollute) 5. Our classmates are very good and……………. (friend) VII. Hoàn thành các câu sau sao cho gần nghĩa nhất với câu cho trước.

1.I am short, so I can’t play volleyball. →If…………………………………………………………………………………………

2. “Does Miss White live here?” the postman asked the boy. → The postman asked the boy……………………………………………………………..

3. The weather was bad, so we didn’t go out. →Because…………………………………………………………………………………..

4. They built this hospital 20 years ago. → This hospital……………………………………………………………………………..

5. The teacher said to us “Don’t be late again.” → The teacher told………………………………………………………………………….

Phần 2

ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN GIẢI A. ĐỀ THI TRƯỚC NĂM 2008 ĐỀ SỐ 04 I. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets 1. did you do / had gone 2. told I would work 3. was stealing I felt 4.should have been / has gone 5. was having / stopped II. a) 1. be → is 2. Could→ Would 3. than→to 4. go→going 5. for→ by b) 1. independence 2. national 3. variable 4. disagree 5. attractively III. Fill each of the blank with the most suitable preposition. l. at 2. to... .throughout 3. to ...for 4. with ...of 5. on... next 6. from IV. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space 1. important 2. scarce 3. progress 4. devote 5. plentiful 6. lead 7. providing 8. fought 9. solution 10. produce V. Read the text and choose the correct word for each space l. B 2.D 3.D 4.A 5.D 6.C 7.A 8.C 9.B 10.A VI. a) In each sentence has one mistake, find and correct it.

1. He must have been at home last night.

2. Nam’s parents, who were here last week, gave us a present.

3. Despite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill.

4. It was such a hot day that we had lunch outside in the garden.